cover - ministry of forests and environmentmofe.gov.np/noticefile/eia report mkghep submitted...

fr,:aHta\ &oe \rce /d-6

arere-ror,eraoT Cn, toti d <qr (i) a{,fnq {q yftiiqnqr nc. Tfis ffi drFr Briqr4n Cskfn .ran a .:-an :l,t +qffi crci ETf,tET <H-.ir Erflq-r,rr iirqvi Fiqqtqfr to{y +i kq-c1e ri) q$i?{ zii si{"=?n F-q prlfdicr {r'jqila rrMg r qm.'fiq-r iT{s: Tq 1rEr4 rTqsg4T?rg crrrnlqi'!.r, reis- aTqi=+rrr+T,afiT 6sF la,1' rqqr e--<l {q q5E4dn?r{ qiaizr:rryr nfuiB 'lna

qHeTaT Tq.EiT €qrqrilr qfu ql r€Tr+i q-i iTd-S'srT W d qq-irS{tr Tafi g-ei-A lT(*, Fr{i +q rc E-:n Xrr-n 'qlrE-T ETEI 'fq gFrq Inla irrrirrl

"6r': ftT_." -4 Ta=rzn i,r+= ,Ti-., r

-?11,"Ed,===--::=-iT+-q'zj,1-,=r:I ;--q aif4i {]ET

=a:-- F- arcrBl I

iii n ol-'rillcic. Yilliic, RslR r-. o!-Y111{l'3

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study

Of

Middle Kali Gandaki Hydroelectric Project

(53.539 MW)

Myagdi, Nepal

Myagdi, Nepal

Submitted To: -

Ministry of Forests and Environment Singha Darbar, Kathmandu, Nepal

Submitted Through: -

Department of Electricity Development (DoED) Anamnagar, Kathmandu

Ministry of Energy, Water Resources & Irrigation Singha Darbar, Kathmandu

Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd.

July, 2018

Submitted By:

Proponent:

Panipokhari, Maharajgunj, Kathmandu, Nepal

G.P.O. Box. 12538 Tel: 01-4002676; Email: [email protected]

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study of

Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project (53.539 MW) EIA Report

2018

Page| i


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... i

sfo{sf/L ;f/f++z ............................................................................................................................................. xiii

CHAPTER 1:INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1

1.1. Background ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.2. PROJECT PROPONENT AND SURVEY LICENSE ........................................................ 1

1.3. ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARATION OF EIA REPORT ............. 2

1.4. RATIONALITY FOR CONDUCTING THE EIA STUDY ................................................ 2

1.5. OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY ................................................................................... 3

1.6. SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY............................................................................................... 3

1.7. STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT ................................................................................ 4

CHAPTER 2:PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ 5

2.1 LOCATION ............................................................................................................................. 5

2.2 ACCESSIBILITY ................................................................................................................... 8

2.3 OBJECTIVE OF PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................ 10

2.4 SALIENT FEATUREES ...................................................................................................... 10

2.5 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION/ OPERATION ACTIVITIES ......................................... 13

2.5.1 Pre- Construction Activities ............................................................................................... 14

2.5.2 Construction Activities ...................................................................................................... 15

2.5.3 Operation Activities ........................................................................................................... 17

2.6 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING .......................................................................................... 17

2.6.1 Infrastructure Development ............................................................................................... 17

2.6.2 Construction Materials ...................................................................................................... 17

2.6.3 Main Construction Machinery and Equipment .................................................................. 19

2.6.4 Quarry and Borrow Pits .................................................................................................... 20

2.6.5 Spoil Areas ........................................................................................................................ 20

2.6.6 Muck Disposal Area .......................................................................................................... 20

2.6.7 Construction Period ........................................................................................................... 21

2.6.8 Camp sites Facilities .......................................................................................................... 21

2.6.9 Employment Generation of the Hydroelectric Project (during Construction and

Operation) .................................................................................................................................. 21

2.6.9.1 Construction/ Operation Strategy ............................................................ 21

2.7 CONSTRUCTION POWER ................................................................................................ 21

2.8 LAND REQUIREMENT ..................................................................................................... 22

2.9 HUMAN RESOURCES ....................................................................................................... 23

CHAPTER 3:STUDY METHODOLOGY.......................................................................................... 25

3.1 STUDY METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................. 25

3.1.1 Physical Environment ........................................................................................................ 25

3.1.2 Biological Environment ..................................................................................................... 26



2018

Page| ii


3.1.2.1 Vegetation and Forest Resources ............................................................ 26 3.1.2.2 Wildlife ................................................................................................. 28 3.1.2.3 Aquatic life ............................................................................................ 28

3.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ........................................................................ 29

3.2 DEFINITION OF IMPACT AREAS .................................................................................. 30

3.2.1 Direct Impact Zone (DIZ -Category A): ............................................................................. 30

3.2.2 Indirect Impact Zone (IIZ- Category B): ........................................................................... 30

3.3 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE ................................................................ 31

3.4 STUDY TEAM ...................................................................................................................... 31

CHAPTER 4:REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES, ACTS, LEGISLATION, GUIDELINES,

STANDARDS AND CONVENSIONS .................................................................................... 32

4.1 CONSTITUTION OF NEPAL ............................................................................................ 32

4.2 PLANS/ POLICIES/ STRATEGIES................................................................................... 32

4.2.1 Forest Policy 2071 .............................................................................................................. 32

4.2.2 Annapurna Conservation Area and its Management Plan .................................................. 33

4.2.3 Working Procedure for use of National Forest Land for National Priority Projects, 2074,

(/fli6|o k|fyldstf k|fKt of]hgfsf] nflu /fli6|o jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{lalw, @)&$) ............................................ 33

4.2.4 Hydropower Development Policy, B.S. 2058 (2001) .................................................... 33

4.2.5 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, B.S. 2051 and B.S. 2055 (1993 and 1998).......................................................................................................................................... 34

4.2.6 Water Resources Strategy, B.S. 2059 (2002) ....................................................................... 34

4.2.7 Nepal Biodiversity Strategy, B.S. 2059 (2002) ..................................................................... 34

4.2.8 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2014-2020 ................................................. 34

4.2.9 Climate Change Policy, B.S. 2067 (2011) ............................................................................ 35

4.2.10 National Water Plan, B.S. 2061 (2005) ........................................................................ 35

4.2.11 Relevant periodic Plans .............................................................................................. 35

4.2.12 Land Use Policy 2015 .................................................................................................. 36

4.2.13 National Energy Crisis Reduction and Electricity Development work plan 2072 BS ... 36

4.3 ACTS ...................................................................................................................................... 36

4.3.1 Aquatic Animal Protection Act, BS 2017 (1960) (Amendment 1999) ................................... 36

4.3.2 Explosive Act, B.S. 2018 (1961) .......................................................................................... 36

4.3.3 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, B.S. 2029 (1973) ........................................ 36

4.3.4 Land Acquisition Act, B.S. 2034 (1977) .............................................................................. 37

4.3.5 Labor Act, B.S 2074 ........................................................................................................... 37

4.3.6 Water Resources Act, B.S. 2049 (1992)............................................................................... 38

4.3.7 Electricity Act, B.S. 2049 (1992) ......................................................................................... 38

4.3.8 Forest Act, B.S. 2049 (1993) ............................................................................................... 39

4.3.9 Environment Protection Act, B.S. 2053 (1997) ................................................................... 39

4.3.10 Local Self-governance Act, B.S. 2055 (1999) ............................................................... 39

4.3.11 Solid Waste Management Act, B.S. 2068 (2011) .......................................................... 40

4.3.12 National Trust for Nature Conservation Act, B.S. 2039 (1982) .................................... 40

4.3.13 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, B.S. 2039 (1982) .............................................. 40



2018

Page| iii


4.3.14 CITES Act, B.S. 2073 (2017) ....................................................................................... 40

4.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS ........................................................................................... 41

4.4.1 Electricity Rules, B.S. 2050 (1993) ...................................................................................... 41

4.4.2 Water Resources Rules, B.S. 2050 (1993) ........................................................................... 41

4.4.3 Forest Rules, B.S. 2051 ...................................................................................................... 41

4.4.4 Conservation Area Management Rules, B.S. 2053 (1996) ................................................... 41

4.4.5 Environment Protection Rules, B.S. 2054 (1997) ................................................................ 42

4.4.6 Local Self-governance Rules, B.S. 2056 (1999) ................................................................... 42

4.4.7 Solid Waste Management Rules, B.S. 2070 (2013) .............................................................. 42

4.4.8 National Park and Wildlife Conservation Rules, B.S. 2030 (1973) ...................................... 43

4.4.9 Himalayan National Park Rules, B.S. 2036 (1980) .............................................................. 43

4.4.10 Soil and Watershed Conservation Rules, B.S. 2042 (1986) .......................................... 43

4.4.11 Conservation Area Management Rules, 2053 .............................................................. 43

4.5 GUIDELINES / DIRECTIVES ........................................................................................... 43

4.5.1 National Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Guidelines, B.S. 2050 (1993) ................ 43

4.5.2 EIA Guidelines for Forestry Sector, B.S. 2052 (1995) ......................................................... 44

4.5.3 Forest Products Collection and Sale / Distribution Directives, B.S. 2073 (2016) .................. 44

4.5.4 Community Forest Inventory Guidelines, B.S. 2061 (2005) ................................................ 44

4.5.5 Community Forest Development Program Guidelines, B.S. 2071 (2014) ............................. 44

4.5.6 National Health Care and Waste Management Guidelines, B.S. 2058 (2002) ...................... 45

4.5.7 Working Procedures for the Use of Forest Land to National Priority Project 2074" .......... 45

4.5.8 Guidelines for the Physical Infrastructure Development and Operation in the Protected

Area, B.S. 2065 (2008) ................................................................................................................ 45

4.5.9 Forest Products Collection and Sale/ Distribution Directives of Community Forest User

Groups, B.S. 2071 (2014) ............................................................................................................ 46

4.5.10 Financial transaction Directives of Community Forest User Groups, B.S. 2073 (2017) 46

4.5.11 Conservation Area Management Directives, B.S. 2056 ................................................ 46

4.6 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND TREATIES ................................................. 46

4.6.1 Ramsar Convention, 1971 .................................................................................................. 46

4.6.2 The World Heritage Convention, 1972 ............................................................................... 46

4.6.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES), 1973 ............................................................................................................................ 47

4.6.4 ILO Convention on Indigenous and Tribal Peoples, 1989 (No.169) ..................................... 47

4.6.5 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), 1992 ................................................................ 47

4.6.6 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)-1992 ................... 48

CHAPTER 5:EXISTING ENVIRONMENT OF THE PROJECT AREA ...................................... 49

5.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................ 49

5.1.1 Regional Geology ............................................................................................................... 49

5.1.2 Geology of the Hot Water Springs ..................................................................................... 52

5.1.2.1 Geomorphic Features Concerning the Hot Springs ................................ 53 5.1.2.2 Geology of Bhurung Khola – Tatopani Area .......................................... 54 5.1.2.3 Hot Water Springs - Tectonic Gifts of the Himalaya .............................. 54



2018

Page| iv


5.1.2.4 Relative Position of the Hot Water Springs and the Tunnel ................... 55 5.1.2.5 Schematic Position of the Tunnel and Hot Water Spring ....................... 56 5.1.2.6 Interpretation to the Impact .................................................................. 57

5.1.3 Topography and Land use at Wards/Gaunpalika/ District Level ........................................ 57

5.1.4 Glaciers and GLOF ........................................................................................................... 57

5.1.5 Ambient Air, Water and Noise Quality .............................................................................. 58

5.1.6 Climate (Rainfall and Temperature) .................................................................................. 58

5.1.7 Basin Physiography and Hydrology ................................................................................... 58

5.1.8 Landslide, Debris Flow and Sand Liquefaction .................................................................. 67

5.1.9 Topography/ Landuse/soil erosion ..................................................................................... 68

5.1.10 Sediment Study .......................................................................................................... 68

5.1.11 Seismicity of the Project Area ..................................................................................... 68

5.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................... 71

5.2.1 Vegetation and Forest Resources ....................................................................................... 72

5.2.2 Forest Management Practices ............................................................................................ 73

5.2.3 Plant Resources Use Pattern/Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) .................................. 74

5.2.4 Agro Diversity ................................................................................................................... 75

5.2.5 Wild Fauna Species ........................................................................................................... 75

5.2.6 Fish and Aquatic Life ........................................................................................................ 77

5.2.7 Endangered, Threatened and Protected Species of Flora ................................................... 78

5.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT ........................................... 79

5.3.1 District Profile ................................................................................................................... 79

5.3.2 Annapurna Gaunpalika Profile .......................................................................................... 80

5.3.2.1 Demography .......................................................................................... 80 5.3.2.2 Economic Activities ................................................................................ 81 5.3.2.3 Quality of Life........................................................................................ 82

5.3.3 Core Project Area Profile .................................................................................................. 85

5.3.3.1 Demography .......................................................................................... 85 5.3.3.2 Quality of Life........................................................................................ 88 5.3.3.3 Economic Activities ................................................................................ 92 5.3.3.4 Existing Water Use Right ....................................................................... 93 5.3.3.5 Land Requirement for the proposed Hydropower Project .......................... 93

5.4 PROJECT AREA FAMILIES/ INSTITUTION ................................................................ 95

5.4.1 Socio-economic Status of the Project Area Familes ............................................................ 95

5.4.2 Demographic Features ....................................................................................................... 95

5.4.3 Quality of Life ................................................................................................................... 97

5.4.4 Economic Activities ......................................................................................................... 100

5.4.5 Perception about and Expectations from the Project ........................................................ 102

5.5 PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES (PAF) ..................................................................... 103

5.5.1 Socio- Economic profiles of the Project Affected Families ................................................ 103

CHAPTER 6:ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ............................................................................... 110

6.1 BENEFICIAL IMPACTS .................................................................................................. 110

6.1.1 Beneficial Impacts during Construction Phase ................................................................. 111



2018

Page| v


6.1.1.1 Physical Environment .......................................................................... 111 6.1.1.2 Biological Environment ........................................................................ 111 6.1.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ........................................... 111

6.1.2 Operation Phase .............................................................................................................. 112

6.1.2.1 Local Employment Opportunity ............................................................ 112 6.1.2.2 Skills Enhancement ............................................................................. 112 6.1.2.3 Enhancement of Regional and National Economy ................................. 112 6.1.2.4 Generation of Royalty........................................................................... 112 6.1.2.5 Enhancement of INPS.......................................................................... 112

6.2 ADVERSE IMPACTS ........................................................................................................ 113

6.2.1 Physical Environment ...................................................................................................... 113

6.2.1.1 Construction Phase .............................................................................. 113 6.2.1.1.1 Change in River Morphology due to Quary ...................................... 113 6.2.1.1.2 Change in Land Use ......................................................................... 113 6.2.1.1.3 Disturbance to Local Natural Drainage ............................................ 113 6.2.1.1.4 Fresh Landslides/ Soil Erosion .......................................................... 114 6.2.1.1.5 Contamination of Surface Water Bodies ........................................... 114 6.2.1.1.6 Spread of Foul Odour ....................................................................... 114 6.2.1.1.7 Change in Water Table..................................................................... 114 6.2.1.1.8 Contamination of Land/ Top Soil ...................................................... 114 6.2.1.1.9 Loss of Top Soil ................................................................................ 114 6.2.1.1.10 Alteration in the Morphology of a Limited Stretch of Kaligandaki River

114 6.2.1.1.11 Deterioration in Air and Noise Quality ............................................ 114 6.2.1.1.12 Impacts due to drilling and blasting ................................................ 115 6.2.1.2 Operation Phase .................................................................................. 115 6.2.1.2.1 Changes in River Hydrology and Morphology .................................. 115 6.2.1.2.2 Contamination of Water Bodies ........................................................ 115 6.2.1.2.3 Spread of Foul Odour ....................................................................... 115 6.2.1.2.4 Change in Water Table..................................................................... 115 6.2.1.2.5 Impact on the Land use at Upstream of the Diversion Weir due to Water

Storage. 115

6.2.2 Biological Environment ................................................................................................... 115

6.2.2.1 Construction Phase .............................................................................. 115 6.2.2.2 Operation and Maintenance Stage ........................................................ 120

6.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...................................................................... 122

6.2.3.1 Construction Phase .............................................................................. 122 6.2.3.2 Operation Phase .................................................................................. 124

6.3 EVALUATION OF THE IMPACTS ................................................................................ 125

CHAPTER 7:ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS ..................................................................................... 129

7.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 129

7.2 PROJECT LOCATION ..................................................................................................... 129

7.3 SITE SELECTION ............................................................................................................. 129

7.4 DESIGN ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................................... 131

7.5 TECHNOLOGIES, IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES AND TIME SCHEDULE131

7.6 DEVELOPMENT OF HYDROPOWER PROJECTS .................................................... 131

7.7 NO FOREST OPTION ....................................................................................................... 131

7.8 FISHERIES MITIGATION ALTERNATIVE ................................................................ 132

7.9 OPERATION PROCEDURE ............................................................................................ 132



2018

Page| vi


7.10 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ....................................................................................... 132

7.10.1 Rainy Season ............................................................................................................ 132

7.10.2 Dry Season ............................................................................................................... 132

7.11 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 132

7.12 ALTERNATIVE TO EXISTING SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY .................................. 132

CHAPTER 8:ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................ 134

8.1 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 134

8.1.1 Construction Phase .......................................................................................................... 134

8.1.1.1 Physical Environment .......................................................................... 134 8.1.1.1.1 Development of Infrastructures and Facilities ................................... 134 8.1.1.2 Biological Environment ........................................................................ 134 8.1.1.2.1 ACA/DFO Biodiversity Support Program ......................................... 134 8.1.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ........................................... 135 8.1.1.3.1 Priority to Local Employment .......................................................... 135 8.1.1.3.2 Improvements of Public Infrastructure Facilities .............................. 135 8.1.1.3.3 Increase in Skills .............................................................................. 135 8.1.1.3.4 Augmentation of Local Economy ...................................................... 135

8.1.2 Operation Phase .............................................................................................................. 135

8.1.2.1 Public Shares ....................................................................................... 135 8.1.2.2 Local Employment ............................................................................... 135 8.1.2.3 Skills Enhancement ............................................................................. 136 8.1.2.4 Enhancement of Local, Regional and National Economy ....................... 136 8.1.2.5 Enhancement of INPS.......................................................................... 136 8.1.2.6 Rural Electrification ............................................................................ 136

8.2 MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................................................. 136

8.2.1 Physical Environment ...................................................................................................... 136

8.2.1.1 Construction phase .............................................................................. 136 8.2.1.1.1 Change in Land Use ......................................................................... 136 8.2.1.1.2 Disturbance to Natural Drainage ...................................................... 136 8.2.1.1.3 Fresh Landslides/ Soil Erosion .......................................................... 136 8.2.1.1.4 Contamination of Surface Water Bodies ........................................... 136 8.2.1.1.5 Spread of Foul Odour ....................................................................... 137 8.2.1.1.6 Change in Water Table..................................................................... 137 8.2.1.1.7 Contamination of Land/Top Soil ....................................................... 137 8.2.1.1.8 Loss of Top Soil ................................................................................ 137 8.2.1.1.9 Alteration in the River Morphology: ................................................. 137 8.2.1.1.10 Deterioration in Air and Noise Quality ............................................ 137 8.2.1.2 Operation Phase .................................................................................. 137 8.2.1.2.1 Change in River Hydrology/Morphology in the De-Watered River Stretch

137 8.2.1.2.2 Contamination of Surface Water Body ............................................. 137 8.2.1.2.3 Spread of Foul Odour ....................................................................... 138 8.2.1.2.4 Change in Water Table..................................................................... 138 8.2.1.2.5 Change in Land use at upstream of weir due to storage of water. ...... 138

8.2.2 Biological Environment ................................................................................................... 138

8.2.2.1 Construction ........................................................................................ 138 8.2.2.2 Operation Phase .................................................................................. 139

8.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...................................................................... 140

8.2.3.1 Construction Phase .............................................................................. 140 8.2.3.1.1 Lease/ purchase of Required Land .................................................... 140 8.2.3.1.2 Compensation for Loss of Crops ....................................................... 140



2018

Page| vii


8.2.3.1.3 Health and Sanitation ....................................................................... 140 8.2.3.1.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures ........................................ 140 8.2.3.1.5 Insurance of the Project workers ...................................................... 141 8.2.3.1.6 Priority to Local Employment .......................................................... 141 8.2.3.1.7 Gender, Indigenous and Vulnerable People ...................................... 141 8.2.3.1.8 Social and Cultural Practices ............................................................ 141 8.2.3.1.9 Law and Order ................................................................................. 141 8.2.3.1.10 Archaeological, Historical and Cultural/ Religious Sites .................. 141 8.2.3.1.11 Social Awareness Program ............................................................. 141 8.2.3.2 Operation Phase .................................................................................. 142 8.2.3.2.1 Occupation Health and Safety Measures ........................................... 142 8.2.3.2.2 Training for Improvement of economical condition after construction

period 142 8.2.3.2.3 Siren Warning System ...................................................................... 142

8.3 MITIGATION Measure and enahancement measure COSTs FOR PHYSICAL,

BIOLOGICAL, SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT .................... 142

8.3.1 Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment ....................................................................... 142

8.3.2 Mitigation Cost for Biological Environment ..................................................................... 143

8.3.3 Mitigation Cost for Socio-economic & Cultural Environment .......................................... 143

8.3.4 Community Support Program ......................................................................................... 143

CHAPTER 9:ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .......................................................... 147

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .................................................................. 147

9.2 ENVIRONMENAL MONITORING COST .................................................................... 160

CHAPTER 10:ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT ................................................................................... 162

10.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................. 162

10.2 PHYSCICAL ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... 162

10.3 bIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................... 162

10.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT ......................................... 163

10.5 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY ............................................................................ 163

10.6 SCHEDULE ........................................................................................................................ 163

10.7 REQUIRED SPECIALISTS .............................................................................................. 163

10.8 ESTIMATED COST ........................................................................................................... 163

10.9 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................... 164

CHAPTER 11:ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................... 165

11.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................... 165

11.1.1 Erosion Abatement and Watershed Management Plan ............................................. 165

11.1.2 Muck/ Spoil Management Plan ................................................................................. 166

11.1.3 Pollution Abatement Plan ......................................................................................... 166

11.1.4 Water Pollution Control Plan ................................................................................... 166

11.1.5 Air Pollution Control Plan ........................................................................................ 167

11.1.6 Noise Pollution Control Plan .................................................................................... 168

11.1.7 Toxic and Hazardous Chemical Handling Management Plan ................................... 169

11.1.8 Construction Camp Management Plan ..................................................................... 169

11.1.9 Ocupational Health and Safety Plan (OHS Plan) ...................................................... 170



2018

Page| viii


11.1.10 Emergency Preparedness and Management Plan ...................................................... 171

11.1.11 Construction Traffic Management Plan .................................................................... 171

11.2 OPERATION PHASE ........................................................................................................ 172

11.2.1 Management Plan ..................................................................................................... 172

11.3 BIO-DIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................................... 172

11.3.1 Forest Management Plan .......................................................................................... 172

11.3.2 Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan ...................................................................... 173

11.3.3 Wildlife Protection and Conservation Plan ............................................................... 174

11.3.4 Aquatic Ecology Management Plan .......................................................................... 174

11.3.5 Forest Fire Management Plan .................................................................................. 175

11.4 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................... 175

11.4.1 Permits and Approval Plan ...................................................................................... 175

11.4.2 Public Grievance Redress Management Plan ............................................................ 176

11.4.3 Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan ................................................................ 177

11.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN COST ......................................................... 177

11.6 INSTITUTIONAL SET-UP ............................................................................................... 178

Chapter 12: PROJECT BENEFIT AND COSTS ............................................................................. 179

12.1 BENEFIT OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ................................................................... 179

12.1.1 Construction Phase ................................................................................................... 179

12.1.2 Operation Phase ....................................................................................................... 179

12.2 COSTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ....................................................................... 181

12.3 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................... 181

CHAPTER 13: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ......................................................................... 182

13.1 SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 182

13.1.1 Physical Environment............................................................................................... 182

13.1.2 Biological Environment ............................................................................................ 182

13.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment............................................................... 182

13.1.4 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................ 183

13.2 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................... 183

13.3 WAY FoRWARD ................................................................................................................ 183

References ............................................................................................................................................ 184

PUBLIC HEARING PROGRAM ....................................................................................................... 185

ANNEXES ............................................................................................................................................ 211

Annex I: Survey License and Related Document ...................................................... 212

Annex II: Project Layout Map and Engineering Drawings ........................................ 217

Annex III: Construction Schedule .................................................................................... 231

Annex IV: Approval of Scoping Document (SD) and Terms of Reference (ToR) . 234

Annex V: Opinion and Suggestions ................................................................................ 237

Annex VI: Recommendation Letters ................................................................................ 269

Annex VII: List of Project Affected Families & .............................................................. 274



2018

Page| ix


Contacted Persons .................................................................................................................. 274

Annex VIII: Declarations of Study Team ......................................................................... 278

APPENDICES ..................................................................................................................................... 287

Appendix I: List of Plant Species ....................................................................................... 288

Appendix II: List of Mammals ............................................................................................. 297

Appendix III: List of Aviafauna ........................................................................................... 299

Appendix IV: List of Aquafauna, Herpeto and Reptiles ............................................... 302

Appendix V: List of Protected Flora and Fauna ............................................................. 305

Appendix VI: Table of Land Loss (Permanent and Temporary) ................................ 307

APPENDIX-VII: Table of Sample Plot Measurement of Forest. ............................................. 309

APPENDIX-VIII: Table of Environmental Release and Power Production ......................... 314

APPENDIX-IX: Impact Assessment Matrix ................................................................................. 318

APPENDIX-X:Photographs ............................................................................................................. 323



2018

Page| x


LIST OF TABLES TABLE 2. 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MIDDLE KALIGANDAKI HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT ................................ 11 TABLE 2. 2: ESTIMATED QUANTITY OF THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS .............................................................. 18 TABLE 2. 3: AVAILABILITY OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS .................................................................................... 18 TABLE 2. 4: ESTIMATED EXPLOSIVES REQUIRED ................................................................................................... 18 TABLE 2. 5: MAIN CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................................... 19 TABLE 2. 6: MUCK DISPOSAL AREA, LOCATION AND SOURCE OF MUCK ............................................................... 20 TABLE 2. 7: DETAILS OF POWER ESTIMATION DURING CONSTRUCTION ................................................................ 22 TABLE 2. 8: REQUIREMENT OF LAND ...................................................................................................................... 22 TABLE 2. 9: LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT (IN HA.) ................................................................................ 24 TABLE 3. 1: DETAIL OF GROUP DISCUSSIONS AND INTERVIEWS 29 TABLE 3. 2: DELINEATED PROJECT COMPONENT SITES 30 TABLE 3. 3: EXPERTISE AND NAME OF STUDY TEAM MEMBERS 31 TABLE 5. 1 : WATER SAMPLING TEST RESULT 58 TABLE 5. 2: CATCHMENT CHARACTERSTICS OF KALIGANDAKI RIVER 59 TABLE 5. 3: METEOROLOGICAL STATIONS IN CATCHMENT AREA OF THE PROJECT 60 TABLE 5. 4: SUMMARY OF MONTHLY TEMPERATURE OF LETE STATION (IN 1999) 61 TABLE 5. 5: DISCHARGE MEASUREMENT DATA AT HEADWORKS SITE. 62 TABLE 5. 6: MEAN MONTHLY FLOW AT MIDDLE KALIGANDAKI BY CAR METHOD. 62 TABLE 5. 7: MEAN MONTHLY FLOW AT MIDDLE KALIGANDAKI BY MIP METHOD 63 TABLE 5. 8: MEAN MONTHLY FLOW AT MIDDLE KALIGANDAKI BY SYNTHETIC GENERATION (25 YEARS) 63 TABLE 5. 9: COMPARISON OF MEAN MONTHLY FLOWS AT MIDDLE KALIGANDAKI HEP 65 TABLE 5. 10: TIME EXCEEDANCE OF MONTHLY DISCHARGE AT DIVERSION SITE 66 TABLE 5. 11: FLOOD FLOWS GENERATED WITH DIFFERENT METHODS 66 TABLE 5. 12: VEGETATION SPECIES FOUND IN THE PROJECT AREA 73 TABLE 5. 13: COMMUNITY FORESTS IN THE PROJECT AREA 74 TABLE 5. 14: COMPARATIVE DATA OF NATIONAL CENSUS AND MAYAGDI DISTRICT 79 TABLE 5. 15: HOUSEHOLD, POPULATION, AVERAGE FAMILY SIZE AND SEX RATIO IN PROJECT AFFECTED AREA

80 TABLE 5. 16: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY CASTE /ETHNICITY 80 TABLE 5. 17: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY LANGUAGE (MOTHER TOUNGE) IN PROJECT AFFECTED WARDS

81 TABLE 5. 18: ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE AND DEPENDENT POPULATION BY SEX 81 TABLE 5. 19: THE DOMINANT AGE GROUP CONSISTING IN THE TOTAL POPULATION BETWEEN 10 - 14 YEARS 82 TABLE 5. 20: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY LITERACY RATE IN PROJECT AFFECTED AREA 82 TABLE 5. 21: EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT (ABOVE 5 YEARS OF AGE) IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 82 TABLE 5. 22: EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 82 TABLE 5. 23: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY MAIN SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER IN ANNAPURNA

GAUNPALIKA 83 TABLE 5. 24: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY TYPES OF TOILET IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 83 TABLE 5. 25: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY TYPE OF ROOF / HOUSES IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 84 TABLE 5. 26: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY ENERGY USE FOR LIGHTING IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 84 TABLE 5. 27: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY ENERGY USE FOR COOKING IN ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA 84 TABLE 5. 28: HOUSEHOLD, POPULATION, AVERAGE FAMILY SIZE AND SEX RATIO IN PROJECT AREA 85 TABLE 5. 29: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY CASTE /ETHNICITY IN PROJECT AREA 85 TABLE 5. 30: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY LANGUAGE (MOTHER TONGUE) IN PROJECT AREA 86 TABLE 5. 31: SETTLEMENT PATTERNS AND PROJECT COMPONENTS IN THE CORE PROJECT AREA 87 TABLE 5. 32: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY LITERACY RATE IN PROJECT AREA 88 TABLE 5. 33: EDUCATION ATTAINMENT OF POPULATION (BOTH SEXES OF AGE 5 YEARS AND ABOVE) IN PROJECT

AREA 88 TABLE 5. 34: EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IN PROJECT AREA 88 TABLE 5. 35: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY MAIN SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER IN PROJECT AREA 89 TABLE 5. 36: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY TYPES OF TOILET IN PROJECT AREA 90 TABLE 5. 37: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY TYPE OF ROOF / HOUSES IN PROJECT AREA 90 TABLE 5. 38: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY ENERGY USE FOR LIGHTING IN PROJECT AREA 90



2018

Page| xi


TABLE 5. 39: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD BY ENERGY USE FOR COOKING IN PROJECT AREA 91 TABLE 5. 40: ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE AND DEPENDENT POPULATION BY SEX IN PROJECT AREA 92 TABLE 5. 41: LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF PROJECT SITES (IN HA). 94 TABLE 5. 42: SUMMARY OF THE LAND REQUIRED 95 TABLE 5. 43: NUMBER OF SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS IN THE CORE PROJECT AREA (80 SAMPLE HH) 96 TABLE 5. 44: DISTRIBUTION OF SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS AND POPULATION (80 SAMPLE HH)

96 TABLE 5. 45: SURVEYED POPULATION BY BROAD AGE GROUPS (80 SAMPLE HH) 96 TABLE 5. 46: CASTE/ETHNIC COMPOSITION OF THE SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 97 TABLE 5. 47: SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS BY LANGUAGE AND RELIGION (80 SAMPLE HH) 97 TABLE 5. 48: LITERACY STATUS - 6 YEARS AND ABOVE OF THE PROJECT AREA (80 SAMPLE HH) 97 TABLE 5. 49: EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT AMONG THE LITERATE POPULATION (80 SAMPLE HH) 97 TABLE 5. 50: TOTAL AND ANNUAL AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY TYPE OF INCOME (80 SAMPLE HH) 98 TABLE 5. 51: TOTAL AND AVERAGE ANNUAL EXPENDITURE OF SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 98 TABLE 5. 52: FOOD SUFFICIENCY OF THE SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 99 TABLE 5. 53: STRATEGY OF THE SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS TO COPE THE FOOD DEFICIENCY (80 SAMPLE HH) 99 TABLE 5. 54: TYPE OF FUEL AND ENERGY USED BY SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 100 TABLE 5. 55: PUBLIC HEALTH AND HYGIENE PRACTICES BY SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 100 TABLE 5. 56: MAJOR OCCUPATION COMPOSITION OF SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH) 101 TABLE 5. 57: MAJOR CROPS, AREA COVERAGE, PRODUCTION AND YIELD IN THE SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS (80

SAMPLE HH) 101 TABLE 5. 58: LANDHOLDINGS OF THE SURVEYED HOUSEHOLDS BY TYPE OF LAND (80 SAMPLE HH) 101 TABLE 5. 59: LANDHOLDING BY SEX OF HOUSEHOLD HEAD /OWNER (80 SAMPLE HH) 101 TABLE 5. 60: LANDHOLDING BY OWNERSHIP OF CASTE /ETHNIC GROUPS (80 SAMPLE HH) 102 TABLE 5. 61: LIVESTOCK POPULATION BY TYPE IN THE PROJECT SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS (80 SAMPLE HH)

102 TABLE 5. 62: PEOPLES EXPECTATION FROM THE PROJECT (80 SAMPLE HH) 102 TABLE 5. 63: POPULATION DISTRIBUTION OF PAFS BY AGE GROUP AND SEX 103 TABLE 5. 64: ETHNIC COMPOSITION OF THE PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 103 TABLE 5. 65: EDUCATION ATTAINMENT OF POPULATION (BOTH SEXES OF AGE 5 YEARS AND ABOVE) IN PROJECT

AFFECTED FAMILY 103 TABLE 5. 66: OCCUPATION DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 104 TABLE 5. 67: MAJOR CROPS, AREA COVERAGE, PRODUCTION AND YIELD IN THE HOUSEHOLDS 104 TABLE 5. 68: LANDHOLDINGS OF THE PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES BY TYPE OF LAND 105 TABLE 5. 69: NUMBER OF LIVESTOCK AND LIVESTOCK AND POULTRY PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 105 TABLE 5. 70: DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLDS BY FOOD SUFFICIENCY IN PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 105 TABLE 5. 71: USE OF ELECTRICITY IN PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 106 TABLE 5. 72: LOSS OF LAND OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES AND HOUSEHOLDS 107 TABLE 5. 73: TOTAL LOSS OF LAND OF WARD LEVEL OF GAUNPALIKA 108 TABLE 5. 74: LOSS OF CEREAL CROPS PRODUCTION OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES AND HOUSEHOLDS 108 TABLE 5. 75: LOSS OF CASH CROPS PRODUCTION OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES AND HOUSEHOLDS 109 TABLE 6. 1: POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 113 TABLE 6. 2: LOCATION WISE NUMBER OF TREES AND POLES TO BE FELLED DOWN IN PROJECT AREA 116 TABLE 6. 3: FOREST LOSS AT DIFFERENT PROJECT COMPONENTS 117 TABLE 6. 4: DETAILS OF SEEDLINGS TO BE LOST DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 117 TABLE 6. 5: DETAILS OF SAPLINGS TO BE LOST DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 118 TABLE 6. 6: TOTAL FOREST LOSS 118 TABLE 6. 7: EVALUATION OF BENEFICIAL IMPACTS 125 TABLE 6. 8: EVALUATION OF ADVERSE IMPACTS 126 TABLE 7. 1: COMPARISON OF THE ALTERNATIVES 129 TABLE 8. 1: MITIGATION COST FOR PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 142 TABLE 8. 2: MITIGATION COST FOR BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 143 TABLE 8. 3: COST FOR MITIGATION MEASURES OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC & CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT 143 TABLE 8. 4: COST FOR COMMUNITY SUPPORT PROGRAM 146



2018

Page| xii


TABLE 9. 1: BASELINE MONITORING PLAN OF MKGHEP 149 TABLE 9. 2: COMPLIANCE MONITORING PLAN OF MKGHEP 151 TABLE 9. 3: STRATEGY FOR IMPACT MONITORING OF MKGHEP 156 TABLE 9. 4: COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 160

TABLE 10. 1: COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT 164

TABLE 11. 1: COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 178

TABLE 12. 1: COST OF THE PROJECT 181

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE 2. 1: LOCATION MAP OF THE PROJECT AREA. ............................................................................................. 5 FIGURE 2. 2: GENERAL LAYOUT MAP OF THE PROJECT ........................................................................................... 6 FIGURE 2. 3: GENERAL LAYOUT & PROJECT AREA BOUNDARY ............................................................................... 7 FIGURE 2. 4: WARDS OF ANNAPURNA GAUNPALIKA. ................................................................................................ 8 FIGURE 2. 5: ACCESS TO PROJECT AREA ................................................................................................................. 9 FIGURE 2. 6: ROAD INVENTORY MAP OF MYAGDI DISTRICT. ................................................................................. 10

FIGURE 5. 1: GEOLOGICAL MAP OF NEPAL 49 FIGURE 5. 2: GEOLOGY OF PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SITE AND HEADRACE TUNNEL 50 FIGURE 5. 3: GEOCHRONOLOGIC COLUMN OF THE PROJECT GEOLOGY 50 FIGURE 5. 4: REGIONAL GEOLOGICAL MAP 51 FIGURE 5. 5: GEOLOGY OF THE HOT WATER SPRING AREA AS WELL AS THE PROJECT SITE. 54 FIGURE 5. 6: RELATIVE POSITION OF THE HOT WATER SPRINGS AND TUNNEL ALIGNMENT 55 FIGURE 5. 7: : FLOW DIRECTION AND POSITION OF THE HOT WATER SPRING ON RIVER BANK 56 FIGURE 5. 8: SCHEMATIC POSITION OF THE HOT WATER SPRING AND THE TUNNEL 56 FIGURE 5. 9: UPPER CATCHMENT AREA OF THE PROJECT SHOWING GLACIERS (SOURCE: GOOGLE MAP) 57 FIGURE 5. 10: CATCHMENT AREA OF THE PROJECT AT DIVERSION SITE 59 FIGURE 5. 11: ESTIMATED DISCHARGES BY DIFFERENT APPROACHES 64 FIGURE 5. 12: FLOW DURATION CURVE 65 FIGURE 5. 13: FLOOD FLOWS 67 FIGURE 5. 14: SEISMIC HAZARD MAP OF NEPAL AND PROJECT AREA 69 FIGURE 5. 15: SEISMIC RISK MAP OF NEPAL AND LOCATION OF PROJECT AREA 70



2018

Page| xiii


List of Abbreviations and Acronyms

AP

ACA

ACAP

Affected Peoples

Annapurna Conservation Area

Annapurna Conservationa Area Project

BOD

CAMC

CBA

CBD

Biological Oxygen Demand

Conservation Area Management Committee

Cost benefit Analysis

Convention on Bilogical Diversity

CBS Central Bureau of Statistics

CF Community Forest

CFUG Community Forest User Group

CISC

CITES

Central Implementation Support Consultant

Convention on International Trade of Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and

Flora

COD

COP

CSP

Chemical Oxygen Demand

Conferenece of Parties

Community Support Program

DBH Diameter at Breast Height

DCC District Coordination Committee

DFO District Forest Office

DHM Department of Hydrology and Metrology

DO

DoED

DOR

DPR

Dissolve Oxygen

Department of Electricity Development

Department of Road

Detailed Project Report

DRCC District Road Coordination Committee

DTMP

EA

EIA

EPA

EPR

ERT

District Transport Master Plan

Environmental Assessment

Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Protection Act

Environmental Protection Regulations

Electrical Resistivity Tomography

ESD

EM

Environment Screening Document

Electro Mchanical

EMP Environmental Monitoring Plan



2018

Page| xiv


EMMP

EMU

Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan

Environmental management Unit

EPA,53 Environment Protection Act,1997

EPR,54

FDC

FGD

GDP

GIS

Environment Protection Rules,1997

Flow Duration Curve

Focus Group Discussion

Gross Domestic Product

Geographic Information System

GoN

GRC

GWh

Government of Nepal

Grievance Redress Committee

Giga Watt Hour

HH

Ha

HRT

HSPL

Household

Hector

Headrace Tunnel

Hydro Support Private Limited

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IIA

INPS

Immediate Impact Area

Integrated Nepal power System

IUCN World Conservation Union

Km Kilometer

kW Kilowatt

LDCP Local Development Construction Program

LRMP

masl

MAT

MKGHEP

MPMS

MT/Yr

MW

NGO

NPWCA

Land Resource Management Project

Meter above sea level

Main Access Tunnel

Middle Kaligandaki Hydro Electric Project

Master Plan for Forestry Sector

Metric Ton per Year

Mega Watt

Non-Governmental Organization

National Parks and Wild Life Conservation Act

NTFPs

NTNC

NEPA

PAF

Non-Timber Forest Products

National Trust for Nature Conservation

National Environmental Protection Act

Project Affected Family



2018

Page| xv


PCU

PPE

Project Coordination Unit

Personal Protective Equipment

ppm

RES

ROR

Parts Per Million

Rapid Environmental Screening

Run of River

RoW Right of Way

RRA

SEA

STD

SD

Rapid Rural Appraisal

Strategic Environmental Assessment

Sexually Transmitted Disease

Scoping Document

TA Technical Assistance

ToR

UNESCO

Terms of Reference

United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization

VDC Village Development Committee



2018

Page| i


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. INTRODUCTION

Nepal is blessed with abundant water resources. The enormous water resources and the

geographical variations have created great potential for hydro-electric power development in

the country. The water resources of Nepal are considered as the key strategic natural resources

having the potential to be the catalyst for all round development and economic growth of the

country. Hence, the Government of Nepal (GoN) has paved the way for private sectors in

developing hydroelectric projects in Nepal. The objective behind such a move by the

government is to rationally maximize harvesting of the water resource for electricity

production. Construction and commissioning of new hydropower generation and transmission

line projects is the most feasible way to overcome the prevailing energy crisis.

The project proponent Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd. has proposed for the implementation of Middle

Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project (MKGHEP) with an installed capacity of 53.539 MW in

Annapurna Gaupalika, Myagdi district of Province No.4 of Nepal. The current policies of GoN

emphasize the need of environmentally friendly and socially acceptable development of power

generation and transmission line projects.

1.1 PROJECT PROPONENT

Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd. is the proponent of the proposed project. The project proponent has

obtained the survey license from the Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation for

the feasibility and environmental study of the proposed MKGHEP with an installed capacity of

53.539 MW.

1.2 ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EIA STUDY

The project proponent has assigned Eco TRANS Consult, Mid Baneshwor to carry out and

prepare Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report of the proposed project. However, the

consultant completed TOR and SD for the EIA study and the required data collection was done

by the consultant’s team. The EIA report has been prepared by Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd.’s

inhouse team incorporating the additional data collected after field visit along with all the data

collected by the consultant.

1.3 RATIONALITY FOR CONDUCTING EIA STUDY

According to the provision in Environmental Protection Rules, 2054 (EPR, 1997) and its

subsequent amendment, an EIA is mandatory for the hydropower projects of more than 50 MW

capacity. The proposed project touches the boundary of Annapurna Conservation Area by weir

structure at Narchyang 4 of Annapurna Gaupalika. According to Schedule-II of EPR, 2054

(1997), construction of hydropower projects in the protected areas requires an Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) study. The EIA of the proposed project was carried out as per EPR,

1997 and the approved Terms of Reference (ToR). The EPA, 2053 and EPR, 2054 empower

the Ministry of Forests and Environment for the approval of EIA report. This EIA report does

not include the transmission line components.



2018

Page| ii


2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed MKGHEP area is located in Myagdi District Province No 4. of Nepal. The

project area is located 329 km North West of Kathmandu. The MKGHEP area is located in

Annapurna Gaunpalika in Myagdi District of Nepal. The diversion weir touches Annapurna

Conservation Area at Narchyang-4 of Annapurna Gaupalika where as desilting basin and

intake lie in Dana-3 of Annapurna Gaupalika, moreover major tunnel alignment, surge shaft,

pressure shaft, powerhouse and tailrace canal of the project fall within the jurisdiction of

Bhurung Tatopani-2 of Annapurna Gaupalika. The proposed project site is located about 27.0

Km far from Beni Bazar, the district headquater of Myagdi.

The elevation of the project catchment area ranges from 1160 m to 5160 m above mean sea

level. All the components of the project run along the right bank of the Kaligandaki River. The

proposed Intake site is situated at Suke bagar in Dana- Ward no.3 and the powerhouse site is

located opposite of Pokhare Bagar (Ghar) in Bhurung Tatopani-ward no.2. A total of 12.90 ha

land is required for the proposed project, out of the total land, the tentative forest land of 7.06

ha is required for the project construction. The necessary land area of bush/barren covers 2.27

ha, bagar/ sand deposit land/ flood plain area of 3.02 ha is required for the entire project.

Similarly, about 0.55 ha of agricultural land will be required for the project component

construction.

The proposed project is Run-of-River (RoR) scheme with the installed capacity of 53.539 MW

utilizing a design discharge of 44.98 m3/s and will generate net 306.65 GWh average annual

energy. The gross head is 144 m. The water will be diverted through 4184 m long headrace

tunnel. The power generated from the plant will be evacuated by a 7 km long 132 kV

transmission line to the proposed Dana Substation.

Salient Features of the Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project

S. No. General

Information

Particulars Description/ Value Remarks

Name of the Project Name: Middle Kaligandaki HEP

1. Project Sites Federal Republic

(Pradesh) 4 No. Province

District Myagdi

Rural Municipality (Gaun

palika)

Annapurna Gaun palika

Ward nos. Project component areas

belong to ward no. 2, 3 & 4.

Intake / Diversion Weir Sukebagar, Dana - 3 and

Narchyang-4

Latitude: 28° 31’ 13”

Longitude: 83° 39’ 35”

Its lies adjacent to ACA

Boundaries at the left

bank of Kaligandaki

River

Powerhouse Opposite of Pokhare Bagar

Latitude: 28° 29’ 11”


Bhurung Tatopani -2

Terrain Valley slopes

2. Project

Parameters

Power Plant Capacity 53.539 MW

Project Type Run of the river (ROR)

Gross Head 144 m

Catchment area at

diversion site 3700 km2

Net Head 140.45 m

Annual average flow 65 m3/s



2018

Page| iii


Design Discharge 44.98 m3/s

Design Flood Discharge at

diversion site 800 m3/s

100 Years flood period.


powerhouse site 1432 m3/s


Turbine Units 2 x 26.8 MW

Tailrace WL 1169.0 m a.m.s.l

Riparian flow 10% of monthly flow

3. Diversion

Weir Type

Ogee weir free flow with

under sluice bays

Crest elevation of

overflow weir 1313.25 m

Average River Bed Level 1306 m a.m.s.l

Total width of diversion

structure 85.0 m

4. Intake Type Side Intake

Trash rack No. 6

H 5.50 m

W 3.40 m

Design Discharge 44.98 m3/s @ Q40%

Intake design discharge 53.976 m3/s Including 20% flushing

discharge

5. Feeder

Channel

Type Rectangular

Number 2

Size 4.0 m W x height varies

from 5.0m to 5.2 m

Length 43.97 m & 28.96 m

6. Desilting

basin

Type Hopper type

Chambers 2 No.

Size 95 m x 12 m x 10.7 m L x B x H

Size of particles to be

removed 0.2 mm and above

7.

Headrace

Tunnel

Type & shape Underground, Horse- shoe

shaped

Length 4184 m

Diameter 5.0 m

Surge Shaft Type Restricted orifice type

Top elevation level 1328 m a.m.s.l

Diameter 12.5 m

Max. Upsurge level 1326.2 m

Min. down surge level 1290.6 m

Orifice shape Circular

Diameter 2.35 m

8. Valve

Chamber

Type Underground

Number 1

Size (LxWxH) 16 m x 10 m x 16 m

Type of Valve Butterfly Valve

Diameter 4.0 m

9. Pressure

Shaft

Type Underground

Shape Circular

Nos.

One no. starting after surge

shaft and bifurcating before

powerhouse

Diameter 4.0 m

Total Length 250.22 m

Length of vertical drop

shaft 124 m

Liner thickness 10 mm to 16 mm



2018

Page| iv


Length of penstock after

bifurcation 22.11 m each

Branch penstock Circular, 2.3 m dia. each

10. Powerhouse

Complex

Type Underground

Size of powerhouse cavern 67.1m(L) x 18.0m (W) x

36.65m (H)

Size of transformer cavern 59.5m (L) x 15.0m (W) x

26m (H)

Center line of penstock El 1163.75 m

No. of Power Units 2

Gross head 144 m

Rated Head 140.45 m

11 Tailrace

Tunnel

Type D shaped

Size 5.0m (W) x 4.66 m (H)

Normal Tail Water Level El. 1169.0 m

Length 149.25 m

12. Main access

tunnel

Length 133.36 m

Size & Shape 7 m, D-Shaped

13. Turbine Number 2

Type Vertical Axis Francis

Rated capacity of each 26.8 MW

14. Construction

Adits

No. 8

Size and Shape 5.0m Dia., D-Shaped

Length Adit-1: 114.0 m

Adit-2: 162.0 m

Adit-3: 106.0m

Adit-4: 93.18m

Adit-5: 104.48m

Adit-6: 249.10m

Adit-7: 113.930m

Adit-8: 71.33m

15. Generator Type Synchronous Three Phase

Number 2 sets

Rated Capacity 2 x 29777 kVA

Voltage 11 kV

Frequency 50 Hz

Excitation System Brushless/ Static

16 Switchward Size 30 m x 40 m

17. Transformer Rated Capacity

7x12.5 MVA, 11/132/v3,

single phase

Voltage Ratio 11 kV/ 132 kV

16. Transmission

Line

Voltage Level 132 kVA, Single Circuit

Power Evacuation Proposed Dana Substation

hub

Length 7.0 km

17. Power

Generation

Installed capacity 53.539 MW

Net annual energy after

transmission and outage

losses

Total Energy 306.65 GWh Dry Energy: 92.33 GWh

Wet Energy: 214.32

GWh

18. Project Cost Estimate

Total Project Cost (including IDC) NRs.10,69,06,29,501

Nepalese Rupees Ten

Arab, Sixty-Nine Crore,

Six Lakh, Twenty-Nine

Thousand, Five Hundred

and One.

19. Economic Evaluation Summary

Net Present Value (NPV) 3.957 Million

Internal rate of Return (IRR) 14.36%

Simple payback period 10 years



2018

Page| v


Return on Equity (ROE) 21.78%

20. Construction Period 4 Years

3. STUDY METHODOLOGY

The EIA process follows the Environment Protection Act, 1997 (EPA 2053), EPR, 1997

(2054) and National EIA Guidelines, 1993. The EIA report was prepared as per the legal

provisions of the GoN and based on the approved Scoping and ToR. Field studies by the team

of professionals, interaction and consultation with the local people, stakeholders and the

official of GoN line agencies were conducted. Likewise, review of pertinent literatures, field

survey, observation, sampling, checklist and questionnaire administration, group meetings and

impact assessment matrix were the main methodologies applied for the Environmental Impact

Assessment study of the proposed project.

4. REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES, ACTS, LEGISLATIONS, GUIDELINES,

STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS

The prevailing plans, policies, acts, rules/regulations, guidelines, standards, conventions and

strategies related with development of the hydropower projects in Nepal were reviewed during

the preparation of EIA report. The objective of the review of legislative provision is to

understand existing policy provisions that are applicable for the implementation of the

hydropower project and to comply with these provisions during different phases of project

implementation.

The pertinent Acts and Regulations reviewed include National Parks and Wildlife Conservation

Act, 2029; "Working Procedures for the Use of National Forest Land for National Priority

Projects, 2074" ;Policy for Construction and Operation of Physical Infrastructures within

Conservation Area, 2065 while preparing the report.

5. EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

5.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project lies in Annapurna Gaunpalika ward numbers 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Myagdi

district. The geographical co-ordinates boundary of the project area is:

Latitude: 28° 28’ 56” to 28° 31’ 14” N

Longitude: 83° 38’ 00” to 83° 40’ 00” E

The headworks site is located about 400 m downstream from suspension bridge just below

Dharap village. The land use of the project area includes forest, river and its bank, barren land

and small patches of agricultural land. The powerhouse site is located just downstream of the

Ghar Khola confluence on the rightbank of Kaligandaki river. Generally, the area experiences

variations in temperature; Summer temperature ranges from 200 to 400

and in winter, it can be

as low as 20 and maximum day time temperature can be up to 250.

5.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The project area belongs to subtropical vegetation zone. All of the project components are

proposed in right bank of the Kaligandaki River. Left bank of the Kaligandaki River belongs to

Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA). The Kaligandaki River is boundary of ACA. The

project area consists of mostly sparse and patchy vegetation. The forest observed on the east

facing slope of valley between the headworks and powerhouse site can be characterized as



2018

Page| vi


Mixed Broad-Leaved Type. Major tree species in the forests are Mahuwa (Engelhardia

spicata), Chilaue (Schima wallichii), Uttis (Alnus nepalensis), Tooni (Tooni ciliata), khirro

(Sapium insigni) and Simal (Bombax cieba).

The mammals reported in the project area are Rato bandar (Maccaca mulata), Bandel (Sus

scrofa), Ban Biralo (Felis chaus), Lokharke (Funambulus palmarum), Dumsi (Hystrix indica),

Syal (Canis aureus), Malsapro (Martes flavigula), Ratuwa Mriga (Muntiacus muntjak), Ghoral

(Nemorrohaedus ghoral) etc.

The common birds reported in the project area are Kalij (Lophura Leucomelanos), Kag (Corvus

macrorhynchus), Nyauli (Megalaima virens), Rupi (Acridotheres tritis), Malewa (Columbia

livia), Gaunthali (Apus affinis), etc. Others are Black faced laughing thrush (Trochalopteron

affine), large billed crow (Corvus macrorhychos), white browed fulvetta (Fulvetta vinipectus), Red

billed blue Magpie (Urocissa erythroryncha) etc. are some of the birds of the project area.

The main identified fish species are Chuche Asala (Schizothoras annandalei), Katle

(Neolissochelius hexgonolepis), Tauke Asala (Schirothorax richarsonii), Asala (Schizothorax

molesworthii), and Mahseer (Acrossoshelius hexagonolepsis).

5.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Mayagdi district has one Municipality and six Gaunpalikas. Out of them Annapurna Gaupalika is the project area Gaupalika. Annapurna Gaupalika is also divided into eight Wards. The total

households of the Annapurna Gaupalika are 3700 and the total population is 13,315. Out of

total population, 6098 (45.80%) are males and 7217(54.20%) are females and an average

family size is 3.59.

Magar is the main inhabitant in project area, securing 69.81 followed by chhetri (12.86%) and

Kami (7.68%). The other major caste/ethnic groups dwelling in the project area are Damai

(4.40%), Thakali (0.93%), Brahmin-H (1.11%), and other (1.55%).

The economically active population (age group of 15-59 years) is 7562 (56.80%) including

male 3295 (43.57%) and female 4267 (56.43%) in the project area Gaunpalika. Similarly, the

dependent infant population below 5 years of age is 1136 (8.53%), the youngster child (age of

5 to 15 years) is 2591 (19.46%) and old age (above 60 years) is 2026 (15.21%). Economically active female population is higher (56.43%) compared to male population (43.57%).

Majority of the people observed Hindu religion in the Annapurna Gaunpalika followed by

Buddhism. Some people also observe Christian as their religion. Dashain, Tihar, Maghe

Sankranti, Chaite Dashain, New Year, Bhume Puja, Janai Purnima, Fagu Purnima, Shree

Panchami, Teej are the main festivals celebrated by the local inhabitants in the project area

ward. The major religious sites in the project area include Ram Mandir and Ashram of Pokhare

Bagar and Gharkhola.

6. IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The construction and operation of the proposed project will have some impacts on the existing

physical, biological, and socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area. The

main impacts identified during the EIA study are presented below:



2018

Page| vii



6.1.1 Construction Phase

• Change in land use

• Disturbance to local natural drainage

• Fresh landslides/soil erosion

• Contamination of surface water bodies

• Spread of foul odour

• Change in water table

• Contamination of land/top soil

• Loss of top soil

• Alteration in the morphology of a limited stretch of Kaligandaki River

• Deterioration in air and noise quality

6.1.2 Operation Phase

• Changes in river hydrology and morphology in the river stretch to be dewatered

• Contamination of surface water bodies

• Spread of foul odour


• Impact on land use at upstream of the diversion weir due to water storage.



• In total, 7.06 ha of forest land is required for the project.

• Loss of 162 trees 53 Sappling and 637 seedlings.

• Likely poaching of plants and animals due to increase access to forest

• Loss of forest products

• Loss and Fragmentation of wildlife habitat

• Disturbances in wildlife movement

• Impact on aquatic life

• degredation of wild life habitat

• Increase in Water Pollution


• Damage of vegetation of surrounding area

• Poaching and illegal collection of forest products

• Accidental washout or drowning of animals

• Impacts to aquatic animals



• Loss of 0.55 ha of private cultivated land



2018

Page| viii


• Loss of crops

• Impact on health quality

• Occupational health and safety hazards to the workers

• Gender, Indigenous and Vulnerable People

• Unproductive use of cash income

• Impact on Culture of Adjoining People

• Disturbance to Existing Law and Order Situation

• Disturbance in Archaeological, Historical and Cultural/ Religious Sites


• Growth of Settlement

• Occupational Health and Safety Hazards

• Withdrawal of Economic Activities

7. ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

Environmental considerations have been incorporated simultaneously with the technical

investigations of the proposed project. The alternative analysis discussed for the proposed

project is mainly concentrated on project location, site selection, design alternatives,

technologies, implementation procedure and time schedule, development of hydropower

project, with and without project option and no forest option. The project site has been selected

on the basis of accessibility, river discharge, its head and minimum impacts on existing

environmental and social conditions of the project area.

There will be no project induced loss of forest, habitat changes and other project influenced

environmental and socio-economic impacts, if the project is not implemented. No action

alternative would comprise of power and energy deficit to the Integrated Nepal Power System

(INPS) causing adverse impact on the economy. From local perspectives, significant economic

development opportunity will be lost in not implementing the project

No Forest Option was also studied but it is practically not possible to avoid the forest land

completely.

8. ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

8.1 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

The enhancement measures to be implemented during the construction and the operation

phases of the project will be as follows;

8.1.1 Physical Environment

• Development of infrastructures and Facilities

8.1.2 Biological Environment

• Enhancement of Biodiversity

8.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment



2018

Page| ix


• Local Employment Opportunity

• Improvements of Public Facilities

• Increase in Local Skills

• Augmentation of Local Economy

• Enhancement of Local and Regional Economy

• Enhancement of INPS

• Rural Electrification

8.2 MITIGATION MEASURES


8.2.1.1 Construction Phase

• All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize anticipated

impacts on local natural drainage arising out of stockpiling of construction materials

as per the EMP (Muck/Spoil Management Plan; Plan # 2).

• The anticipated adverse impacts related to fresh landslides/soil erosion due to

surface excavation and tunnel works will be avoided/minimized through measures

as per the EMP (Erosion Abatement and Watershed Management Plan; Plan # 1).

• All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize the

anticipated impacts of contamination of surface water bodies, mainly Kaligandaki

River, and land/ top soil that might arise out of leakage of fuels and other chemicals

as per the EMP (Water Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Toxic and Hazardous

Chemical Handling Management Plan; Plan # 1).


anticipated impacts of air pollution with generation of dust and emission of

particulate matter and other gaseous pollutants as per the EMP (Air Pollution

Control Plan; Plan # 1, 2 & 3).

• Inner walls of the tunnel will be lined with shotcrete/ concrete to seal groundwater

leakage through openings/cracks on the tunnel inner surface.

• Extracted/removed top soil from all construction and facility sites will be stored

safely on flat area with some cover before being transferred to and reused elsewhere

later.


anticipated impacts of air pollution with generation of dust and emission of

particulate matter and other gaseous pollutants as per the EMP (Air Pollution

Control Plan; Plan # 1, 2 and 3). Similarly, the noise emitted by blasting activity,

operation of equipment, vehicular operation and construction activities will be

minimized.

8.2.1.2 Operation Phase


anticipated impacts of contamination of surface water bodies, mainly Kaligandaki

River, that might arise out of leakage of fuels and other chemicals as per the EMP



2018

Page| x


(Water Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Toxic and Hazardous Chemical

Handling Management Plan; Plan # 1).


anticipated impacts of foul odor arising out of pollution of Kaligandaki River by

wastewater discharge and littering/disposal of solid waste as per the EMP (Water

Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Air Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 4).

The mitigation cost for physical environment is estimated to be NRs. 3,20,72,000.



• Felling of trees will be done in the presence and coordination of officials of ACA,

DFO and CFUG;

• The project will plant 25 saplings for the loss of each tree. Since project

construction will require felling about 162 trees, 53 Sappling and 637 seedlings

(including 25% mortality rate) will be planted by the project;

• Inspite of permanent loss of forest land, the privte land of that area will be

purchased and handedover to DFO after five years having trees with good vigor.

• Restriction of illegal collection of firewood and timber;

• Protection of forest from forest fire.

• Wildlife hunting and poaching will be strictly prohibited in the project area and

• Informative and warning signs post will be placed at each construction sites

regarding protection of fauna.


• The project proponent will be responsible for taking care of those planted saplings

for 5 years. The replacement plantation activities will compensate the loss of trees

and replenish the loss of habitat zone;

• Awareness program relating to importance of forest and wildlife conservation will

be launched and

• Release of environmental flow of minimum 10 % of the monthly flow will be

carried out.

The mitigation cost for biological environment is estimated to be NRs. 85,53,000.

8.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural environment


• Project will purchase or lease required land and sheds in direct negotiation with the

concern owners in market price and at replacement cost. For the loss of crops due to

project construction activities, if any, compensation shall be provided.

• Skill training to project area families and locals with priority in project employment.

• Project proponent will make available the labors with potable drinking water, clean

toilets with adequate water facilities in the camp.



2018

Page| xi


• Occupational Health and Safety training and provision of Personal Protective

Equipment (PPE).

• Standard ventilation will be installed in tunnel for healthy circulation of air inside

tunnel and sufficient potable drinking water will be provided to the workers inside

tunnel.

• Priority to job opportunity will be provided to the indigenous, vulnerable and

backward group or families in the project area in order to raise their socio-economic

status.

• Activities related to protection of culture will be implemented.

• Archaeological, Historical and Cultural/ Religious Sites will be protected.


• Occupational Health and Safety training and provision of Personal Protective

Equipment (PPE).

• Training on improved agricultural practices and other skill oriented training

program will be implemented.

• Siren system will be installed to warn people during emergency.

• Activities related to protection of culture will be implemented.

An amount of NRs. 2,67,27,000 is estimated for mitigation measures for socio-economic and

cultural environment.

8.3 COMMUNITY SUPPORT PROGRAM

The project will provide following support under the Community Support Program (CSP) and

the total cost allocated for CSP is NRs.8,01,80,000.


• Support to local schools

• Support to health post

• Support to local clubs/committee

• Priority to local people employment

• Support for infrastructure development (Tourism, cultural resource premise)

• Skill training


• Priority to local people employment

• Training on agricultural practices

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an important part of the EIA process as it deals

with the mechanism including the plan for the implementation of proposed enhancement and

mitigation measures, monitoring activities, public concerns, issues and coordination of the

work with different stake holders. The EMP specifies what parties would be responsible for

mitigation and how it will be coordinated with various line agencies, non-project participants

and schedule. The prime responsibility of implementing the EMP lies with the project



2018

Page| xii


proponent. An Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will be established at the project site

during construction stage to implement the EMP on behalf of the project proponent.

The environmental monitoring cost during pre-construction phase is estimated to be NRs.

9,15,000. Similarly, the environmental monitoring cost during project construction and

operation phase is estimated to be NRs. 68,24,000 and NRs. 8,14,000 respectively. Hence, the

total cost for environmental monitoring is estimated to be NRs. 85,53,000. Likewise, the total

cost for enhancement measures, community support program, environmental mitigation

including environmental monitoring, auditing and land acquisition is estimated at NRs.

15,77,12,000.

10. PUBLIC HEARING PROGRAM

The Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd. organized an open public hearing program in project site in

Tatopani of Annapurna village municipality, Mygdi on April 9, 2018 (2074.12.26 BS) in

connection with disclosure process of EIA study report. The major concerns raised during the

public hearing program by project affected people were regarding the possibility of

disappearing of local water sources due to tunnel excavation, conservation of Tatopani Kunda,

possibility of rock fall/land slides due to blasting during tunnel excavation and understanding

was made to implement the project with minimum environmental impact in coordination with

local project support committee.

11. CONCLUSIONS

The environmental impacts identified during the Environmental Impact Assessment study are

moderate and can be managed and mitigated by implementing the measures as stated in the

EIA. Since most of the project components, being underground structure, are located at the

places with very low settlements and minimum agricultural land, the socio-economic impacts

related with the implementation of the proposed project are minimum resulting to enhancement

of beneficial impacts than the adverse impacts.

Apart from the considerable economic benefits that would arise from power generation by the

project, it will also generate direct economic benefits to GoN and the district from taxes,

royalties and other revenues. Other direct benefits of the project will be from regional

development, employment of local people, opportunity of local people in investing hydropower

project and general improvement of infrastructures and services in the project area.

As the implementation of the project does not incur many significant and irreversible

environment impacts on any of the components of the environment, the project is considered to

be feasible from environment point of view. Hence, it is recommended to implement the

project with due consideration on proposed mitigation measures.



2018

Page| xiii


sfo{sf/L ;f/f++z

!= k[i7e"ld M

g]kfn hn>f]tdf ;DkGg b]z xf] . b]zsf] ef}ule{s jgfj6 / k|;:t hn>f]tsf] pknAwtfn] ubf{ hnljB't ljsf;sf] k|r'/ ;Defjgf /x]sf] 5 . hn>f]tnfO{ g]kfnsf] ;du| ljsf;sf] ;Defjgf af]Sg]] d'Vo >f]tsf] ?kdf dfGg ;lsG5 . b]zdf pknAw hn>f]tsf] e08f/nfO{ hnljB't ljsf;sf] dfWodaf6 ljBdfg phf{ ;+s6nfO{ Go"lgs/0f ub}{ b]zsf] cfly{s pGglt P+j hgtfsf] hLjg:t/ psf:g ;lsg] tYonfO{ dWogh/ ub}{ g]kfn ;/sf/n] lghL k|:tfjsx?nfO{ hnljB'tdf nufgLsf] cj;/ lbg] gLlt c+lusf/ u/]sf] 5 . xfn d'n'sdf ljBdfg ljB't ;+s6sf] Go'lgs/0f / lg/fs/0fsf] Ps k|d'v pkfosf] ?kdf hnljB't cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f g} /x]sf] 5 .

xfO{8«f{] ;kf]6{ k|fOe]6 lnld6]8n] k|b]z gDa/ $ sf] DofUbL lhNnfsf] cGgk"0f{ ufpFkflnsfdf %#=%#( d]ufjf6 Ifdtfsf] dWosfnLu08sL hnljB't cfof]hgf sfof{Gjogsf] nflu k|:tfj u/]sf] 5 . g]kfn ;/sf/sf] ljBdfg gLlt lgodn] hnljB't pTkfbg tyf k|;f/0f nfOg cfof]hgfx?sf] lgdf{0f jftfj/0fLo d}qL tyf ;fdflhs ?kn] lbuf] ?kdf lgdf{0f ug'{ kg]{ s'/fnfO{ dxTj lbPsf] 5 .

!=! cfof]hgf k|:tfjs M

k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfjs xfO{8«f{] ;kf]6{ k|fOe]6 lnld6]8 xf] . k|:tfjsn] g]kfn ;/sf/sf] phf{ hn>f]t tyf l;+rfO dGqfnoaf6 sfnLu08sL gbLdf %#=%#( d]ufjf6 Ifdtfsf] hnljB't cfof]hgfsf] ljB't pTkfbgsf] ;j]{If0f cg'dlt kq k|fKt u/]sf] 5 .

!=@ jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg sfo{sf] k/fdz{bft[ ;+:yf M

cfof]hgf k|:tfjsn] k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bg tof/ ug]{, cfjZos tYofª\s ;ªsng ug]{ lhDd]jf/L Osf] 6|\fG; sG;N6 g]kfn (Eco TRANS Consult Nepal) nfO{ lbPsf] lyof] . ;fy} xfO{8«f{] ;kf]6{ k|fOe]6 lnld6]8n] pQm ;ªsnLt tYofª\snfO{ laZn]if0f u/L k|ltj]bg tof/ u/]sf] 5 .

!=# jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg ug{' kg{fsf] sf/0f

jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL, @)%$ cg';f/ %) d]ufjf6 eGbf a9L Ifdtfsf hnljB't cfof]hgfx?sf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg (EIA) ug'{ kg]{ / ;+/lIft If]q leq s'g} ;+/rgf kg{ uPdf pQm cfof]hgfx?sf] klg jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg ug'{kg]{ k|fjwfg /x]sf] 5 . k|:tfljt hnljB't cfof]hgf %#=%#( d]ufjf6 Ifdtfsf] /x]sf] / afFw ;+/rgfsf] Psfk6\6Lsf] efun] cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f If]qnfO 5'g] ePsf]n] pQm cfof]hgfsf] EIA cWoog sfo{ ul/Psf] 5 . ljBdfg k|fjwfg cg';f/ jftfj/0Lo k|efj d"Nof+sg k|ltj]bg :jLs[t ug]{ clwsf/ >L hg;+Vof tyf jftfj/0f dGqfnodf /x]sf] 5 . o; EIA cWoogdf k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] k|;f/0f nfOgnfO{ ;dfj]z ul/Psf] 5}g .

@= cfof]hgfsf] ljj/0f

k|:tfljt hnljB't cfof]hgf k|b]z gDa/ $ sf] DofUbL lhNnfsf] cGgk"0f{ ufpFkfnLsfdf kb{5 . cfof]hgf:yn sf7df08f}+af6 sl/a #@( ls=ld= klZrd pQ/ lbzfdf kb{5 . cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfljt afFwsf]

Psfk6\6L -jfofF lsgf/f_sf] If]qn] cGgk"0f{ uFp “kfnLsf $, gf/Rof+u df cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f If]qnfO 5'G5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] k|d'v ;+/rgfx? sfnL u08sL gbLsf] bfofF lsgf/df cGgk"0f{ ufp “kflnsfdf k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . l8l;N6L+u a]lzg, OG6]s tyf x]8/]z 6g]nsf s]lx efu cGgk"0f{ uFp “kfnLsf #, bfgfdf / 6g]n PnfOGd]G6, ;h{ :ofKfm\6, k|]z/ :ofkm\6, kfj/xfp; / 6]n/]z 6g]n cGgk"0f{ uFp “kfnLsf @, e'?+u tftf]kfgLdf kb{5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf :yn DofUbL lhNnfsf] ;b/d'sfd a]gL ahf/af6 sl/j @& lsnf]ld6/ 6f9f /x]sf] 5 .

k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] nfuL sl/a !@=() x]S6/ hldg cfjZos kg]{ b]lvG5, h;dWo] ag If]q &=)^ x]S6/, emf8L tyf afemf] hldg @=@& x]S6/, vf]nfsf] au/, vf]nf tyf kfgLn] cf]u6]sf] hldg #=)@ x]S6/ tyf v]tL of]Uo hldg )=%% x]S6/ :yfO{÷c:yfO{ ?kdf cf]u6\g] 5 .



2018

Page| xiv


k|:tfljt cfof]hgf gbL k|jfx (Run-of-River) k|sf/sf] /x]sf] 5 . %#=%#( d]ufjf6 Ifdtfsf] dWosfnLu08sL hnljB't cfof]hgfn] sl/a $$=(* 3=ld=÷;] sf] axfj pkof]u ul/ aflif{s #)^=^% luufjf6 306f ljB't pmhf{ pTkfbg ug]{5 . af F+w:ynaf6 s/La $,!*$=ld= nDafO{sf] e'ldut ;'?¨ dfkm{t kfgLnfO{ k|:tfljt e"ldut ljB'tu[xdf k'¥ofOg] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] u|; x]8 !$$ ld6/sf] x'g]5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgfaf6 pTkflbt ljB'tnfO{ sl/a & ls=ld= nfdf] !#@ s]=eL= Ifdtfsf] k|;f/0f nfOg4f/f DofUbL lhNnfsf] bfgf ;a:6];gdf nu]/ hf]l8g]5 .

cfof]hgfsf] k|d'v ;+/rgf Pj+ ljz]iftfx?

cfof]hgfsf] gfd M dWosfnLu08sL hnljB't cfof]hgf lhNnf M DofUbL cfof]hgf :yn ufpkfnLsf M cGgk"0f{ - bfgf, e'?u+ tftf]kfgL , gf/Rofu+ _ gbLsf] gfd M sfnLu08sL gbL cfof]hgfsf] k|sf/ M gbL k|jfxL -/g ckm l/e/_ hl8t Ifdtf M %#=%#( d]uf jf6 hnfwf/ If]q -afFw If]qdf_ M #&)) ju{ ls=dL l8hfO{g axfj M $$=(*3=ld=÷;]= af+wsf] prfO{ M & ld6/ cUnf] u|; x]8 M !$$ ld6/

afn'jf lyu|fpg] kf]v/L M @ j6f a] (Bay) -(% dL= x !@= dL= x !)=& dL=_ x]8/]; ;'?¨ M $!*$ ld6/ nDafO{ tyf %ld6/ Aof; ePsf] ljB'tu[x M e'ldut -^&=! ld x !*= ld x #^=^% ld_ aflif{s pmhf{ pTkfbg -g]6_ M #)^=^% luufjf6 306f

6af{Ogsf] lsl;d / ;+Vof M k|m|flG;;\ @ j6f -@ x @^=* d]ufjf6_ 6]n/]; M !$(=@% ld= nfdf] k|;f/0f nfOg M sl/a & ls=ld= nfdf] !#@ s]=eL sf]] bfgf ;a:6];g;Dd cg'dflgt nfut M ?= !) c/a ^( s/f]8

lgdf{0f cjlw M $ aif{

#= cWoog ljlw

k|:t't k|ltj]bg jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍgsf] nflu tof/ ul/Psf] :jLs[t If]q lgwf{/0f tyf sfo{;"'rLsf] 9fFrf, jftfj/0f ;+/If0f P]g, @)%#; jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL, @)%$, /fli6«o jftfj/0f k|efj d"Nofª \sg lgb]{lzsf, !((# tyf cGo k|rlnt P]g, lgod tyf lgb]{lzsfx? adf]lhd tof/ ul/Psf] 5 . cWoogsf] qmddf :ynut e|d0f, /fli6|o, :yfgLo tyf ;/f]sf/jfnfx? / ;/sf/L lgsfosf ljleGg k|ltlglwx?;+u cGtls|{of ul/Psf] lyof] . k"j{ tof/L cWoogdf cfof]hgfsf] lj:t[t cfof]hgf k|ltj]bg tyf cGo cfof]hgfx?sf] EIA k|ltj]bgx? k"g/fjnf]sg ul/Psf] 5 . cfof]hgf :ynsf] cWoog, nlIft ;d'xdf 5nkmn tyf :yflgo JolQmx?;+u cGtjf{tf{ tyf k|ZgfjnL ;j]{If0f ul/ d:of}bf tof/ ul/Psf] ;fy} ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ kl5 ;/f]sf/jfnfx?sf /fo ;'wmfj ;dfj]z ul/ tof/ ul/Psf] 5 .

$= P]g, lgod, sfg'g tyf gLltx?sf] ;dLIff M

k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bg tof/ ug]{ s|ddf hnljB't ljsf; ;++u ;DalGwt ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo kIf;+u hf]l8Psf g]kfn ;/sf/sf] ljleGg of]hgf, gLlt, lgod, lgodfjnL, P]g, sfg'gx?sf] ;fy} cGt/f{li6«o ;lGw ;Demf}tfsf] ;dLIff ul/Psf] 5 . o:tf sfg'gL k|fjwfgx?sf] ;dLIff ug'{sf] d'Vo p4]Zo hnljB't cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] ljleGg r/0fdf cfsif{0f x'g] gLlt tyf lgodx? nfu' ug'{ xf] . ;fy} /fli6«o lgs'~h tyf jGohGt' ;+/If0f P]g, @)@(Ù /fli6|o k|fyldstf k|fKt cfof]hgfsf] nflu /fli6|o jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{lalw, @)&$Ù ;+/lIft If]qleq hnljB't nufotsf ef}lts k"jf{wf/ lgdf{0f Pj+ ;~rfng ;DjlGw gLlt, @)^% x?sf] ;ldIff ul/Psf] 5 .



2018

Page| xv


%= ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo cj:yf

%=! ef}lts jftfj/0f

Ef}fuf}lns ?kdf k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] If]q DofUbL lhNnfsf] cGgk"0f{ ufpFkflnsf sf j8f g= @,#,$,%/ ^df kb{5 . o; cfof]hgf If]q pQ/L cIff+; @* @*ˈ%^ˈˈN b]lv @*#!ˈ!$ˈˈN / k"jL{ b]zfGt/

*##*ˈ))ˈˈE b]lv *#$)ˈ))ˈˈ E ;Dd km}lnPsf] 5 . af Fw If]q;Dd sfnLu08sL gbLsf] hnfwf/ If]q #&)) au{ ls=ld /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] aF “w If]q w/fk ufp “sf] 7Ls tn emf]n+'u] k'n eGbf $)) ld6/ tn /xg] 5 eg] e"dLut hnlaB'tu[x 3f/ vf]nfsf] tNnf] t6Lo efu sfnLu08sL gbLsf] bfof “ lsgf/df cjl:yt /xg] 5 .

cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfljt af Fw :ynsf] pmrfO{ ;d'b|L ;txaf6 !#)^ ld= df /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgf If]qsf] e"–k|of]u cGtu{t jg If]q, gbL gfnf, af+emf] hldg / yf]/} dfqfdf lghL s[lif e"ld /x]sf 5g\ . cfof]hgf If]qdf r§fgL kxf8 / le/fnf e"agf]6 /x]sf] 5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf If]qsf] u[idsfnLg tfkqmd @) b]lv $) l8u|L ;]lG6u|]8 / lztsfnLg tfks|d @ b]lv @% l8u|L ;]lG6u|]8 ;Dd /x]sf] 5 .

%=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf:yn sfnLu08sL gbLsf] bfof “ lsgf/df /xg] / gbLsf] afof “ lsgf/ tkm{ cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f If]q kb{5 . cfof]hgfsf] k|d'v ;+/rgfx? /xg] :yndf 3gf h¨n 5}g . OG6]s If]qdf a'6\ofgx? /x]sf 5g\ eg] k|:tfljt ljB'tu[xsf] If]qdf df}jf, lrnfpg], plQ;, lv/\/f], 6'gL, l;dn cflb ?vsf k|hftLx? kfO{G5g\ . cfof]hgfn] sl/a !@=() x]S6/ hldg -jg If]q, af“emf] hUuf, vf]nf lsgf/f, au/, s[lif e"ld ;d]t_ cf]u6\g]5 .

cfof]hgf If]qdf kfOg] hLjhGt'x?df /ftf]] af “b/, j“b]n, jg lj/fnf], nf]vs]{, b'D;L, :ofn, dn;fk|f], /t'jf d[u cfbL /x]sf 5g\ . o;}u/L lxpF lrt'jf, s:t'/L d[u h:tf b'n{e hgfj/ pRr kxf8L e]udf kfpg ;lsG5 . k+IfLx?df sflnh, lkm:6f], sf]OnL, lra], sfu, h'/]nL, n'O+r], GofpnL, ?kL, dn]jf, lkp/f, uf}ynL cflb kfOG5g\ .

sfnLu08sL gbLdf kfOg] k|d'v df5fx?df c;nfsf k|hfltx?, sTn], a'b'gf cflb x'g\ .

%=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf DofUbL lhNnfsf] cGgk'0f{ ufp “kflnsfdf ;+rfng x'g]5 . o; ufp “kflnsfdf * j6f j8f /x]sf 5g . cfof]hgf k|efljt If]qdf s'n hg;FVof *,(&& /x]sf] 5 . Toxf Fsf] 3/w'/L ;+Vof @,$%$ /x]sf] 5 / cf};t kl/jf/ ;+Vof #=^% /x]sf] 5 . s"n hg;+Vof dWo] $!*) -$^=%& k|ltzt_ k'?if / $,&(& -%#=$# k|ltzt_ dlxnf /x]sf 5g . hftLut a;f]af;sf] lx;fjn] du/x? ;j}eGbf a9L -%&=$) k|ltzt_, To;kl5 s|dzM If]qL -!(=%! k|ltzt_, sfdL -(=() k|ltzt_, bdfO -^=) k|ltzt_, afx'g-!=^^ k|ltzt_ ysfnL - !=#* k|ltzt_ / cGo -$=!% k|ltzt_ 5g .

cfof]hgfsf ;+/rgfx? cGgk'0f{ ufp “kfnLsfsf j8f gDa/ @,#,/ $ df k|:tfj ul/Psf 5g\ ;fY.} jf8{ g+ % / ^ k|efljt If]q kb{5g . cfof]hgf If]qsf afl;Gbfx?sf] d'Vo k]zf Jofkf/, s[lif, oftfoft, ;]jf / kz'kfng /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgf If]qdf cfly{s ?kdf ;ls|o !% b]lv %( aif{ ;d"xsf hg;+Vof %,!!$ -%^=(^ k|ltzt_ dWo] k'?if @,@$@ -$#=*% k|ltzt_ / dlxnf @,*&@ -%^=!% k|ltzt_ /x]sf 5g . o;/L x]bf{ k'?if eGbf dlxnf a9L cfly{s ?kdf ;ls|o 5g . !% aif{ eGbf sd pd]/ ;d'xsf] hg;+Vof !,*)% / ^) aif{ eGbf a9L pd]/ ;d'xsf] hg;+Vof !,##! /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgf If]qdf nufOg] d'Vo afnLx?df ds}, sf]bf], ux', hf}, tf]/L / cfn' /x]sf 5g\ eg] kz'k+IfL kfngdf ufO{, e]8f, afv|f, ;'+u'/ / s'v'/f /x]sf 5g\ .

cfof]hgf If]qsf w]/} h;f] afl;Gbfx? lxGb' wd{ dfG5g\ eg] s]xLn] af}4 wd{ dfG5g\ . oxfF dgfO{g] k|d'v

rf8kj{x?df bz}+, ltxf/, Nxf];f/, df3] ;+qmfGtL, kmfu' k'0fL{df, a'4 hoGtL, hg}k"0fL{df, >L k~rdL / tLh

kb{5g\ . cfof]hgf If]qdf :jf:Yo, ;/;kmfO{, vfg]kfgL / kmfxf]/ Joj:yfkgsf cj:yf /fd|f] /x]sf] 5 .

^= k|efj d"NofÍg

k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f tyf ;~rfngn] ubf{ ljBdfg ef}lts, h}ljs tyf ;fdflhs cfly{s P+j ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0fx?df lgDgfg';f/ k|efj kg]{ b]lvG5 .



2018

Page| xvi


^=! ef}lts jftfj/0f

^=!=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f

• hldgsf] pkof]udf kl/jt{g . • KffgLsf] k|fs[lts lgsf;df c;/ kg{ ;Sg] . • e"–:vng / klx/f]sf] ;+efjgf a9\g ;Sg] . • ;txLut kfgLsf d'xfgx? k|b'lift x'g ;Sg] . • uGw km}lng ;Sg] . • kfgLsf] ;txdf kl/jt{g cfpg ;Sg] . • df6f]sf] dflyNnf] ;txdf k|b'lift x'g ;Sg,]Iflt x'g ;Sg] . • sfnLu08sL gbLsf] s]xL efusf] :j?kdf kl/jt{g x'g] . • jfo'sf] tyf WjgLsf] u'0f:t/df k|efj kg{ ;Sg] .

^=!=@ ;+rfngsf] r/0f

• gbLsf] tNnf] tl6o ;'Vvf If]qsf] :j?kdf kl/jt{g x'g] . • ;txut kfgL k|b'lift x'g ;Sg] . • uGwx? km}lng ;Sg] . • kfgLsf] ;txdf kl/jt{g cfpg ;Sg] . • afFw If]q eGbf dflyNnf] efusf] hldgsf] pkof]udf k|efj kg{ ;Sg] .

^=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

^=@=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f

• k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjogsf] nflu s'n &=)^ x]S6/ ag If]qsf] hldg cfjfZos kg]{5, • cg'dflgt !^$ ?v %# emf8L / ^#& la?jfsf] gf]S;fg x'g ;Sg] . • rf]/L lzsf/L tyf Uf}/sfg'gL ?kdf jg k}bfjf/sf] ;+sng x'g ;Sg] . • hLjhGt'x?sf] a;f]jf; / lx+88'ndf c;/ kg]{ ;Sg] . • hnr/ k|f0fLdf k|efj kg]{ . • hn k|b'if0f x'g ;Sg] .

^=@=@ ;+rfngsf] r/0f

• cfof]hgf If]q j/Lk/Lsf] jg:ktLdf c;/ kg]{ ;Sg] . • rf]/L lzsf/L tyf Uf}/sfg'gL ?kdf jg k}bfjf/sf] ;+sng x'g ;Sg] . • jGohGt'x? cfsflDs hf]lvd tyf pGd"ngdf kg{ ;Sg] . • hnr/ k|f0fLdf k|efj kg]{ .

^=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

^=#=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f

• k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjogsf] nflu )=%% x]S6/ v]tLof]Uo hldg pkof]u x'g ;Sg] . • cGg afnLx? gfz x'g ;Sg] . • :jf:Yo l:yltdf k|efj kg{ ;Sg] . • k]zfut :jf:Yo tyf ;'/Iffsf] hf]lvd . • dlxnf tyf aRrfx?nfO{ 3/ v]tsf] sfd a9\g ;Sg] . • cfDbfgLsf] b'?kof]u x'g ;Sg] . • :yfgLo zflGt ;'/Iffdf k|efj kg{ ;Sg] .



2018

Page| xvii


• :yfgLo ;f:s[lts, P]ltxfl;s, wfld{s tyf k'/ftflTjs dxTjsf a:t'x?df k|efj kg{ ;Sg] .

^=#=@ ;+rfngsf] r/0f

• a:tLx? a9\g ;Sg] . • k]zfut :jf:Yo tyf ;'/Iffsf] hf]lvd x'g ;Sg] . • cfly{s ultljlwdf lu/fj6 x'g ;Sg] .

&= j}slNks ljZn]if0f

j}slNks ljZn]if0f ubf{ k|d'v ?kdf cfof]hgf:yn, ;fO6 5gf}6, pko'Qm l8hfOgsf] ljsNk Pj+ k|ljlw, sfof{Gjog tl/sf, ;do tflnsf, hnljB'tsf] ljsf; / cfof]hgf ljgfsf] b[iosf ;fy} cGo Jojxfl/s kIfx?df ;d]t Wofg s]lGb|t ul/Psf] 5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf:yn ljBdfg oftfoftsf] kx F'r, gbLsf] jxfj, pknAw prfO{ (Head) / jftfj/0fLo Pj+ ;fdflhs kl/j]zdf sd k|efj kg]{ cfwf/df k|:tfljt ul/Psf] 5 . olb k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog gul/Psf] v08df ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo tyf ;fdflhs cj:yf, jg h+un, r/0f e"ld cflbdf cfof]hgf ;DaGwL s'g} k|efj kg]{ 5}g . t/ o;n] b]zsf] ljBdfg Plss[t g]kfnsf] pmhf{ k|0ffnLdf (INPS) cfk"tL{ yk x'gaf6 al~rt eO{ cy{tGqdf k|lts'n k|efj kg{ ;S5 . ;fy} :yfgLo b[li6sf]0faf6 x]bf{ k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog gePdf pNn]Vo ?kdf cfly{s cj;/af6 al~rt x'g' kg]{ b]lvG5 . ;fy} lagf ag If]q cfof]hgf sfo{fGjogsf] klg j}slNks ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . t/ lagf jg If]q k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] sfo{fGjog ;+ej 5}g .

*= k|efj clej[l4, Go"lgs/0f tyf lg/fs/0fsf pkfox?

cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f Pj+ ;~rfng cjlwdf lgDg adf]lhdsf] k|efj clej[l4 x'g] s[ofsnfkx? sfof{Gjog ul/g]]5 .

*=! k|efj clej[l4 x'g] lqmofsnfkx?

*=!=! ef}lts jftfj/0f

• k"jf{wf/x?sf] ljsf; .

*=!=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

• h}ljs ljljwtfdf clej[l4 .

*=!=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

• :yfgLonfO{ /f]huf/L . • ;fd'bflos ljsf;df 6]jf . • :yfgLo l;kdf clej[l2. • :yfgLo cy{tGqdf 6]jf . • :yfgLo tyf If]qLo cy{tGqdf clej[l4 . • g]kfn phf{ k|0ffnLdf clej[l2 . • uf|ld0f ljB'tLs/0f .

*=@ k|efj Go"lgs/0f tyf lg/fs/0fsf pkfox?

*=@=! ef}lts jftfj/0f

*=@=!=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f

• lgdf{0f ;fdfu|Lsf] e08f/0faf6 kfgLsf] k|fs[lts lgsf;df x'g ;Sg] c;/nfO{ Go"lgs/0f tyf lg/fs/0fsf pkfox? jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf -df6f] Joj:yfkg of]hgf @_ df pNn]v u/] cg';f/ k|of]udf NofO{g]5 .



2018

Page| xviii


• ;'?ª tyf ;txL pTvgg\ sfo{n] ubf{ x'g ;Sg] e"–Ifo, e"–:vng tyf hnfwf/ Joj:yfkgsf c;/nfO{ Go'gLs/0f ug{ of]hgf ! df pNnf]lvt ;Dk"0f{ e"–Ifo tyf klx/f] /f]syfdsf pkfox? ckgfO{g]5 .

• OGwg tyf /;fog Fr'xfj6n] ubf{ x'g ;Sg] ;txsf] kfgL / df6f]sf] k|b'if0f Go"lgs/0f ug{ ljiffn' tyf hf]lvdo'Qm /;fog Joj:yfkg of]hgf ! / hn k|b'if0f lgoGq0f of]hgf ! df pNn]lvt ;Dk"0f{ pkfox? ckgfO{g]5 .

• ;'?ªsf] leqL ;txdf /x]sf lr/fx?af6 x'g ;Sg] kfgLsf] r'xfj6nfO{ /f]Sg ;6{q[m6 ul/g]5 . • pTvgg\ ul/Psf] df6f]nfO{ (Top Soil), k'g k|of]udf Nofpg, ;Dd hUufdf ;'/lIft ?kn] e08f/0f

ul/g]5 . • w'nf] tyf cGo Uof;af6 x'g ;Sg] jfo' k|b'if0fnfO{ Go'lgs/0f ug{ jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf

-jfo' k|b'if0f lgoGq0f of]hgf !, @ / #_ df pNn]lvt ;Dk"0f{ Go"lgs/0f tyf lg/fs/0fsf pkfox? ckgfOg]5 . ;fy} lgdf{0f sfo{ ;+rfng ubf{ / ;jf/L tyf pks/0f ;+rfng ubf{ Go"gtd jfo' k|b'if0f x'g] ljlw ckgfOg] 5 .

*=@=!=@ ;+rfngsf] r/0f

• OGwg tyf /;fog r'xfj6n] ubf{ sfnLu08sL gbLdf x'g ;Sg] ;txsf] kfgL k|b'if0f / df6f]sf] k|b'if0f Go"lgs/0f ug{ ljiffn' tyf hf]lvdo'Qm /;fog Joj:yfkg of]hgf ! df pNn]vt ;Dk"0f{ pkfox? ckgfO{g]5 .

• 9n tyf kmf]x/jf6 pTkGg x'g] / km}lng] b'u{Gw tyf k|b'if0fnfO{ Go'lgs/0f ug{ hn k|b'if0f Go'lgs/0f of]hgf ! / jfo' k|b'if0f Go'lgs/0f of]hgf $ df pNn]lvt ;Dk"0f{ Go"lgs/0f tyf lg/fs/0fsf pkfox? ckgfP/dfq gbLdf ldl;g lbOg] 5 .

• gbLsf] pRr axfjnfO{ ;b'kof]u ub}{ jiff{ofddf ;'?ªsf] ;kmfO{ (sediment flushing) ul/g]5 .

*=@=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f

*=@=@=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f

• cfof]hgf If]q leq ?vx? s6fg ubf{ jg sfof{no, cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f cfof]hgf / pkef]Qmf ;d"x?;+u ;Dks{ Pj+ ;dGjo ul/g]5 .

• s6fg x'g] ?vx?sf] k|ltiyfkg ug{ Ps ?v a/fa/ @% j6f la?jf j[Iff/f]k0f ul/g]5 . h;cg';f/ s6fg x'g] !^$ ?vx?sf] ;§f %!@% la?jfx? -@% k|ltzt d[To' b/ ;dfj]z ul/_ /f]lkg]5 .

• cfof]hgfsf] ;+/rgfx?n] cf]Uf6\g] a/fa/sf] hUufdf jg sfof{non] tf]sLlbPsf] 7fpFdf la?jfx? j[Iff/f]k0f ul/g]5 .

• rf]/L lzsf/L tyf Uf}/sfg'gL ?kdf jg k}bfjf/sf] ;+sngdf k|ltaGw nufOg]5 . • jGohGt'x?sf l;sf/df k|ltaGw nufO{g] 5 . • jGohGt'x?sf] ;'/Iffsf] nflu cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f:ynx?df ;"rgfd"ns ;+s]t P+j+ r]tfjgLo'Qm

;fOgkf]i6x? /flvg]5 .

*=@=@=@ ;+rfngsf] r/0f

• k|:tfjsn] j[Iff/f]k0f ul/Psf lj?jfx?sf] % aif{ ;Dd ;+/If0f ug]{ lhDd]jf/L axg ug]{5 . • jg / jGohGt'sf] ;+/If0fsf] nflu hg r]tgfd'ns sfo{s|dsf] cfof]hgf ul/g]5 . • dlxgfsf] s"n axfjsf] !) k|ltzt kfgL jftfj/0fLo jxfjsf] ?kdf 5f]l8g]5 .

*=@=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f

*=@=#=! lgdf{0fsf] r/0f



2018

Page| xix


• cfof]hgfnfO{ cfjZos kg]{ lghL hUuf, hldg Pj+ 3/ 6x/f ;DalGwt xsjfnf;+u ;f]em} jftf{ u/L vl/b jf ef8fdf k|fKt ul/g]5 . cfof]hgf ;+rfngaf6 x'g] JolQmut afnL gfnLsf] IfltnfO k|rlnt ahf/ d"Nodf Ifltk"lt{ ul/g] 5 .

• cfof]hgf If]qsf kl/jf/ Pj++ :yfgLo JolQmnfO{ ;Lk ljsf; tflnd / cfof]hgfsf] /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf lbO{g]5 .

• cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfjsn] sfdbf/x?sf] nflu plrt vfg]kfgL, zf}rfno ;lxt cfjf;u[xsf] k|aGw ug]{5 .

• cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] ;dodf sfdbf/x?sf]] :jf:Yo Pj+ ;'/Iffsf] nflu tflnd tyf cfjZos pks/0fx?sf] Aoa:yf ul/g]5 .

• ;'?ªdf :jR5 xfjfsf]nflu cf}wf]lus :t/sf] k+vfx? (Ventilation) h8fg ul/g]5 / ;kmf :jR5 vfg]kfgL pknAw u/fO{g] 5 .

• :yfgLo ;f:s[lts, P]ltxfl;s, wfld{s tyf k'/ftflTjs dxTjsf a:t'x?sf] ;+/If0fdf laz]if Wofg lbOg] 5 .

*=@=#=@ ;+rfng r/0f

• cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] ;dodf sfdbf/x?sf]] :jf:Yo Pj+ ;'/Iffsf] nflu tflnd tyf cfjZos pks/0fx?sf] Aoa:yf ul/g]5 .

• cfw'lgs s[ifL k|0ffnLaf/] tflnd nufot cGo l;kd'ns tflndx? cfjZostf cg';f/ lbOg]5 . • cfslids cj:yf af/] hfgsf/L lbg ;fO{/g hl8t pks/0f h8fg ul/g] 5 . • :yfgLo ;+:s[lt hf]ufpg] s[ofsnfk ;+rfng ul/g] 5 .

*=# ;fd'bflos ;xof]u sfo{qmd

;fd'bflos ;xof]u sfo{qmd (CSP) cGtu{t lgDg adf]lhd sfo{qmdx? /flvPsf 5g\ .

*=#=! lgdf{0f r/0f

• :yfgLo ljBfnox?nfO{ ;xof]u . • ;Lk ljsf; tflnddf ;xof]u . • ;fd'bflos ejgsf] lgdf{0f . • :jf:Yo rf}sLnfO{ ;xof]u . • :yfgLo ;+:yf÷;ldltnfO{ ;xof]u . • :yfgLo JolQmnfO /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf . • :yfgLo ;+:s[tL ko{6g / >f]tsf] k"jf{wf/ lasf;df ;xof]u k'/fOg] 5 .

*=#=@ ;~rfng r/0f

• :yfgLo /f]huf/LnfO{ k|fyldstf . • s[lif pTkfbgdf ;'wf/sf] nflu tflnd .

(= jftfj/0fLo Joa:yfkg of]hgf

jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf (EMP) jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bgsf] Ps dxTjk"0f{ c+usf] ?kdf /x]sf] x'G5 . o:fdf k|:tfj ul/Psf ljleGg k|efj Go"lgs/0f Pj+ lg/fs/0fsf sfo{qmdx?sf] sfof{Gjog, cg'udg, hgrf;f]sf ljifox? tyf ;/f]sf/jfnfx?;+u ;Dks{ Pj+ ;dGjo ug]{ sfo{qmd ;dfj]z /x]sf] x'G5 / of] sfof{Gjog ug]{ ;Dk"0f{ lhDd]jf/L cfof]hgf k|:tfjsdf /xg] 5 . o;sf] nflu lgdf{0f r/0fdf cfof]hgf If]qdf Pp6f jftfj/0f Joj:yfkg OsfO{sf] :yfkgf ul/g]5 .



2018

Page| xx


!)= ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO sfo{s|d

jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg cWoog k|ltj]bg af/]df cfof]hgfaf6 k|efljt hgtfnfO{ hfgsf/L lbg tyf ;'emfj ;+sng ug{ ldlt @)&$. !@. @^ df cfof]hgf:yn DofUbL lhNnfsf] cGgk"0f{ ufpkflnsf jf8{ g= @ tftf]kfgLdf ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO sfo{s|dsf] cfof]hgf ul/Psf]df ;xeflux?jf6 d"ntM cfof]hgfsf] ;'?Ë vGg] s|ddf kfgLsf >f]t k|efljt x'g ;Sg], gbLdf kfgLsf] axfj sd x'bf xfnsf tftf]kfgLsf s'08x?sf >f]t g;'Sg] s'/fnfO Wofg /fVg' kg]{, hldg d'lg x'g] laikmf]6gaf6 hldg xlNno/ e"Ifo e} ef}lts ;+/rgfx? hf]lvddf kg{ ;Sg] ;+efjgfnfO Wofgdf /fVg' kg]{ laifodf ;/f]sf/ /fv]sf lyP . Go"g jftfa/0fLo k|efj kg]{ u/L :yfgLo :t/df u7g x'g] cfof]hgf ;xlhs/0f ;ldlt ;+usf] ;dGjoaf6 cfof]hgf sfof{Gjogdf Nofpg] / cfof]hgfnfO lagf cj/f]w cuf8L a9fpg] ;dembf/L ul/Psf] lyof] .

!!= lgisif{

cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nofª \sgsf] qmddf b]lvPsf k|efjx? dWod :t/sf 5g\ / jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nofª \sg k|ltj]bgdf pNn]v u/] cg';f/ lg/fs/0f Pj+ Joj:yfkg ug{ ;lsg] vfnsf 5g\ . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sf] laB'tu[x ;+/rgf e"dLut /xg] ePsfn] aftfj/0fLo tyf cGo k|efa Go"g /xg] 5 . o:t} Ifdtfsf c? cfof]hgfx?sf] t'ngfdf o;af6 ;fdflhs, cfly{s Pj+ ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0fdf kg]{ k|efj Go"g /x]sf] b]lvG5 .

cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjogaf6 g]kfn ;/sf/nfO{ k|ToIf cfly{s kmfObf k'Ug'sf] ;fy} lhNnf dfkm{t k|fKt x'g] /fh:jn] k|efljt ufpFkfnLsf Pj+ To; If]qsf] ljsf;df 6]jf k'Ug]5 . o; cfof]hgfaf6 x'g ;Sg] c? k|ToIf kmfObfx?df If]qLo ljsf;, :yflgo /f]huf/L, hnljB't cfof]hgfdf nufgLsf] cj;/ / cfof]hgf If]qdf k"jf{wf/x?sf] ;'wf/ cflb /x]sf 5g\ .

k|:t't cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efasf ;fy} cGo ;Dk"0f{ If]qdf gsf/fTds k|efjsf] t'ngfdf ;sf/fTds k|efj clws kg]{ b]lvG5 . t;y{ of] cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog of]Uo b]lvG5 .



2018

Page|1


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 1:INTRODUCTION 1.1. BACKGROUND

Hydropower is very promising in Nepal as water is one of its main resources, with an estimated 42,000

MW of economically viable power generation potential. Despite this potential, Nepal at present day

imports around 374 MW (Source: NEA) of electricity through more than half a dozen cross-border

transmission lines from several state governments of India. Since almost all hydropower projects are

ROR-type, the generating capacity in the country drops and energy production decreases in the dry

season because of a decrease in the river flow and load shedding has to be dealt with for a long time in

the past. However, the country has been only able to produce approximately 919 MW (Source: NEA) of

hydropower and power shortage remains severe (the peak load demand is about 1444 MW), hampering

industrial development. In this light, national planning has prioritized the development of highly cost-

effective hydropower in order to raise productivity in all sectors of economy. The water resources of

Nepal is also considered as a key strategic natural resources having potential to be the catalyst for all

round development and economic growth of the country.

The Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project (MKGHEP) is being developed by Hydro Support Private

Limited (hereafter referred to be ‘HSPL’), which has been granted survey license for 53.539MW

electricity generation at Annapurna Gaunpalika of Myagdi district by Department of Electricity

Development (DoED). The preliminary reconnaissance survey and initial study for the development of

the project was taken up in March, 2012 and Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation

awarded the survey license to the company on 2013/11/01 A.D. For preparation of the Detailed Project

Report (DPR), HSPL has appointed an international consultant Entura Hydro Tasmania India (P) Ltd.

and they have concluded all kinds of the necessary studies for the preparation of DPR. Various

additional studies such as Geo-technical investigations such as ERT, drilling etc. as well as hydrological

analysis study are also carried out with its internal resources of Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd. with the

technical directions/ specifications from Entura Hydro Tasmania for DPR.

The current policies of Government of Nepal emphasize the need for environmentally friendly and

socially acceptable development of electricity generation projects. All energy production projects are

considered for the application of environmental studies i.e. Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) since the endorsement of Environment Protection Act, 2053

(EPA, 1997) and Environment Protection Rules, 2054 (EPR, 1997). The EPA, 2053 and EPR, 2054

empowered the Ministry of Forests and Environment for the approval of the EIA report.

The project area is located along the Kaligandaki River in Annapurna Gaunpalika (former Dana,

Narchyang, Bhurung Tatopani, Shikha and Ghar VDCs) of Myagdi district in Pradesh no.4 of Nepal. As

per EPR, 2054, a Scoping Document (SD) and Terms of Reference (ToR) has been already approved by

Ministry of Forests and Environment for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study.

1.2. PROJECT PROPONENT AND SURVEY LICENSE

Hydro Support Private Limit (HSPL) is the proponent of the proposed Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric

Project. The project proponent has obtained the survey license from the Ministry of Energy, Water

Resources and Irrigation on B.S. 2070/07/15 (2013/11/01 A.D) for the feasibility and environmental



2018

Page|2


study of the proposed project with an installed capacity of 53.539 MW within the geographical

coordinates ranging between longitudes 830 38’ 00” E to 83˚ 40' 00” E and latitudes 280 28’ 56” N to 280

31’ 14” N.

The EIA study for the proposed project has been undertaken as per the relavant clauses of the survey

license. Likewise, all the conditions set forth in the approval letter of Scoping Document (SD) and

Terms of Reference (ToR) by the Ministry of Forests and Environment have been fully followed in the

EIA report. The study also complies with the condition cited in the approved letter to carry out

environmental study by Ministry of Forests and Environment. The Name and Address of the Proponent

is as following:

Address of the Project Proponent:

1.3. ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARATION OF EIA REPORT

The project proponent has assigned Eco TRANS Consult to prepare the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) report of the proposed project. Detail address of organization is given below.

Address of Eco TRANS Consult:

Eco TRANS Consult

Milan Chowk Marga, Mid Baneshwor,

Kathmandu, Nepal

Tel: (977)-01-4109531

e-mail: [email protected]

However, the consultant was involved up to field visit and data collection for EIA study report after

getting approval of TOR and SD. The EIA study was then conducted by the in-house team of Hydro

Support Private Ltd. with the help of required expertise.

1.4. RATIONALITY FOR CONDUCTING THE EIA STUDY

The policies of Nepal encourage the proponent to minimize adverse issues of the development proposal

on the environment and the legal regime on the environment obliges to prepare the EIA Report before

the implementation. As per EPR, 2054 (1997) and its subsequent amendment, pertaining to Schedule

2.E.3, Schedule 2.A. 4 and Schedule 2.K, an EIA is mandatory for the hydropower generation project of

more than 50 MW capacity, projects requiring felling of forests with an area of more than 5 ha and if

any proposal is to be implemented in the areas of historical, cultural and archaeological sites,

environmentally weak and wet areas, National parks, wild life sanctuaries and conservation areas and

semi-arid, mountainous and Himalayan regions respectively.

Since the part of proposed project is located close to the boundary of Annapurna Conservation Area

(ACA) and some part (headworks and camp facilities) lies in ACA and has the installed capacity of

53.539 MW; falls in Schedule 2.c.7 and Schedule 2.pm.2 of EPR, 2054, it requires to conduct EIA study.

The EPA, 2053 (1997) and EPR, 2054 (1997) empowers the Ministry of Forests and Environment to

Hydro Support Private Limited

Pani Pokhari, Maharajgunj, Kathmandu, Nepal

G.P.O. Box. 12538, Kathmandu

Tel: (977)-01-4002676;

e-mail: [email protected]



2018

Page|3


approve the Scoping document, Terms of References (ToR) and EIA report. This EIA document is

prepared to fulfill the provisions made in EPR, 2054.

1.5. OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

The primary objective of the EIA study is to assess and inform decision makers about the potential

environmental impacts occurring as a result of the implementation of the proposed project and to suggest

appropriate and pragmatic mitigation measures to mitigate and/or minimize the adverse impacts

associated with the implementation of the proposed project so that the project can be implemented in an

environmentally friendly and socially acceptable manner.

Main objectives of the EIA:

(a) To document important physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural baseline conditions of the

project area;

(b) To Identify, assess and predict the adverse and beneficial environmental impacts of the project in

terms of magnitude, extent and duration during project construction and operation phases;

(c) To identify, assess and recommend practical and site-specific mitigation and enhancement measures

for minimizing environmental impacts from proposed construction by employing principles of

avoidance, mitigation and controls;

(d) To familiarize various stakeholders with EIA outcomes through public consultation and to

incorporate their valid concerns, issues and suggestions in EIA report;

(e) To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Monitoring Plan and Auditing Plans;

(f) To prepare comprehensive EIA report and make sure that EIA is sufficient for the proposed project;

and,

(g) To provide sufficient information to decision makers on likely consequences of the project due to

its implementation to make the final decision for the approval of the proposed project.

1.6. SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY

The scope of Environment Impact Assessment study is based on Approved scoping document and terms

of reference broadly comprises the following:

• Identification of Physical, Biological, Socioeconomic and Cultural conditions of the project

affected area.

• Provide a sufficient base for the prediction of positive and negative impacts and the extent to

which negative impacts may be mitigated by planning, project design, construction techniques,

operational practices and reclamation techniques.

• Assessment of potential environmental and social impacts associated with activities envisaged

during construction and operation phases of proposed project.

• Identification of the mitigation measures on potential environmental and social impacts.

• To describe the baseline conditions to identify available data are sufficient to assess impacts and

mitigation measures.

• Delineation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining measures to minimize adverse

impacts during construction and operational phases of the proposed project.

• Quantify and assess impact significance where possible taking into consideration spatial,

temporal and cumulative aspects.

• Describe the stakeholder consultation process and inform interested parties about the

environmental implications of the project.



2018

Page|4


• To present a plan to identify possible effects and impacts, monitoring environmental impacts and

manage environmental changes to demonstrate the project is operating in an environmentally

sound manner.

The access roads, link roads, crusher plants, batching plants etc. along with all the components of the

proposed project are under the present scope of EIA. However, the transmission line for the power

evacuation is beyond the scope of the study.

1.7. STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT

The EIA report contains 13 chapters as presented below:

Chapter 1: Presents the brief introduction to the study,

Chapter 2: Explains about the project description,

Chapter 3: Contains the study methodology of the EIA and the public consultation process,

Chapter 4: Presents the review of legal policy framework,

Chapter 5: Discusses about the existing physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural baseline

conditions of the project affected areas,

Chapter 6: Presents the beneficial and adverse impacts associated with the physical, biological and

socio-economic and cultural environment,

Chapter 7: Considers various alternatives to project development,

Chapter 8: Presents the proposed enhancement and mitigation measures,

Chapter 9: Provides the details of environmental monitoring,

Chapter 10: Presents the outline of environmental impact audit,

Chapter 11: Describes the environmental management plan (EMP),

Chapter 12: Analyses the project benefit and costs,

Chapter 13: Outlines the summary and conclusions of the EIA study.



2018

Page|5


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 2:PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 LOCATION

The proposed Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric project (MKGHEP) area is located in Annapurna

Gaunpalika, Myagdi District, Province No 4. The district shares the borders with Manang, Kaski and

Parbat districts to the East, Baglung and Rukum districts to the West, Dolpa and Mustang districts to the

North and Baglung district to the South. Topographically, Myagdi district entails 28°20' - 28°47' latitude

and 83° 08' - 83°53' longitudes. The diversion weir touches Annapurna Conservation Area at Narchyang-

4 where as desilting basin, intake and part of tunnel lie in Dana-3. The major tunnel alignment, surge

shaft, penstock pipe, powerhouse and tailrace canal of the project fall within the jurisdiction of Bhurung

Tatopani-2. The proposed project site is located about 27.0 km far from Beni Bazar, the district

headquater of Myagdi. At the upstream of the proposed project area in the same river, a 164 MW

Kaligandaki Gorge HEP exists, which is being studied by Hydro Solution Pvt. Ltd. Similarly, at

downstream there is Tiplyang Kaligandaki HEP of 95 MW capacity, which is in physibility study phase

and is being developed by Himalayan Infrastructure Fund Limited.

The elevation of the project catchment area ranges from 1160 m to 5160 m above mean sea level. All the

components of the project run along the right bank side of the Kaligandaki River. The proposed Intake

site is situated at Suke bagar in Dana-3 and the powerhouse site is located opposite of Pokhare Bagar

(Ghar) in Bhurung Tatopani-ward no. 2. The Location Map of the project site is shown in figure 2.1 and

general project layout map of project is shown in figure 2.2.

Figure 2. 1: Location Map of the Project Area.

BHURUNG TATOPANI SHIKHA

NARCHYANG DANA

GHAR



2018

Page|6


Figure 2. 2: General Layout Map of the Project



2018

Page|7


Figure 2. 3: General Layout & Project Area Boundary



2018

Page|8


Figure 2. 4: Wards of Annapurna gaunpalika.

2.2 ACCESSIBILITY

The road distance from capital city Kathmandu to district headquarters, Beni Bazaar is about 302 km.

Whereas, another earthen road from Beni to Sukhebagar on the way to Beni-Jomsom road is 27 km. In

the present scenario, Myagdi district has no such smooth highway but the existing feeder roads are being

developed as North South highway (Kaligandaki Corridor) by Department of Road (DoR) and will be

the part of this highway in near future. Myagdi district has an estimated road network of about 567

kilometres, which includes 42 km of strategic roads managed by DoR and 525 km of rural roads

managed by Myagdi district coordination committee office in command of the Gaunpalika. The strategic

road Baglung-Beni has gravel surface whereas urban road at Beni bazaar is blacktopped surface. The

existing earthen road is being upgraded from Beni to Galeshwor. However, the Beni-Jomsom road

portion and all of the rural roads have an earthen surface.

Belly Bridge near the downstream of confluence of Ghar Khola and Kaligandaki River at Pokharebagar

connects the access to the powerhouse site along the Kaligandaki Corridor highway. The Beni–Jomsom

road section passes through Pokhare Bagar (Powerhouse site) as well as through the Sukebagar (Intake

area). This road is in good condition during dry season however, maintenance and upgrade will be

required during rainy season. The beni – Jomsom highway is being widened by Nepal Government

through the Department of Road and will be black topped soon. For the project construction purpose, a

link road of about 220m at headworks area from Beni-Jomsom highway is required and about 700m link

road to be required at the adit tunnel of surge shaft. Link road for adit to headrace tunnel and owerhouse

components are not required since it is directly connected with existing Beni–Jomsom road. For the

Headworks

Powerhouse



2018

Page|9


transportation route from sea port Kolkata, India and Railway junction Raxual, India is about 950 km

and followed by the road from Birgung to Beni is about 335 km.

Figure 2. 5: Access to Project Area

From To Distance in km Road Type

Kathmandu Pokhara 122 Black top

Pokhara Beni 74 Black top

Beni Proposed PH site 22 Earthen

Powerhouse Headworks site 5 Earthen

Source: Google Map



2018

Page|10


.

Source: District Transport Master Plan (DTMP), Myagdi 2013

2.3 OBJECTIVE OF PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

The major objective of implementing the proposed project is to generate hydro-based electric energy of

306.65 GWh on an average annual basis for supply to national grid, which is expected to bring relief to

national grid energy shortage problem and cut off of load shedding condition by fulfilling the ever

growing energy demand in the country.

2.4

MKGHEP area

Figure 2. 6: Road Inventory Map of Myagdi District.



2018

Page|11


SALIENT FEATUREES

Table 2. 1: Salient Features of the Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project

S. No. General

Information

Particulars Description/ Value Remarks

Name of the Project Name: Middle Kaligandaki HEP

1. Project Sites Federal Republic (Pradesh) 4 No. Province

District Myagdi

Rural Municipality (Gaun

palika)

Annapurna Gaun palika

Ward nos. Project component areas

belong to ward no. 2, 3 & 4.

However, ward no. 5 and

6

Intake / Diversion Weir Sukebagar, Dana – 3 and

Narchyang-4

Latitude: 28° 31’ 13”


Its lies adjacent to ACA

Boundaries at the left

bank of Kaligandaki

River

Powerhouse Opposite of Pokhare Bagar

Latitude: 28° 29’ 11”


Bhurung Tatopani -2

Terrain Valley slopes

2. Project

Parameters

Power Plant Capacity 53.539 MW

Project Type Run of the river (ROR)

Gross Head 144 m

Catchment area at diversion

site 3700 km2

Net Head 140.45 m

Annual average flow 65 m3/s

Design Discharge 44.98 m3/s


diversion site 800 m3/s



powerhouse site 1432 m3/s


Turbine Units 2 x 26.8 MW

Tailrace WL 1169.0 m a.m.s.l

Riparian flow 10% of monthly flow

3. Diversion

Weir Type

Ogee weir free flow with

under sluice bays

Crest elevation of overflow

weir 1313.25 m

Average River Bed Level 1306 m a.m.s.l

Total width of diversion

structure 85.0 m

4. Intake Type Side Intake

Trash rack No. 6

H 5.50 m

W 3.40 m

Design Discharge 44.98 m3/s @ Q40%

Intake design discharge 53.976 m3/s Including 20% flushing

discharge

5. Feeder

Channel

Type Rectangular

Number 2



2018

Page|12


Size 4.0 m W x height varies

from 5.0m to 5.2 m

Length 43.97 m & 28.96 m

6. Desilting

basin

Type Hopper type

Chambers 2 No.

Size 95 m x 12 m x 10.7 m L x B x H

Size of particles to be

removed 0.2 mm and above

7.

Headrace

Tunnel

Type & shape Underground, Horse- shoe

shaped

Length 4184 m

Diameter 5.0 m

Surge Shaft Type Restricted orifice type

Top elevation level 1328 m a.m.s.l

Diameter 12.5 m

Max. Upsurge level 1326.2 m

Min. down surge level 1290.6 m

Orifice shape Circular

Diameter 2.35 m

8. Valve

Chamber

Type Underground

Number 1

Size (LxWxH) 16 m x 10 m x 16 m

Type of Valve Butterfly Valve

Diameter 4.0 m

9. Pressure

Shaft

Type Underground

Shape Circular

Nos.

One no. starting after surge

shaft and bifurcating before

powerhouse

Diameter 4.0 m

Total Length 250.22 m

Length of vertical drop

shaft 124 m

Liner thickness 10 mm to 16 mm

Length of penstock after

bifurcation 22.11 m each

Branch penstock Circular, 2.3 m dia. each

10. Powerhouse

Complex

Type Underground

Size of powerhouse cavern 67.1m(L) x 18.0m (W) x

36.65m (H)

Size of transformer cavern 59.5m (L)x15.0m (W) x

26m (H)

Center line of penstock El 1163.75 m

No. of Power Units 2

Gross head 144 m

Rated Head 140.45 m

11 Tailrace

Tunnel

Type D shaped

Size 5.0m (W) x 4.66 m (H)

Normal Tail Water Level El. 1169.0 m

Length 149.25 m



2018

Page|13


12. Main access

tunnel

Length 133.36 m

Size & Shape 7 m, D-Shaped

13. Turbine Number 2

Type Vertical Axis Francis

Rated capacity of each 26.8 MW

14. Construction

Adits

No. 8

Size and Shape 5.0m Dia., D-Shaped

Length Adit-1: 114.0 m

Adit-2: 162.0 m

Adit-3: 106.0m

Adit-4: 93.18m

Adit-5: 104.48m

Adit-6: 249.10m

Adit-7: 113.930m

Adit-8: 71.33m

15. Generator Type Synchronous Three Phase

Number 2 sets

Rated Capacity 2 x 29777 kVA

Voltage 11 kV

Frequency 50 Hz

Excitation System Brushless/ Static

16 Switchward size 30 m x 40 m

17. Transformer Rated Capacity

7x12.5 MVA, 11/132/v3,

single phase

Voltage Ratio 11 kV/ 132 kV

16. Transmission

Line

Voltage Level 132 kVA, Single Circuit

Power Evacuation Proposed Dana Substation

hub

Length 7.0 km

17. Power

Generation

Installed capacity 53.539 MW

Net annual energy after

transmission and outage

losses

306.65 GWh

Dry Energy 92.33 GWh

Wet Energy 214.32 GWh

18. Project Cost Estimate

Total Project Cost (including IDC) NRs.10,69,06,29,501

Nepalese Rupees Ten

Arab, Sixty-Nine Crore,

Six Lakh, Twenty-Nine

Thousand, Five Hundred

and One.

19. Economic Evaluation Summary

Net Present Value (NPV) 3.957 Million

Internal rate of Return (IRR) 14.36%

Simple payback period 10 years

Return on Equity (ROE) 21.78%

20. Construction Period 4 Years

Source: DPR, June 2017

2.5 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION/ OPERATION ACTIVITIES



2018

Page|14


The construction methodology and equipment planning has been planned with the aim to commission

the project within a period of forty five months excluding infrastructure works. The works are proposed

to be executed by contractors under five different packages. Civil works will involve three packages

including respective hydro-mechanical works while EM and transmission works will be executed under

separate packages. The detailed engineering and preparation of civil construction drawings shall be in

the purview of project developer. The EM and transmission package contractors shall be responsible for

design, fabrication/ manufacturing, erection, testing commissioning of the respective works. The civil

contractors for each package will be required to make their own arrangements for

production/procurement of construction materials, transportation, labour (including arrangement for

accommodation near the work sites), acquisition of land required temporarily and procurement,

maintenance and operation of construction equipment. The developer will acquire all the land required

for the structures, for stores, workshops, office, camp etc.

The construction methodology & assumptions is prepared for the execution of the project on the

following basis:

1. No. of working months in a year =12 months.

2. No. of working days per month =25

3. No of working days/year=12 x 25=300

4. Equipment will be generally operated in day light for surface construction activities and

underground works in 3 shifts, each shift 8 hours.

5. Availability factor for surface and underground works are 0.8 and 0.7 respectively

6. Actual hours available/day for surface and underground works =10 x 0.8 =8 hrs and 24 x

0.7=16.80 hrs respectively

7. Provision for spare equipment is made @10% for working in one shift and 30% for working in

3 shifts.

2.5.1 Pre- Construction Activities

The works proposed to be undertaken as a part of Pre-construction activities include the following:

• Preparation of DPR/Detailed Design

• Land Acquisition and Statutory clearances

• Infrastructure Development

o Construction of Road

o Construction of Residential and non-residential buildings (site workshop, offices and

storage etc.)

o Platform to accommodate batching plant, stores for construction material (stockyard for

steel and aggregate etc.)

• Preparation of tender document

• Floating of tender

• Bid evaluation

• Award of work

• Mobilization



2018

Page|15


A period of about three months has been provided for land acquisition and statutory clearances and six

months has been provided for infrastructure development including awarding and mobilization of major

works. Before taking up construction activities, it is necessary to complete infrastructure facilities in

general and approach roads in particular.

2.5.2 Construction Activities

❖ Civil Works

The civil works of Middle Kaligandaki HEP include:

• River Diversion works

• Diversion Weir

• Intake

• Feeder Channel

• Desilting Basin

• Head Race Tunnel (concrete lined)

• Surge shaft

• Valve Chamber

• Pressure Shaft

• Powerhouse & Transformer caverns

• Tail Race Tunnel

• Switchyard

River Diversion and Headworks construction

The headworks structure comprises of a free flow ogee type concrete diversion weir of length about 85m

and the height is about 7.25m from the river bed, side intake, two feeder channels of size 4.0m x 5.0m

and hopper type two bayed desilting basin of size 95m x 12m x 10.7m each. The construction of

diversion weir involves the diversion of water of the Kaligandaki River. The construction is proposed in

two stages. The first stage involves diversion of river towards the left bank and construction of

undersluice, intake structure, feeder channel and desilting basin on the right bank. Excavated material

shall be handled by excavator, dumpers and compressor and jack hammers shall be deployed for the rock

excavation.

In the second stage, the river will be diverted towards the right bank through undersluice and remaining

part of weir on left bank will be constructed. A fish ladder along the outer side of left shear wall has been

provisioned for the movement of fishes. An open canal of length 55m upstream from the weir axis has

been provisioned for fish pass and then a ladder type structure goes to downstream of the weir. A total

length of fish pass structure is about 226m and its width and height are 1.5m and 0.5m respectively. The

layout of the fish pass (fish ladder) is shown in the drawings in Annex II.

Headrace Tunnel

The inlet of headrace tunnel is situated just downstream of the head pond of desilting basin. The

diameter of the headrace tunnel is 5.0m and length is about 4184m. The headrace tunnel is approachable

through adit-1 from the middle portion, through adit-2 from surge shaft side and from the inlet at

desilting basin. Altogether 4 faces are available for the excavation of headrace tunnel. However, two

adits are required to excavate before starting HRT excavation. Tunneling can be done by normal

conventional tunneling method. Drilling and blasting with either jack hammer or the boomer. Mucking

will be done with tippers. It is estimated to complete excavation work of HRT in about twenty-two



2018

Page|16


months and further lining, grouting and clean up in about seven months. Entire portion can be finished in

thirty months from the date of start of tunnel excavation.

Surge Shaft

The surge shaft is underground and restricted orifice type and diameter is 12.5m. The excavation of

underground surge shaft will be carried out through adit-3. The adit excavation is estimated to complete

in about two months. Depending upon the geology at site, the excavation work is estimated to complete

in about ten months and lining in three months.

Pressure Shaft and Valve Chamber

The excavation of valve chamber will be carried out through adit-4, which will be constructed after

completion of adit-2 to HRT. The methodology and equipment proposed for powerhouse cavern shall be

followed for construction of valve chamber.

The excavation of top and vertical portion of pressure shaft will start after completion of valve chamber

excavation. The bottom portion will be excavated by adit-5, branched from MAT. A 4.0 m finished

diameter circular shaped pressure shaft is proposed to be excavated by full face cutting method using

drill jumbo (two boom). Same methodology and equipment as mentioned in head race tunnel can be used

for pressure shaft.

5.6 m (excavated diameter) vertical shaft shall be excavated from top with monorail type winch.

Drilling/ basting in the shaft will be done with jack hammer (with 1 to 2 m rounds) and mucking with 1

T capacity bucket to be handled up with monorail winch and dumped into Tipper for disposal to

dumping area. Supporting shall be done with shotcrete both or ribs/backfill concrete. Depending upon

the geology at site, excavation work can be completed in about nine months and erection and concreting

around steel liner in about nine months.

Powerhouse and Transformer Cavern

The powerhouse is located inside the hill at right bank of Kaligandaki river at Pokhare bagar. The size of

powerhouse cavern is 67.10m x 18.0m x 36.65m. The transformer cavern of size 59.5m x 15.0m x 26m.

is located near by the powerhouse cavern connected with cable tunne. The Powerhouse Complex

consists of Machine Hall, Transformer Hall and Tailrace Tunnel. The excavation shall be done by

excavating a pilot tunnel (Adit cum ventilation tunnel), widening the pilot tunnel followed by the

benching to various levels. The mucking of the cavities will be done from Adit to top of power house,

Main Access Tunnel and Adit to bottom of pressure shaft as well as through the tailrace tunnel.

Switchyard

The excavation of switchyard is estimated to be completed in three months. The concreting works will

be done in two stages depending on the equipment to be installed and is estimated to be completed

within five months.

Electro-Mechanical Works

The erection of the E&M equipment will be done in coordination with the civil works. For supply,

assembly and erection of E&M equipment thirty six months has been considered.

Transmission System

The generated power will be evacuated to national grid through a single circuit 132 kV transmission line.

The connection point is the proposed sub-station at Dana about 7 km far from the switchyard of the



2018

Page|17


proposed project. Ordering, manufacturing, and erection of transmission line will take about sixteen

months. One month has been kept for testing and commissioning.

2.5.3 Operation Activities

The following are the operation activities of the proposed project:

• Permanent diversion of river

• Operation of powerhouse and switch yard

Among the listed construction and operation activities, tunneling activities involves drilling and blasting.

Likewise, site clearance, earthwork excavation, quarrying, spoils disposal, crushing, concrete mixing and

flushing of headrace tunnel involves mechanized method. Similarly, land uptake will be based on

negotiation.

Different types of periodic maintenance works, river protection/ slope stability works, bio-engineering

works as per the requirements of the site condition will be conducted. Monitoring and auditing of

environmental protection works to be performed as per EMP.

2.6 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING

The construction period for the proposed project has been estimated about 4 years including pre-

construction activities such as infrastructure development works etc. However, the study period such as

detailed engineering design, EIA study, tendering etc. are not included.

2.6.1 Infrastructure Development

The construction material storage, working area, office/ labour camps with all the essential facilities will

be developed. The construction crew camping facilities, required construction equipment operation area

such as for batching plant, crusher plant, storage of construction materials etc. at headworks site will be

constructed on the river bank of Kaligandaki River and on the plain area in Narchyang-4 and dana-3.

Likewise, project site office with labor camping site for Powerhouse construction will be constructed at

Pokhare bagar.

2.6.2 Construction Materials

Construction material survey has been carried out during surface geological mapping work and EIA field

visit. All the materials required for the construction purposes are available within the easy haulage

distance from the project area. The coarse aggregates (gravels and coarse sand) for concrete works will

be produced by crusher plant near by the project component site. The estimated quantity required for the

construction of the project is given in the following table:



2018

Page|18


Table 2. 2: Estimated Quantity of the Construction Materials

Source: Field Study and DPR, June 2017

Table 2. 3: Availability of Construction Materials


The suitable rock quarry sites are available on the right bank of Bhurung Khola. The main source of sand

and fine aggregates will be obtained from the riverbanks at headworks at Suke bagar and Narchang-4.

The excavated materials from tunnel and adits also will be used as construction materials as much as

possible. The other construction materials such as cement, rebars will be delivered from the nearest

market/ factory as per necessary. Similarly, the required explosives, detonators etc. for tunneling works

will be imported from India and partially purchased from Nepal Army. The estimated quantities of the

explosives required for the project is mentioned in the following table:

Table 2. 4: Estimated Explosives Required

SN Description Unit Quantity Remarks

1 Emuslion Explosives MT 510 Will be exported from India and partially

purchased from Nepal Army

2 Detonators Nos. 6,54,050

3 Detonating Cords (20 gm/m) m 9,33,213

The explosives will be stored in a bunker house of Mristi HEP situated near by its powerhouse area. This

bunker house is located at about 2 km distance from the headworks site and about 3 km distant from the

S.No. Construction

Materials

Tentative Required

Quantity

Source Use

1. Cement 810500 Bags Market/ factory Concrete structures

2. Reinforcement steel 2000 MT Market/ factory Concrete structures

3. Structural steel 200 MT Market/ factory

4. Penstock steel Liner 500 MT Market/ factory

5. Aggregates 86500 Cum Quarry site/ tunnel

muck/ nearby crusher

Concrete structures

6. Sand 53000 Cum Quarry site/ nearby

crusher

Concrete structures

7. Explosive materials

5,10,475 kg Import from India/ Nepal

Army

Tunnel Excavation work

8. Fuel 1,257,011.00-liter diesel

Fuel pump Vehicles Ggenerator

/Pumps/other equipment

Type of material Location Distance from the project site

Sand River bank along Kaligandaki Upstream of confluence of Kaligandaki

and Mistri Khola at Sukebagar and/or

from Kaligandaki River about 3 km far

Aggregate from

tunnel muck

Headrace Tunnel, powerhouse excavation,

tailrace tunnel

Within the project area

Aggregate from river

deposit

Upstream of head works site of the project

area, downstream of confluence of Ghar

Khola and Kaligandaki i.e. tailrace area

Within the project area

Aggregate from rock

quarry

River bank at the confluence of Bhurung

khola and Kaligandaki river

Within the project area/ within 3 km

distance from project area

Boulder Along the Kaligandaki river in the upstream Within the project area



2018

Page|19


powerhouse site of the proposed project. The bunkerhouse area along with the camps for the security

army is sufficient enough. EMP

The bunker house will be under the protection of Nepal Army. The transportation of the explosive from

the bunker house to the site will be done with strict excourts by the Army as per the blasting schedule.

2.6.3 Main Construction Machinery and Equipment

Main construction machinery and equipment for the project are determined in accordance with general

schedule and construction method without special equipment requirement. Main construction machinery

and equipment are presented in Table 2.5 below:

Table 2. 5: Main Construction Machinery and Equipment

S. No. Names Specification and

Models

Unit Quantity

1. Hydraulic Excavator 3/1 cum Set 7

2. Hydraulic crawler dozer D6/D8-240 HP /200

cum/hr

Set 4

3. Jack Hammer YT-25 Set 24

4. Wheeled loader 3 m3, 5 m3 Set 6

5. Dump truck 4.5 cum Set 24

6. Dump truck 8.33 cum Set 6

7. Loader with side bucket 3.1/1 cum Set 9

8. Water Sprinkle Set 2

9. Concrete pump 30 m3/ hr Set 9

10. Grout Pumps Set 9

11. Concrete mixer 3 m3 Set 5

12. Shotcrete Machine (with Robots arms) 4/6 m3 Set 5

13. Shotcrete Machine (small) Set 5

14. Transit mixer 6 m3 Set 18

15. Centrifugal pump As per required Set 5

16. Submersible pump As per required

17. Drill Jumbo 2 Boom set 5

18. Ventilation set 5

19. Batching plant 30 m3/ hr set 5

20. Collapsible Gantry 5 m dia D-shaped set 4

21. Mechanical Gantry set 1

22. D.G Set 125 Kva set 3



25. Explosive van set 2

26. Ambulance set 1

27. Van (Transportation, survey) As per required

28. Air compressor 300 set 4

29. Air compressor 600 set 7

30. Vibrator with flexible needle As per required

31. Truck 10 T Set 2

32. JCB (Misc. work) Set 2



2018

Page|20


2.6.4 Quarry and Borrow Pits

Most of excavated materials from the tunnel excavation will be used for construction purposes to

produce aggregates and sand as the rock mass properties along the tunnel alignment are mostly quartzite.

Crusher plant will be installed for the production of required construction materials like aggregates, sand

etc., near by the quarry site within project area. If the production of aggregates and sand are not enough

from the tunnel muck, they will be produced from natural deposits and quarries. The quary sites have

been identified near by the project area as depicted in the project layout map (tentative coordinate

28°29’23” N, 83°39’06” E). The quary volume which can be extracted from this site is enough for the

project since most of the tunnel muck will be use to produce construction materials. A total number of 3

crusher plants of capacity minimum 100m3/day will be installed at the required places (Headworks, Adit

1 and Powerhouse) for producing aggregates and sand. The boulders, pebbles etc. for the crusher plant

and sand will be extracted in some extent from the borrow pit area on the river bank flood plain. The

borrow area will be recharged after flood season and there will not be change in river morphology.

2.6.5 Spoil Areas

The spoil area will be mainly upstream of Intake area at the barren and low land near by the river bank

and open barren land at some kilometer downstream from the powerhouse area.

2.6.6 Muck Disposal Area

Large volume about 2,55,238 m3 of muck will be generated from the tunnel excavation, adit excavation

and powerhouse excavation. The generated muck at the maximum possible extent will be used for

aggregate and sand production for concreting, building materials, pitching unstable slope, filling up low-

land areas and useful for strengthening of access roads etc. Further a huge quantity of muck will be

required for the construction of embankments and protection works at the weir site. The excess

generated muck will be disposed at the lowland, baren land of Sukebagar near the banks of the

Kaligandaki River and in the low landfill area. The locations of landfill area will be finalized before

excavation works. However, in the preliminary stage, for the disposal of the mucks appropriate sites

have been selected on the wide bagars and eroded area of the river as shown in the layout map and

retaining walls will be constructed to prevent the mucks to enter into the river and plantation/

bioengineering will be done on the top layer and slopes to prevent from erosion. The top soil excavated

during the project work will be utilized in degraded lands after deposition of the muck in the possible

extent. The disposal of muck will be carried out as per EMP plan no. 11.1.2, Plan # 1: Muck/spoil

disposal sites. The preliminary selected muck disposal area and sources of muck are tabulated in the

table 2.6 below:

Table 2. 6: Muck Disposal Area, Location and Source of Muck

Location Source of muck Area, m2

The barren low lands at right bank of Kaligandaki

River upstream of the head works area. Headrace Tunnel

4500 m2

At the right and left banks around headworks area Head works and Headrace

tunnel

6000 m2

At the right bank low land of Kaligandaki river

nearby Adit tunnel-1

Adit Tunnel/ Headrace

Tunnel

2750 m2

At the right bank low land bagar of Kaligandaki

River downstream of the confluence with Bhurun

Khola.

Surge shaft/ Powerhouse

2000 m2



2018

Page|21


At the low lands, downstream of the tailrace outlet

right bank of Kaligandaki River along Beni-

Jomsom road, Pokhare bagar.

Powerhouse and Tailrace

excavation.

8000 m2


The Mucking Disposal area and Construction Materials quarry site are shown in General Layout Map in

figure 2.2.

2.6.7 Construction Period

The construction implementation schedule has been derived on the basis of calculated volume of works

required to design, undertake civil construction works as well as fabricate, supply and install major

hydro-mechanical and electromechanical components. The duration required for tendering, negotiations

and contract award have also been accounted while preparing the implementation schedule. The project

requires major construction work period of 48 months. The first energy generation unit is scheduled to

come into operation in 49 months. Detailed construction schedule is depicted in Annex III.

2.6.8 Camp sites Facilities

Possible main camp of the project will be established in the Narchyang village and secondary camps as

per the work volume will be established at Pokhare bagar, opposite of the tailrace site, surge tank site

and head work sites. The construction materials will be stocked in the campsites to be located in tailrace

and headwork sites. Camps will be facilitated with electricity, communication equipment, transport,

domestic water supply, sanitation, rubbish pits, hazardous waste collection chamber and proper drainage

system. Besides, toilet facilities in the ratio of 1:10 with adequate sanitary facility will be provided. A

septic tank will be installed to manage fecal waste.

2.6.9 Employment Generation of the Hydroelectric Project (during Construction and

Operation)

The construction of the project will comprise of different activities. The construction period is expected

to be four years. From preliminary estimate, the proposed Hydroelectric Project will generate

employment opportunity for about 500 unskilled, 110 skilled and 60 technical personnel during

construction period. Likewise, about 30 unskilled, 5 skilled and 10 technical personnel will be involved

during the operation stage of the full-fledged operation of the power plant. Local people will be given

more emphasize for employment based on their skills and qualifications.

2.6.9.1 Construction/ Operation Strategy

The Hydroelectric Project construction works and strategy need to be carried out with Earthquake proof-

resistance and Environment-friendly approaches. The Bidding Documents will include the compliance

requirements and monitoring provisions as Environmental Mitigation, Occupational health and safety

measures and Environmental Monitoring Plan. These aspects will be dealt under the Disaster Reduction

and Preparedness Plan (DRPP) to be prepared in the Environmental Management Plan of the

Hydroelectric Project. The design of the Hydroelectric Project facilities has been conducted considering

the requirement for compliance with the National Building Code for infrastructure Safety, Seismic

Resistance Design and Environmental Enhancement Measures.

2.7 CONSTRUCTION POWER

All the major construction sites are accessible with NEA’s Grid power. The construction power will be

used from the existing NEA’s power grid which runs near by the project area by extending 11kVA



2018

Page|22


transmission line up to the headworks area & Tuennl inlet portal (Length about 295m), adit 1 (Length

about 210m), surge shaft area (Length about 270m) and powerhouse area (Length about 290m) with

adequate capacity transformers. However, diesel generators will be required as alterative to national grid

line during power shortage at each major construction sites. The capacity of DGs and their number are

estimated as 125kVA DG 3 Nos., 350kVA DG 3 Nos. and 250 kVA DG 1 No. The number and capacity

of DGs will be deployed as per the site condition and requirement.

The extended line may be used for the purpose of electricity supply to the weir site even for the

operation and maintenance of hydro – mechanical facilities.

It is estimated that 3000 kW of peak power will be required for the construction of the project. The detail

of the power estimation is presented in Table 2.7.

Table 2. 7: Details of Power Estimation during Construction

S.

No.

Particulars Quantity Unit Power

consumption

(kW)

Total power required

(kW)

1 Batching Plant 5 no 300 1500

2 Crushing Plant 2 no 350 700

3 Construction Camp 1 lot 300 300

4 Crane 2 no 100 200

5 Ventilation System 10 no 40 400

6 Air Compressor 10 no 40 400

7 Work shop 1 no 50 50

8 Welding shop 1 no 50 50

9 Dewatering Pumps 4 no 5 20

10 Tunnel and other lightings 1 lot 100 100

Total 3720

Diversity Factor 0.8

Peak Power Demand 2976 (say 3000 KW) (Source: DPR)

2.8 LAND REQUIREMENT

The construction of MKGHEP requires a total of 12.90 ha. of different types of land. Out of the total

land, the tentative forest land (national/community forests) of 7.06 ha is required for the project

construction. The necessary land area of bush/barren covers 2.27 ha., sand deposit/bagar land/ flood

plain area/ water bodies of 3.02 ha. land is required for the entire project. Similarly, about 0.55 ha. of

agricultural land will be permanently required for the project component construction. The required land

has been depicted in table no.2.8.

Table 2. 8: Requirement of Land

Land Type Area (ha) Associated Components & Facilities Permanent

Use/Temporary Use

Agricultural/Cultivated 0.55 Camp Sites Permanent

Uncultivated/ Barren 2.27 Camp Site, storeyard, Temporary /permanent

National/ community

Forests 7.06

Tunnel Adit Portals for headrace

tunnel, surgeshaft, powerhouse, tailrace

etc.

Permanent /temporary

Other (River bank, cliff,

water area) 3.02

Disposal Area and Crushing and

Batching Plant, Headworks, Desilting

basin, Labour camp

Temporary /permanent

Total 12.90

Source: Field Survey, July 2017



2018

Page|23


The details of land requirement are given in table no. 2.9.

2.9 HUMAN RESOURCES

Different categories of workforce like skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled will be required for the project

construction. The total workforce for the project construction is estimated to be 670 including 110

skilled, 500 semi-skilled/ un-skilled workers and 60 Technical personnels. As per the availability of the

local workforce, locals will be given priority.



2018

Page|24


Table 2. 9: Land Requirement for the Project (in ha.)

Types of Permanent/Temporary Land to be required for the Project

Note:

1) * - Other components can be added as appropriate/required based on the project layout. The table shall account all the land required by the

project.

S.N. PROJECT COMPONENTS

*.

LAND TYPE

(In hectare)

Total

area

(In ha.)

Remarks

Forest Cultivated Barren River &

Flood Plain

Built up/

Residential

Gvt. CF LHF Rel. Pvt. Govt. -P]nfgL_

Pvt. Gvt Pvt. Public Pvt.

1 Headworks:

Diversion Structure,

Intake, Approach to de-

sander, De-sander, Inlet

portal

3.26

0.38

1.90

5.54

Permanent

2 Water Conveyance:

Tunnel Audit

Canal

Penstock

Fore-bay

Tailrace

0.04

0.04

0.08

Permanent

3 Power House

4 Access Road 3.26 3.26 Permanent

5 Sub-station/Switchyard

6 Quarry Sites 0.50 0.5 Temporary

7 Disposal Sits 0.46 0.46 Permanent

8 Camp Sites 0.51 0.51 P/T

9 Construction Yards and

Others

1.43 1.12 2.55 Temporary

Total Area 3.26 3.80 0.55 1.89 0.38 3.02 12.90



2018

Page|25


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 3:STUDY METHODOLOGY The EIA process follows the Environment Protection Act 1997 EPA (2053), EPR 1997 (2054) and

National EIA guidelines 1993. The EIA report was prepared as per the legal provisions of the

Government of Nepal and is based on approved scoping and Term of Reference (TOR). Field studies by

the team of professional’s interaction and consultation with the local people were conducted. Likewise,

review of literature, field survey, observation, group meeting were the main methodologies for the

Environmental Impact Assessment study of the proposed project.

3.1 STUDY METHODOLOGY


Review of the approved Scoping document and ToR, Detailed Project Report, District/ Village Profile,

Topographical Maps (1:25000 and 1: 50,000) /Google Earth maps of the project area, meteorological

records of the nearest station were done before field investigation. During field visit, walk-through (with a

GPS back-up) along the left and right banks of Kaligandaki River and surrounding vicinity area to the

extent accessible for direct observation of the local physical features.

The Study Team carried out detailed field study of the project site and its surrounding area after

preparation of checklists and questionnaires. The tools used for collection of the information are FUG,

observations, measurements of physical parameters, interview with key informants and collection of

recorded information at field and government level offices. The geological investigation was carried out

for the study of relevant maps, reports and field survey to verify the physical characteristics such as land

stability, soil erosion and other threats to the proposed project component sites. The field observation has

produced engineering layout map including geological map as far as possible.

• Physiographic features (Topography, Land use)- Walkover survey

• Climate and hydrology – Observation/ Use of secondary data (if available) and Inspection,

use of secondary data, measurement (Discharge).

• Geology, Slope stability and soil type – Structure Checklist, Observation and Inspection

• Condition of slope stability and soil erosion in and around project component- Checklist &

observation

• Likelihood of triggering - existing slide, formation of new sliders/slope instabilities, and

further aggravating soil erosion due to construction activities

• Characteristics of discontinuities and weathering patterns of the rock-mass along tunnel

alignment

• Flow parameters (discharge/velocity/water depth) in dewatered zone, at Run, riffle, and pool

sections

• Air quality, Noise level and vibration - Observation and/or use secondary data/ No

measurement

• Water demand, quality and pollution level - Sampling test of river and drinking water, Group

discussion with different stakeholder



2018

Page|26


• Energy consumption and efficiency - Questionnaire survey for demand and supply

• Natural calamities (GLOF, flash flood, landslide, erosion, earthquake etc.) and man-made

disasters (new diseases, accidents, violence) – Observation, Inspection and Group discussion.

• Emission from operation of generators, equipment and vehicles Observation and Inspection

Apart from the other pollution effects, petro-chemical pollutants are more likely to spell due to improper

utilization and leakage during construction and operation of the proposed hydro project. There may

adversely affect the local environment through leakage of fuel/ oil, lubricants and cement during the

construction and other different chemical products like acid and dry cell battery during implementation

phase. Once discharged into drainage, water bodies and soil, petro-chemicals may have the effects of

micro-organisms and other creatures in the surrounding area. Thus, the physical as well as chemical

aspects are also addressed by documenting existing sensitive areas where such impact could affect.

• Waste disposal and sewerage system

• Use and improper storage of cement, petro-chemicals, lubricants, oil, acids and other

chemicals

• Use of bitumen and their storage, heating, spreading etc.

• Chemicals used for cleaning and water and waste water treatment

Although the project is not expected to have severe significant impacts on chemical aspect, the EIA has

studied the potential chemical impacts as well.


The EIA study was carried out following National EIA Guidelines (1993), the approved ToR document

and the issues figured out and prioritized by the Scoping document. The primary methodologies adopted

to collect baseline information on the biological environment included: a walk-through survey, total

enumeration of the forests, group discussion, meetings with ACA staff and interaction with local

residents. The wildlife habitat and biodiversity were studied through direct observation of the project

structures and facilities sites and walk through survey in project area. In addition, indirect evidences such

as foot prints and droppings were also observed for the identification of mammals. Group meetings were

conducted with local people during which colour photographs of different species of birds and mammals

were shown to them to document their sighting experience regarding local wild fauna.

Information on forest category, vegetation types, species of flora and fauna, approximate number of tree

loss, wood volume, current use of vegetation and plants etc. were collected through observation,

inventory, discussion/ interaction with local people of the project area. Analysis of rare, endangered and

protected flora and fauna was carried out with Nepal Biodiversity Strategy, IUCN Plant Red Data Book

and Protected Wildlife Species of Nepal.

3.1.2.1 Vegetation and Forest Resources

The followings are study methods and approaches adopted for biological environment of this EIA study:

Desk Study

Before moving to the project site for the field works, desk study was carried out collecting topographic

maps of the project area (1:25000 and 1:50000 scale), Google maps, books and literatures published on

forest and vegetation of Nepal, EIA reports of similar hydroelectric projects etc. Those literatures cited

during the desk study are listed in bibliography. Existing baseline information of the project area given in

the scoping document was elaborated acquiring secondary information from different sources. General

outline of the biological environment of the project area was derived from the desk study. As well, final



2018

Page|27


checklist and questionnaire were prepared to collect primary data and information and cross-check the

acquired information by the field observation, sampling and interview.

Field Investigation

The study team including a botanist/terrestrial ecologist carried out the field visit to the project area

during July 2017. Following activities were carried out as field investigation in the project area:

▪ Walkthrough Survey

The general vegetation patterns and forest type of the project site was investigated by a walk through

survey in and around the intake, powerhouse sites, adit portal and headrace tunnel alignment. Land

covered by forest and vegetation required for the project implementation was estimated using project

layout map, field observation and GPS survey.

Vegetation and forest types were identified based on species composition and dominance. Plant species

occurring in the project area were indentified, recorded and an enumerated list of plant species is prepared

with their distribution and abundance. In case of unidentified plant species, specimens were collected and

photographed for identification with help of taxonomic literatures in Kathmandu.

▪ Forest Sampling

The study estimated number of tree which are likely to be affected and felled down in the forest area

required for the construction of project structures. Forest sampling was carried out to collect quantitative

baseline data on forest structure, composition, dominance and regeneration.

Sample plots of different sizes (1 m × 1m, 5m × 5

m, 10 m ×10 m & 20 m×20 m.) were used to

estimate the clearance of trees. The 20 m x 20 m

plot was taken for trees. Within the same plots of

10 m x 10 m size, 5 m x 5 m and 1 m x 1 m were

taken for poles, saplings and seedlings

respectively. In each plot, tree species having

more than 4 inch DBH was identified, counted

and measured for diameter at breast height (DBH)

for calculation of wood volume. Regeneration

was determined by plotting of quadrate of 5 m x

5 m with in the same quadrates. Trees having less

than 4 inch DBH were considered as sapling for regeneration count. Canopy cover of each tree species

will be determined through visual observation.

▪ Key Informants Interview (KII)

During the field visit, Key Informants Interviews were conducted on sharing information about the

proposed project components and activities, the existing situation of the forest, likely impacts of the

proposed project, and suggestions regarding mitigation measures and coordination mechanisms.

Information on use, collection and sale of non-timber forest products (NTFP) from the forest in the

project area was revealed. Ethno-botanical value of plant species for medicinal, food, fiber, cultural use

by local people was investigated and documented.

Data Analysis

The data obtained from the forest enumeration were quantitatively analyzed in Microsoft Excel 2016 for

wood volume estimation. This calculation involved the method of volume estimation as suggested in

Photo 3.1: Study Team member measuring tree

girth of forest species.



2018

Page|28


community forest inventory guideline 2061. Both DBH and tree heights of all trees having DBH greater

than 10 cm were used to estimate volume of individual trees and all the trees present in each sites were

summed. A common form factor of 0.5 was used for all species though form factor of different species

varies at different locations. At first, basal area, which is the cross sectional area of the tree trunk at the

breast height, of the individual trees were calculated by using the following formula.

Basal Area (BA) = µ*(DBH/2)2

Standing tree volume of standing tree was calculated by using the following formula:

Tree volume = Basal area Height Form Factor (0.5)

This tree volume was further divided into two parts namely Timber Volume and Firewood volume. Based

on tree qualities standing trees were classified into three categories as mentioned in Forest Rules 2051. In

case of 1st class trees, timber volume contained 2/3rd of its tree volume, in case of 2nd class trees, timber

volume contained fifty percent of its tree volume whereas in 3rd class trees, there was no timber.

Categorization of Protected, Threatened and Endangered Plants Species

The enumerated and visually assessed list of plant species occurring in the project area was analyzed for

categorization of rare, endangered and protected floral species as per Government protected list, IUCN

red list and CITES Appendix under different headings.

3.1.2.2 Wildlife

▪ Walkthrough Survey

A walk through survey has been carried out at the project area. The field investigation was done for wildlife

signs such as droppings and footprints. Mammals and birds were surveyed while walking along the project

area starting from the proposed powerhouse up to the intake area. Birds were observed and identified

using field guidebook to identify the Birds of Nepal.

▪ Interviews with Local Residents

Local villagers from the project area were interviewed using a structured questionnaire to document their

knowledge and sighting experience regarding local fauna.

▪ Status of Protected and Threatened Wildlife

The status of endangered, threatened, rare and vulnerable species was identified using the list of protected

animals published by IUCN, CITES and National Parks and wildlife Conservation Act (NPWCA), 1973.

3.1.2.3 Aquatic life

▪ Observation

Observation of aquatic fauna like fishes and other macro invertebrates from the stream bank or other

vantage point was used to obtain the baseline information of aquatic life in Kaligandaki River basin.

▪ Interaction with Local People

▪ Interaction meeting was conducted with the local people in the project area to collect

information about the fisheries and fishing activities in the Kaligandaki River.



2018

Page|29



The methodologies adopted to collect data and information on socio-economic and cultural aspects

included: (1) Group Discussion (GD); (2) Key Informant Interview (KII) with key stakeholders in the

Project area Wards; (3) a market survey of agricultural commodities major construction materials, and

wage rates; and (4) Interaction with Key Government Officials and Stakeholders which are briefly

discussed below:

a) Group Discussions

A total of three group discussion (GD) meetings were conducted in the Project area Gaunpalika. The

main objective of the meetings was to collect qualitative data related to education, health, drinking water,

gender, development activities and local residents’ issues/ concerns regarding the implementation of the

proposed Project, as well as to inform them about the proposed project.

The participants of the meetings were local stakeholders such as political party leaders, teachers, social

workers, representatives of local clubs and mother groups.

Table 3. 1: Detail of Group Discussions and Interviews S. No. Location Date (BS) Time No. of Participants

1. Sukebagar –Intake site 2074/03/23 10:45 AM 20

2. Annapurna Gaunpalika-Narchyang Ward office 2074/04/02 11:30 AM 35

3. Tatopani Bazaar (Hotel Association and Ama Samuha

representatives) 2074/03/28 2:00 PM 10


b) Key Informant Interview (KII)

Key informant Interviews (KII) was conducted. Interviews were conducted with the help of an in-depth

discussion checklist. The participants included local intellectuals, teachers and chairperson of local clubs.

c) Market Survey

A market survey was conducted in the project area Gaunpalika, to gather the prevailing market price of

agricultural commodities, major construction materials and wage rates.

d) Interaction with Key Government Officials and Stakeholders

Interaction meetings with the officials of ACA, District Forest Office, Ward and DCC were conducted in

district headquarter, Pokhara, Beni and ward offices. The main objective of the meetings was to inform

them about the project status and ongoing EIA works as well as to collect district-level data and

issues/concerns of the government officials regarding the project.

Photo 3.1 & 3.2: Group Discussion Meeting with local people at Suke Bagar and Tatopani Bazar about

the issues related to MKGHEP.



2018

Page|30


3.2 DEFINITION OF IMPACT AREAS

The impact areas of the proposed project site receive both beneficial as well as adverse issues due to its

construction and implementation of the Proposal. The information on physical environment were gathered

and interpreted based on the available maps and site observation as well as field survey of the project site.

The project component sites were categorized and considered as three different coverage parts, such as (i)

Upstream; (ii) Downstream and (iii) Project Site coverage.

Table 3. 2: Delineated Project component Sites

Project Study

Sites

Concerned and

affected places

Category A (Direct

Impact Zone)

Category B (Indirect Impact

Zone)

Upstream coverage Dana, Narchyang Suwa, Dharap Narchyang Village, Danda

gaun

Downstream

coverage

Bhurung Tatopani,

Shikha and Ghar

Chillar, Chisapani Mandre dhunga

Project Site

coverage

Dana, Narchyang,

Bhurung Tatopani,

Shikha and Ghar

Chahara, Gaire thanti,

Nauni Bagar,

Tatopani Bazaar

Kimla kharka and two hot

spring ponds of Bhurung

Tatopani Source: Field Study, July 2017

3.2.1 Direct Impact Zone (DIZ -Category A):

Distance with the periphery of 50m to 500m distance from the centre of the project area is direct impact

zone. For impact on forest, influence areas are considered much wider depending upon the type of impact

such as disruption of irrigation canal or wildlife corridor, stratification of forest area etc., if any.

3.2.2 Indirect Impact Zone (IIZ- Category B):

Distance with the periphery of 1-km distance from the DIA of the project area is indirect impact zone.

Socio-economic impact is usually limited only to the belonging villages and related to project concerned

five wards, though indirect benefit of the Proposal implementation were experienced in much wider area.

The delineated project component sites that are directly and indirectly impact zones are categorized into

High, Moderate and Low impact areas. These are sub categorized according to the impact magnitude as:

High Impact Area: The Project component Sites that are directly affected by the project activities;

Moderate Impact Area: The Project Sites, those are partially affected or indirectly affected by the

project activities; and,

Low Impact Area: The Project Sites, which are not be directly affected by the project activities.

Photo 3.4 & 3.5: Interaction Meeting with newly elected government representatives at Narchyang and

discussion about the local issues relevant to MKGHEP



2018

Page|31


The main project component sites of MKGHEP are proposed to be constructed in Annapurna Gaun

Palika (former five VDCs i.e. Dana, Narchyang, Bhurung Tatopani, Shika and Ghar). The boundary area

from Intake site to Power house site in the left bank of Kaligandaki River belongs to the Annapurna

Conservation Area (ACA). The Intake site is located just below the suspension bridge at Sukaebagar,

Dana-3. Similarly, the powerhouse site is located at the right bank of the Kaligandaki River inside the hill

just downstream of the confluence point of Kaligandaki River with Ghar Khola. The proposed Tunnel

alignment route lying in the Bhurung Tatopani and Dana and the mountain parts of these areas are

categorized as the high impact areas. Hence, these areas are considered as directly affected areas in the

Annapurna Gaunpalika. However, the possible dewater zone between Intake and power house area

belongs to Shikha-5 and Ghara -6, which are categorized as the moderate impact area.

3.3 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE

The assessment of significance/severity of potential adverse impacts is based on the National EIA

Guideline, 1993.

• Magnitude of an adverse impact is considered as low (LM), medium (MM) or high (HM) if

the residual value of bio-physical resource after the impact could be used with no/minimum

inconvenience to the public, could be used with inconvenience to the public or if the residual

value of the resource is far below the level acceptable to the public respectively.

• Similarly, duration of an adverse impact is taken as short-term (ST), medium-term (MT) or

long-term (LT) if the effects of the impact persist for first three years, beyond three years up

to 20 years and beyond 20 years respectively.

• Likewise, extent of an adverse impact is considered as site specific (SS), local (L) and

regional (R) if the effects of the impact are limited within the project site, spread beyond

project site within the concerned basin or spill beyond the concerned basin boundary

respectively.

3.4 STUDY TEAM

The following study team will work towards accomplishing objectives mentioned above:

Table 3. 3: Expertise and Name of Study Team Members

The declarations from the study team have been attached in the ANNEX VIII.

S.N. Designation Names of the Professional Experts

1. Environmental Expert Mr. Mithun Bista

2. Zoologist/Ecologist Dr. Hari Thapaliya

3. Physical Environment Expert/ Geologist Mr. Narayan Gopal Ghimire

4. Socio-economic Expert/ Geographer Mr. Yadav Subedi

5. Forest Expert Mr. Khadanand Sharma

6. Hydropower Engineer Mr. Munna Shakya



2018

Page|32


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 4:REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES,

ACTS, LEGISLATION,

GUIDELINES, STANDARDS

AND CONVENSIONS

4.1 CONSTITUTION OF NEPAL

Article 30 of the Constitution of Nepal ensures the right of every person to live in a clean and healthy

environment. It also ensures the right of victim of environmental pollution to get the compensation from

the polluter. Part 4 deals with the policies related to protection, promotion and use of natural resources.

There is a provision for sustainable utilization of available means and resources by protecting and

promoting in environment-friendly way and equitably distributing the achievements by prioritizing and

providing preferential right to local community taking into consideration the national interest and values

of intergenerational coordination. There is also the provision for developing water resources for multiple

uses by prioritizing native investment based on peoples' participation. This constitution has ensured the

supply of affordable and reliable energy to meet the requirements of citizens by producing and developing

renewable energy and appropriately utilizing energy. It provides the concern for preventing adverse

impacts of industrial and physical development activities in the environment by increasing the awareness

of the general public about environmental cleanliness, as well as the protection and sustainable uses of the

forest, wild animals, birds, plants and biological diversity.

The constitution empowers the government for formulating policies and laws related to environment on

the basis of principles of ecological sustainable development like liabilities for polluters, alertness and

pre-informed agreements in environment conservation and implementing policy on minimizing the risks

of natural disaster by means of pre-information, preparation, rescue, relief and rehabilitation.

Article 42, Article 84 and Article 286 were amended on 28th February 2016 (2072/11/16). These Articles

relate to proportionate and participatory social justice, population and geographical specificities and at

least one representative from one district and the rest representation based primarily on population and

secondarily on geographic aspects respectively.

4.2 PLANS/ POLICIES/ STRATEGIES

4.2.1 Forest Policy 2071

Forest policy is a guideline for ecological balances, promote supply of forest products, strenghthen

participatory forest system, promote private sector investment strenghthen governance. ppolicy direction

is elaborated in strategy and action plans. This policy is goal oriented and more dynamic. The Forest

Policy has identified sectoral issues and analyzed these against existing conditions. This plan has

identified four long term and three medium term objectives to prepare a long-term development plan

(GoN/ADB/FINNIDA). The long-term objectives are related with meeting the basic needs of the people,



2018

Page|33


protecting the soil and water resources, conserving ecosystems and gene bases and consolidating local

and national economies. The MPFS itself was structured around 6 Primary Development Programs and 6

Supportive Programs each with a specific aim. Amongst the 6 primary development programs, the

Community and Private Forestry Program had significant impact and largely achieved its aims.

Community Forestry has contributed to halting forest loss and degradation (especially in the Middle

Hills) and has enhanced the livelihoods of the large numbers of rural people. Another program of the

Master Plan is the development of NTFPs with focusing on the development of medicinal and aromatic

plant through cultivation of high value herbs and grasses. This plan has mainly four development

imperatives: a) satisfaction of basic need including medicinal herbs, b) sustainable utilization of forest

resources, c) people participation in decision making and benefit sharing and d) socio-economic growth.

Translating this policy into action, it has emphasized on increasing production of forest products

including NTFPs through the promotion of agro-forestry, community and leasehold forestry and research.

Medicinal and aromatic plants and other non-timber products are among six primary programs formulated

in the plan.

4.2.2 Annapurna Conservation Area and its Management Plan

The objectives of Annapurna Conservation Area and its Plan Management are:

• to conserve the representative area of Mid Himalayan ecosystem and protect the biodiversity

hotspot with all the ecological process, functions and the gene pool;

• to conserve and maintain the viable population and gene pool of endangered flora and fauna;

• to ensure, maintain and restore regional connectivity with other important biological areas;

• to protect, restore and maintain catchments capability of major rivers for hydropower

generation outside the protected area;

• to protect and promote culture of indigenous people and provide sustainable livelihood

opportunities to the local communities dependent on natural resources of the Conservation

Area;

• to promote research and monitoring programs for strengthening management effectiveness of

the Conservation Area;

• to improve and strengthen conservation area management through appropriate capacity

building program.

The Conservation Area Management Plan of ACAP emphasizes on reducing pressure on natural

resources through promoting alternative energy, creating resource base in promoting conservation

education, supporting income generation activities and soliciting public support to conservation through

several community development activities.

4.2.3 Working Procedure for use of National Forest Land for National Priority Projects, 2074,

(/fli6|o k|fyldstf k|fKt of]hgfsf] nflu /fli6|o jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{lalw, @)&$)

As per this working procedure 1:25 ratios for the replacement plantation is required instead of 1:2 and

approval for forest clearances from forest office must be provided within 30 days. This provision will be

in place till generation 5000 MW of hydropower in the country.

4.2.4 Hydropower Development Policy, B.S. 2058 (2001)

The Hydropower Development Policy, 2001 emphasizes on the need of implementation of mitigation

measures in project affected area. This policy recommends riparian release of 10% of the average

minimum monthly flow or as recommended by environmental study (EIA, IEE) whichever is higher to

maintain downstream ecosystem (MoWR 2001). This policy also stated that Resettlement and

Rehabilitation works shall be conducted as per approved criteria of the GoN. This policy clearly stated

that hydropower development shall be emphasized with due consideration of environmental conservation.



2018

Page|34


This policy initiates the participation of private developers in hydropower development in the country. It

has provision of mandatory riparian release and the environmental conservation. This policy is directly

relevant for the proposed project.

4.2.5 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, B.S. 2051 and B.S. 2055 (1993 and 1998)

Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP) were endorsed in 1993 to further institutionalize

environmental protection in the development processes. NEPAP recognizes that a growing number of

people are exposed to pollution from industrial enterprises. NEPAP identifies the following factors as

contributing to this process:

• Inappropriate sitting of industrial facilities in close proximity to population centers;

• Insufficient emphasis on fuel efficiency;

• Little, if any, pollution abatement equipment used for reducing emissions; and

• A total lack of industry pollution standards.

Hence, the NEPAP emphasized the need for mitigating adverse environmental impacts due to urban and

industrial development, air and water pollution, and infrastructure development.

4.2.6 Water Resources Strategy, B.S. 2059 (2002)

The Water Resources Strategy, 2002 underscores the interdependency between water resources

development and the environmental conservation. It has adopted the environmental principles related,

inter alia, to the integration of ecological aspects at every level of hydropower development process,

conserve biodiversity, watersheds and adopt ecosystem approach. This strategy is also related to ensure

compliance with environmental regulations, promote community participation for the sustainable

management of watersheds and aquatic ecosystems (WECS, 2002).

This strategy emphasized the interdependency between water resources development and the conservation

of environment. It provides the vision for the sustainable management of watersheds and the ecosystem.

4.2.7 Nepal Biodiversity Strategy, B.S. 2059 (2002)

This strategy was endorsed by the GoN in August, 2002. The Nepal Biodiversity Strategy (NBS) is a

commitment by then His Majesty's Government and the people of Nepal for the protection and wise use

of the biologically diverse resources of the country, the protection of ecological processes and systems,

and the equitable sharing of all ensuing benefits on a sustainable basis, for the benefit of the people. The

NBS integrates the conservation and sustainable use of the diversity of biological resources with national

development processes by:

• Identifying important policy and planning gaps, constraints on resources and facilities,

implementation problems and current conservation practices and assessing further needs;

Identifying current pressures and threats on biodiversity;

• Assessing the present and future significance and value of biodiversity to the Nepali people;

• Identifying conservation priorities and a time-frame for research, planning, management and

investments;

• Assessing the costs of conserving biodiversity in Nepal; and

• Developing long-term plans, implementation mechanisms, and monitoring and evaluation

systems for biodiversity conservation.

4.2.8 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 2014-2020

This National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) is a revised and updated version of the

Nepal Biodiversity Strategy (NBS). The NBSAP provides a guiding framework for the management of

Nepal’s biodiversity. It has been prepared with a 35-year vision of “conservation of biodiversity for



2018

Page|35


sound and resilient ecosystems and national prosperity”. The overall goal is to significantly enhance the

integrity of Nepal’s ecological systems by 2020, thereby contributing to human well-being and

sustainable development of the country.

4.2.9 Climate Change Policy, B.S. 2067 (2011)

The main goal of this policy is to improve livelihoods by mitigating and adapting to the adverse impacts

of climate change, adopting a low-carbon emissions socio-economic development path and supporting

and collaborating in the spirits of country's commitments to national and international agreements related

to climate change. The major objectives of this policy are i) climate adaptation and disaster risk reduction

by implementing priority actions identified in the National Adaptation Program of Action (NAPA), and

identifying and implementing medium- and long-term adaptation actions in the climate impacted and

climate-induced disaster-prone areas, communities, and people; ii) low carbon development and climate

resilience by adopting a low carbon emissions and climate-resilient development path for sustainable

socio-economic growth and formulating and implementing the necessary strategies, guidelines and

working procedures to support a socio-economic development that is climate-friendly and resilient; iii)

access to financial resources and utilization by establishing a Climate Change Fund for mobilizing the

financial resources from public and private, internal and external sources to address the issues of climate

change and generating financial resources by promoting carbon trade and Clean Development

Mechanism; iv) capacity building, peoples' participation and empowerment by updating information and

building capacity from local to policy level on climate adaptation, impact mitigation, low carbon growth,

technology development and transfer, and carbon trade; v) technology development, transfer and

utilization by identifying and developing appropriate technologies for mitigating the adverse impacts of

climate change; vi) climate-friendly natural resources management by developing and implementing a

scientific land use system and proper utilization, promotion, conservation of forest resources as a means

of alternative livelihoods.

Under climate-friendly natural resources management, this policy envisages encouraging investments in

clean energy sources with priority on hydropower from national, regional, and international sources while

emphasizing on reducing GHG emissions by promoting the use of clean energy, such as hydro-electricity,

renewable and alternative energies.

4.2.10 National Water Plan, B.S. 2061 (2005)

Under water sector objectives, this plan envisages water resource development, like any other national

development, to contribute to improving the quality of life. Specific objectives adopted for the

formulation of the plan include, among others, to generate hydropower to satisfy national energy

requirements and to allow export of surplus energy. Furthermore, the plan adopts the following as its

economic development principles.

• Water resource development should contribute significantly to national economic output.

• Water resource development should address poverty alleviation and employment generation.

• Hydropower development should satisfy the domestic needs for electricity and an increasing

share of national energy requirements, as well as generate export earnings for Nepal.

4.2.11 Relevant periodic Plans

The Eighth plan (1992-1997) emphasized commercial development of hydropower with the objective of

integrating energy sector in the national productive sector. The Ninth plan (1997-2002) encouraged the

private sector and joint venture investment on hydroelectricity development. The Tenth Plan (2002-2007)

and Three-Year Interim Plans have emphasized to reduce the national poverty on a sustainable basis

through the electricity production in low cost by utilizing the existing hydropower potential, promotion of

rural electrification to promote rural economy, and the development of exportable projects.



2018

Page|36


The 14th periodic plan emphasizes on sustainable development and country's prosperity through the

speedy and substantial production of hydroelectricity from public, private, government and foreign

investments.

4.2.12 Land Use Policy 2015

This Policy shall bring about benefits of using Lands and Land Resources (LLRs) by creating a situation

of distributing lands in a just manner. The policy indicates to use and manage land compatible with

physical infrastructure development projects. also give direction to manage disaster-risks such as: soil

erosion, floods, and landslides with impact of geographical and geological conditions and/or ecological

changes. Policy assures secured human settlement, ecological balance and sustainable development.

4.2.13 National Energy Crisis Reduction and Electricity Development work plan 2072 BS

This work plan aims to end the existing energy crisis of the country and to develop hydropower projects.

It concentrates and encourage on developing the hydropower sector through private sector involvement.

The plan has eased lending criteria for banks to provide loans to hydropower projects in order to mobilize

more domestic resource for the hydropower projects. Plan has bring about mobilizing security forces for

the security of hydro power projects with developers bearing the cost

4.3 ACTS

4.3.1 Aquatic Animal Protection Act, BS 2017 (1960) (Amendment 1999)

The Aquatic Animal Protection Act, 1960 provides the legislative protection of the aquatic habitats.

Section three (3) of this Act renders punishment to any party introducing poisonous, noxious or explosive

materials into the water source or destroying any dam, bridge or water system with the intent of catching

or killing aquatic life. Section four (4) empowers the government to prohibit catching, killing and

harming certain kinds of aquatic animals through notification in the Nepal Gazette.

The enforcement of this Act will be required during the construction phase of the project to control illegal

fishing in the river.

4.3.2 Explosive Act, B.S. 2018 (1961)

Section three of this Act states that GoN by notification in the Nepal Gazette may declare any substance

as explosives. Section four forbids producing, storing, using, carrying and importing explosives without

license. This Section also provides the concern to apply for the license to the Chief District Officer with

necessary descriptions prescribed in the provisions of this Act. Section eight states that GoN must be

informed of all explosives related accidents. The implementation of the proposed project will require

explosive. Hence, it is mandatory to follow the provision of this Act in handling the explosive materials.

4.3.3 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, B.S. 2029 (1973)

This Act was promulgated to manage national parks, conservation of wildlife and their habitat, regulate

hunting and to conserve, promote, develop, and make appropriate arrangements for and the use of places

which are of special importance from the view point of natural beauty and to maintain good manners and

welfare of the general public. This Act has defined the 'National Parks' as an area set aside for the

conservation, management and utilization of flora, fauna and scenery along with the natural environment.

It has defined the 'Conservation Area' as an area to be managed according to an integrated plan for the

conservation of natural environment and balanced utilization of natural resources. Similarly, this Act also

defined the 'Buffer Zone' as a peripheral area of a National Park or Reserve prescribed under the section

3a in order to provide facilities to use forest resources on a regular and beneficial basis for local people. It



2018

Page|37


has categorized wildlife in broad category including mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians and insects of

any kind other than domesticated and this term also includes the eggs of Oviparous creatures.

According to this Act, the GoN may declare an area as a National Park or Reserves or Conservation Area

by publishing a notice in the Nepal Gazette and indicating the boundary therefore no person is allowed to

enter into national parks or reserve without obtaining an entry permit. This Act has prohibited certain

actions within national parks such as hunting wildlife, construct or possess house, hut, shelter or any

other structures of any materials, occupy, clear, reclaim or cultivate any part or grow or harvest any crop,

graze any domestic animal or bird or feed water to it, cut, clear, fell, remove or block trees, plants, bushes

or any other forest resource, or do anything to cause any forest resources dry, or set it on fire, or otherwise

harm or damage it; dig mines, stones or remove any mineral, stone, boulder, earth or any other similar

material; cause damage to forest resources or wildlife or birds or any land; to block, divert any river or

stream flowing through national park, reserve, or any other source of water, or use any harmful or

explosive materials. Section 10 of this Act strictly prohibits the hunting of protected wildlife mentioned in

Schedule 1 of this Act.

This Act has also made provision of punishment for those who illegally kills or injures, sells, purchases or

transfers or obtains objects as specified in Article 26 of the Act. This Act is relevant for the proposed

project, since some areas of the project are located within ACA.

4.3.4 Land Acquisition Act, B.S. 2034 (1977)

It is the main legislation to guide the compulsory acquisition of land in Nepal. Government can acquire

land at any place in any quantity by giving the compensation pursuant to this Act for the land required for

any public purpose or for the operation of any development project initiated by the government institution

(Sections 3 and 4). The powers given under these Sections are very broad as Government is empowered

to acquire any land in the name of a public work by paying compensation to the owner of the land. Once

the government decides to acquire land for the project, the Project Chief initiates preliminary action to

decide where, which and what amount of land is necessary to acquire for the project. S/he is required to

affix one copy of this decision to each of the following places so that the concerned person can be

informed:

• Near the concerned land, especially at a thoroughfare,

• At the office of concerned Wards and Gaun Palika, and

• At the house or compound wall which is to be acquired.

After three days of such notice, the Project Chief is empowered to enter into the proposed land, house or

compound with other staff for preliminary investigation. If the owner of the land is not satisfied with the

amount of compensation decided by the Compensation Fixation Committee, s/he may file a complaint to

the Chief District Officer (CDO) within 15 days from the date of receiving information of assessment of

such compensation. And in such case, CDO is the final authority to decide on such issues.

This Act forms the basis for all kind of land acquisition and it is mandatory for the proposed project, if the

land and assets need to be acquired for the project.

4.3.5 Labor Act, B.S 2074

This Act was reformed and enforced by GoN on BS 2074. ThisAct clearly mentions that appointment

letter should be issued for all the employees, which include their working hours, working time, wages and

other benefits. ThisAct allows the time bound contract for the manpower required for development work.

ThisAct specifies that working hours for the Nabalik and women must be within the period of 6 AM to 6

PM which clearly restrict to deploy women in night works. ThisAct also states that equal opportunity

shall be given to women. Similarly, working period of other employees must not exceed eight (8) hours a



2018

Page|38


day and 48 hours in a week. If some people work beyond that period, over time allowances must be paid.

According to this Act, wage rate of the employees shall not be less than rate fixed by the concerned office

of GoN.

This Act is mandatory and directly relevant to the implementation of the proposed project. It has

provisionsfor the mode of appointment, working hour, control of child labor etc.

4.3.6 Water Resources Act, B.S. 2049 (1992)

The Water Resources Act, 1992 has been enacted to make arrangement for the rational utilization,

conservation, management and development of water resources in Nepal.

According to Section 8, Sub-Section 1 of this Act, a person or corporate body who desires to conduct

survey or to utilize water resources shall be required to submit an application to the prescribed officer or

authority along with the economic, technical and environmental study report and with other prescribed

particulars.

Section 9 of this Act, which deals with the utilization of water resources for hydroelectricity, states that,

not withstanding anything written in Section 8, the license relating to the survey of water resources and its

utilization for the generation of hydropower shall be governed by the prevailing laws.

Sections 18, 19 and 20 of this Act deals with water quality standards, water pollution and adverse effect

on the environment. Section 18 and 19 allow GoN to prescribe pollution tolerance limits and water

quality standards of water resources for various uses. Sub-Section 2 of Section 19 prohibits anyone from

polluting water resources beyond the prescribed tolerance limits.

Section 20 of this Act states that while utilizing water resources, it shall be done in such a manner that no

substantial adverse effect be made on the environment by way of soil erosion, flood and landslide or

similar other cause.

This Act is mandatory for the implementation of the proposed hydropower project.

4.3.7 Electricity Act, B.S. 2049 (1992)

Electricity Act, 1992 is related to survey, generation, transmission and distribution of electricity.

Electricity includes electric power generated from water, mineral oil, coal, gas, solar energy, wind energy

or from any other means. Survey, generation, transmission or distribution of electricity without obtaining

license is prohibited under Section 3 of this Act.

Section 4, Sub-Section 1 of this Act, requires any person or corporate body who wants to conduct survey,

generation, transmission or distribution of electricity is required to submit an application to the designated

authority along with the economic, technical and environmental study report. The authority will issue

survey license within 30 days and generation, transmission or distribution license within 120 days after

the submission of application. The validity period of survey license is 5 years.

Section 31 of this Act declares that the government of Nepal will make necessary arrangement for the

security of any electricity generation plant, transmission line, sub-station or any reservoir made for

generating electricity or any other structure related to electricity.

Section 33 of this Act deals about the utilization or acquisition of other’s land and house. This Act states

that if it is required that the land and house of any person be used or acquired for the purpose of

generation, transmission, or distribution of electricity, the licensee may submit an application to GoN. It

further elaborates that, the government will conduct necessary inquires and make available such land and

house according to prevailing law and licensee or GoN will pay compensation, as prescribed, to the

concerned person for damage.



2018

Page|39


This Act provides the mandatory legal process that needs to be followed with regard to the inception to

implementation of electric power projects.

4.3.8 Forest Act, B.S. 2049 (1993)

The Forest Act, 1993 recognizes the importance of forests in maintaining a healthy environment. This Act

requires decision-makers to take account of all forest values, including environment services and bio-

diversity, not just the production of timber and other commodities. The basis of this Act’s approach to

forest and forest products is “resource oriented” rather than “use oriented”.

Section 23 of this Act empowers the government to delineate any part of a national forest, which has

special environmental, scientific, or cultural importance, as a protected forest. Section 49 of this Act

prohibits degradation of lands, setting fires, grazing, removing, or damaging forest products, felling trees

or plants, wildlife hunting and extracting boulders, sand and soil from the National Forest without the

prior approval.

This Act empowers the government to permit the use of any part of the government forest, community

forest, leasehold forest, if there is no alternative except to use the forest area for the implementation of a

plan or project of national priority without significantly affecting the environment.

This Act provides legal basis to control and use of resources from the National Forest and emphasizes the

importance in maintaining a healthy environment. This Act has to be mandatorily followed by the

MKGHEP.

4.3.9 Environment Protection Act, B.S. 2053 (1997)

The EPA, 2053 (1997) was enacted on 24 June, 1997. It recognizes the interdependence between

development activities and the environment; and emphasizes the proper use and management of natural

resources. This Act provides the legal basis for EIA/IEE study and implementation and stresses the

minimization of adverse impacts on the physical, biological and socio-economic environments. Sections 3

and 4 require that the project proponent to conduct an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) or EIA of

the proposed project and obtain approval from the concerned agency or the Ministry of Forests and

Environment for project implementation. There is a provision for punishment if the proponent

contravenes any of the provisions of the EPA, 2053 (1997).

The EPA, 2053 (1997) empowers the MoPEto prohibit the use of fuel, equipment or plant which may

have adverse effects on the environment and includes provisions for Environmental Inspectors to monitor

construction and ongoing infrastructure and development projects. It empowers the government to declare

specific areas as environmentally protected areas. It also established an Environmental Protection Fund to

be used for environmental protection and pollution control. Under thisAct, polluters are required to

compensate those affected by the pollution.

The EPA, 2053 (1997) is mandatory and forms the basis for Environment Impact Assessment of the

development project.

4.3.10 Local Self-governance Act, B.S. 2055 (1999)

This Act follows the spirit of decentralization and strengthening the local government agencies. It

empowers the local bodies for the conservation of soil, forest and other natural resources and

implementation of environmental conservation activities. This Act provides more autonomy to District

Development Committees, Municipalities and Village Development Committees. Sections 28 and 189

have made the concerned DCC responsible to formulate and implement the programs related to the

protection of the environment and biodiversity. Section 25 of this Act provides the functions, rights, and

duties of the Ward Committee. Section 25 (e) of this Act requires the ward to help for protection of

environment through plantation over the bare land, cliff and mountains. Section 28 has mentioned the



2018

Page|40


functions, rights and duties of former village level committee. Section 43 and 201 require the Former

VDCs (now Wards of Gaun Palika) and DCC to give adequate priority to the protection of the

environment through the formulation and implementation of the local level plans.

This Act provides the legal basis for the functioning of local bodies. The role of the local bodies is

important for smooth implementation of the project and use and conservation of local natural resources.

4.3.11 Solid Waste Management Act, B.S. 2068 (2011)

Solid Waste Management Act, 2011 recognizes the importance of solid waste management in maintaining

a healthy environment. ThisAct requires local body to take all the responsibility to construct and operate

the infrastructure or structure required for the collection, final disposal and processing of solid waste,

including construction of any transfer station, landfill site, processing plant, compost plant and bio gas

plant for the management of solid waste.

Section 4 of this Act assigns the local body to manage or use otherwise the solid waste discharged or

dumped in collection center, transfer station or treatment plant or collected during cleaning. As per

Section 4, Sub-Section 2 of this Act, the responsibility for processing and management of hazardous

waste, medical waste, chemical waste or industrial waste under the prescribed standards shall rest with the

person or institution that has generated the solid waste.

According to Section 6, Sub-Section 1, the local body shall have to prescribe for segregation of solid

waste at source by dividing the solid waste into different categories including at least organic and

inorganic. Similarly, as per Sub-Section 2 of this Act, a person, institution or entity that produces solid

waste shall require carrying them in the collection centre; Local body may provide necessary technology,

goods, equipments, containers, etc. to them.

4.3.12 National Trust for Nature Conservation Act, B.S. 2039 (1982)

National Trust for Nature Conservation (NTNC) Act was enacted in 1982 to expedite conservation and

management of the nature and natural heritage of the country. This act has made provisions about the

constitution of governing board of trustees, board meetings, remunerations, power, functions & duties of

the trust, and the sources of funds to be collected for the operation of trust.

The Government of Nepal has given a mandate to National Trust for Nature Conservation (NTNC) for the

management of Annapurna Conservation Area for another 5 years by the cabinet meeting held on January

16, 2015. This is the 5th extension of management responsibility as the Government first entrusted the

management responsibility to the Trust in 1992 after it was notified in Nepal Gazette as a conservation

area. In the 5-year period, the handover process to the community will be completed.

4.3.13 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, B.S. 2039 (1982)

Soil conservation and watershed conservation act 2030 was promulgated to make legal provisions on the

land and watershed conservation by controlling natural calamities such as flood, landslide, and soil

erosion and maintain convenience and economic interests of the general public. This Act empowers

power to declare any area of Nepal as a conserved watershed area. This Act allows conservation officer to

carry out permitted actions in the conserved area in order to conserve watershed area for the conservation

of soil and watershed. Also, it has made some legal provisions of punishments in case of prohibited acts

in the lands vulnerable or likely to be vulnerable from the soil conservation point of view.

This Act is relevant for the proposed project during the construction and operational phase of the project.

4.3.14 CITES Act, B.S. 2073 (2017)

Government of Nepal has passed the CITES Act, 2073 to control and regulate the trade of endangered

species of flora and fauna between states parties of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered



2018

Page|41


Species of Wild Fauna and Flora which was held on 3rd March 1973 in the United States of America. This

Act provides legal basis to control and regulate trade of endangered species of flora and fauna. Section 20

of this Act has made provisions for possible crimes that might happen under this Act. Section 21 of this

Act has made necessary provisions of punishments for those who illegally collects or transfers or sells or

purchases or obtains objects as specified by this Act. This Act is relevant for the proposed project during

the construction phase of the project to control illegal trade.

4.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS

4.4.1 Electricity Rules, B.S. 2050 (1993)

The Electricity Rules, 1993 have been formulated for the implementation of the provisions made in the

Electricity Act, 1992. Rules 12 (f) and 13 (g) are related to environmental studies which emphasize that

the environmental study report should include measures to be taken to minimize the adverse effects of the

project on physical, biological and social environments and should also elaborate utilization of local

labor, source of materials, benefits to the local people after the completion of the project, training to local

people in relation to construction, maintenance and operation, facilities required for construction site and

safety arrangements.

TheseRules are mandatory and directly related to the implementation of the proposed project.

4.4.2 Water Resources Rules, B.S. 2050 (1993)

It is mandatory under Rule 17 (e) that any person or corporate body, who desires to obtain a license for

utilization of water resources must state in his application that appropriate measures will be taken to

lessen the adverse effects due to the project on the overall environment. Measures are to be taken for the

conservation of aquatic life and water environment and for mitigating social and economic effects of the

project in the concerned area. Local labor should be utilized and local people should get benefits after the

completion of the project. Rule 19 mentionsthat the Water Resources Committee shall publish notice

giving detail information about the project to people.

These Rules provide important direction for the conservation of overall environment related with water

resources development.

4.4.3 Forest Rules, B.S. 2051

Rule 65 of the Forest Rules stipulates that in case the execution of any project having national priority in

any forest area causes any loss or harm to any local individual or community, the proponents of the

project itself shall bear the amount of compensation to be paid. Similarly, the entire expenses required for

the cutting and transporting the forest products in a forest area to be used by the approved project should

be borne by the proponents of the project.

These Rules play significant role in implementation of development project in any forest area.

4.4.4 Conservation Area Management Rules, B.S. 2053 (1996)

For the overall management of conservation areas of Nepal, Government of Nepal enacted Conservation

Area Management Rules 2053. Schedule 2 of this rule has made provisions about the boundary and

management of conservation areas. Schedule 3 of the rule describes about the conservation area

management committee, their rights, roles and responsibilities. Schedule 4 describes about the entire

procedures for the preparation and approval of a five-year conservation area management plan. Schedule

5 of the rule describes about the prohibited acts to be done within the jurisdiction of conservation areas.

Under this rule, Department of National Park and Wildlife Conservation manages Gazetted III class

government employee as contact officer between conservation area office and the Nepal Government.



2018

Page|42


This contact officer also operates all the legal procedures against possible crimes that might happen in and

around conservation areas.

4.4.5 Environment Protection Rules, B.S. 2054 (1997)

The EPR, 2054 was endorsed on June 1997. The EPR, 2054 (1997) establishes the process to be followed

during the preparation and approval of Scoping, Terms of Reference for EIAs, and the preparation of IEE

or EIA reports for proposed projects. It also includes provisions for compliance with findings included in

the IEE and/ or EIA reports; monitoring and environmental auditing; prevention and control of pollution;

description of the functions, duties and powers of Environmental Inspectors; conservation of national

endowments; establishment of environmental laboratories; mechanisms for operating the environmental

conservation fund; rights to environmental compensation; and other related matters.

Schedules 1 and 2 give the lists of proposed projects requiring IEEs and EIAs; Schedules 3 and 4 describe

the time frame for conducting IEEs and EIAs; Schedules 5 and 6 highlight the required elements to be

included in the IEE and EIA reports. An IEE is required for hydroelectric projects with installed capacity

above 1 MW to 50 MW. EIAs are required for proposed projects above 50 MW capacities. However, all

the projects need to go for EIA if they are located in Protected Areas like National Parks, Conservation

Area, Wildlife Reservesand Buffer Zones.

Rule 10 stipulates that the report prepared according to Rule 7 should contain the recommendations of

related Wards and/or Gaun Palika (Rural Municipalities).

The EPR, 2054 (1997) forms the basis for environment studies of the projects and it is mandatory and

directly related with the development of the proposed project.

4.4.6 Local Self-governance Rules, B.S. 2056 (1999)

These Rules empower the local bodies to coordinate and implement development program and for

rationale utilization of local natural resources. Rule– 7 (68) empowers the former VDCs and Municipality

(now Wards and/or Gaun Palika) for monitoring and supervision of development work implemented in

the concerned Gaun Palika. Rule– 4 of DCC has provision of three members Agriculture, Forest, and

Environment committee to look after the concerned issues. Rule– 6 (206) specifies the need of social,

economic, environmental and public facilities while planning the project. Rule– 7 (210) focus on

environmental studies and due consideration while implementing the project like sand quarry, stone

quarry and coal mine etc.

TheseRules provide provision for use of local natural resources and focus on conservation of existing

environment. The proposed project requires to follow these rules while using quarry site for sand and

stone at local level.

4.4.7 Solid Waste Management Rules, B.S. 2070 (2013)

The Solid Waste Management Rules, 2070 was formulated as per provision made in Article 50 of Solid

Waste Management Act, 2068. Solid Waste Management Rules contains 27 Rules that provisioned the

methodology, procedures, technology and execution of solid management.

Rule 3 describes about the segregation and management of solid waste. It has mentioned that while

segregating solid waste in degradable and non-degradable waste at source, it is essential to segregate

waste into hazardous and chemical waste. It also states that the local body will be responsible for

conducting awareness program regarding source reduction, source separation and adopting suitable

technologies. Rule 5 mentioned about management and execution of hazardous and chemical waste.

Similarly, Rule 7 states about the standard of vehicles for transportation of solid waste.



2018

Page|43


4.4.8 National Park and Wildlife Conservation Rules, B.S. 2030 (1973)

The National Park and Wildlife Conservation Rules, 1973 were formulated as per the National Park and

Wildlife Conservation Act, 1973. The Rules 5, 6 and 7 list the provisions for the prohibition of hunting of

the animals. In Rules 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12; provision for license and permit for the hunting of mammals

and birds listed, are provided.

4.4.9 Himalayan National Park Rules, B.S. 2036 (1980)

This rule was formulated as per the National Park and Wildlife reserves Act, 2029. Rule 7 listed the

activities that are prohibited to do inside the National park without obtaining the written permission from

the conservation office which are as follows:

• Clear the vegetation and acquire the land for cultivation and settlement

• Grazing of the domestic animals

• Damaging or cutting the trees, shrubs

• Extract the stones, sands and minerals

• Divert or block the water resources

• Bring the exotic species

Rule 9 prohibits any activities that harm the vegetation and any objects present inside the National Park.

Similarly, Rule 10prohibits hunting any wildlife and birds and destroying the eggs and nest of birds.

Rule 12 states that no one can place any sign posts and notice boards inside the National Park area except

the staffs of National Parks. Rule 15 prohibits throwing wastes and garbage inside the National Park area.

4.4.10 Soil and Watershed Conservation Rules, B.S. 2042 (1986)

This Rule was formulated as per the soil and watershed conservation act 2039. This provides detailed

procedures for the declaration of conservation watershed, land classification of the conservation

watershed, crop cultivation according to suitable land uses. It has also made provisions about the duties

rights, and responsibilities of National Resource Conservation Commission.

4.4.11 Conservation Area Management Rules, 2053

This rule elucidates more about the preparation of conservation area management plan and the

conservation area management committee, their regular meetings, audits, sub-committee formation etc.

This rule prohibited activities within conservation area, damage not to be made. It also made provision

about investigation procedures for all sorts of crimes that might happen in conservation areas.

4.5 GUIDELINES / DIRECTIVES

4.5.1 National Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Guidelines, B.S. 2050 (1993)

The National EIA Guidelines, 1993 developed by the National Planning Commission (NPC) in

conjunction with International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), set out the process for the

environmental review and management of infrastructure projects in all sectors and the respective roles of

certain government agencies and the project proponents. These guidelines were part of a comprehensive

program to develop the national and sectoral guidelines for establishing a national system for

environmental impact assessment which was a part of the Government's National Conservation Strategy



2018

Page|44


and Nepal's Seventh Year Plan. These guidelines were endorsed by the GoN on 27 September 1992 and

gazetted on 19 July 1993.

These guidelines provide the fundamental process for Environmental Impact Assessment of development

project and very much useful for environmental study of the proposed project.

4.5.2 EIA Guidelines for Forestry Sector, B.S. 2052 (1995)

Within the framework of the National EIA Guidelines, GoN has prepared and implemented separate EIA

Guidelines for Forestry Sector which is also related with the project. These guidelines encourage the

proponent to identify the likely impacts of the project on environment. The forestry sector EIA guidelines

aim to facilitate the sustainable use of forest resources for the socio-economic development and to meet

the basic needs of the communities for forest products. The positive and negative impacts of any

development project in the forest area are to be identified and plans must be developed to minimize

environmental damage, conserving genetic resources and bio-diversity.

These guidelines will be much helpful during the implementation of the project to control and minimize

environmental hazards associated with the development project. These guidelines must be used in the

following situations:

• Proposals that directly affect forest areas and forests;

• Proposals related to plantation, soil erosion control, conservation of wildlife habitat,

development of forest based industries;

• Proposals to be implemented in forest areas but initiated by the forestry sector;

• Development of proposals related to hydropower, road, irrigation, stone quarry, drinking

water, resettlement, agriculture, tourism and livestock development and utilization of forest

products that directly affects national parks and other such conservation areas.

4.5.3 Forest Products Collection and Sale / Distribution Directives, B.S. 2073 (2016)

The directives have specified various procedure and formats for getting approval for vegetation clearance,

delineation of lands for vegetation clearance, evaluation of wood volume etc. and government offices and

officials responsible for the approval, delineation and evaluation. These provisions have a direct relevance

to the development of the project and need compliance to these provisions.

4.5.4 Community Forest Inventory Guidelines, B.S. 2061 (2005)

The guideline for inventory of community forests advice to classify the forest into timber trees, pole size

trees and regeneration on the basis of diameter. It has recommended using 25 m x 20 m size of quadrat for

timber trees, 10 m x10 m for shrub and 5 m x 5 m for sapling and 2 m x 5 m for seedling plots in the

community forest. Plants having DBH (Diameter at Breast Height, i.e. 1.3 m above ground) greater than

30 cm is considered as trees. Trees having DBH between 10 to 29.9 cm are categorized as poles and

plants having less than 10 cm DBH and more than one-meter height belongs to sapling and plants having

height of less than one meter categorized as seedlings. The guidelines provided the methods of calculating

volume of timber and fuel wood. The guideline also advises to stratify the large areas in the hills and

mountains to eliminate variations in slope aspects etc. After stratification, area of each stratum could be

calculated.

4.5.5 Community Forest Development Program Guidelines, B.S. 2071 (2014)

The community forest development guideline, 2014 is prepared with the amendment in community forest

guideline, 2000. The guideline is prepared for users’ groups, field workers in government and

nongovernmental organization, forester and facilitators involving in the field of forest development. The



2018

Page|45


guideline shall be followed by users' group, partner organization for users' group formation and forest

action plan preparation, implementation, monitoring and evaluation.

4.5.6 National Health Care and Waste Management Guidelines, B.S. 2058 (2002)

These guidelines provide a minimum standard for safe and efficient waste management. The purpose of

these guidelines is to provide a framework of waste management strategies to assist in the long-term

management of health care waste by implementing the essential strategies. These guidelines aim to

protect public health and safety, provide a safer working environment and minimize waste generation and

environmental impacts of waste treatment. These guidelines set procedures for handling of health care

waste which include details of collection, separation and final disposal of the waste for the safety of

human health and hygiene vis a vis environmental contamination.

4.5.7 Working Procedures for the Use of Forest Land to National Priority Project 2074"

The Government of Nepal has approved the "Working Procedures for the Use of Forest Land to National

Priority Project 2074" for providing the forest land to national priority projects, if their implementation

does not significantly affect the environment. In case of profit making national priority projects such as

the hydroelectric power, telecommunication, industries and similar others projects, replacement

plantations of total loss of forest area has to be done by the project proponent in the area provided by the

district forest office. The plantation site has to be maintained by the project for the first five year and to be

handed over to District Forest Office (DFO). The project proponent has to plant 25 seedlings for the loss

of each tree above 10 cm diameter felled in the project area and cost has to be borne by the project

proponent. The GoN lease the forest land required by the project and the project pays on annual basis as

per the rate given in Schedule 20 of Forest Rules, 2051

These are very important procedures that have to be followed for the use of forest land for the

development project.

4.5.8 Guidelines for the Physical Infrastructure Development and Operation in the Protected

Area, B.S. 2065 (2008)

The working policy for infrastructure development and operation in conservation area, 2065 mentions that

Nepal is a biodiversity rich country but development of infrastructure is imperative and it is also

necessary to maintain aesthetic value or environment as well as biodiversity, notion of sustainable

development and biodiversity conservation will be considered while infrastructures are developed. The

policy needs to be reviewed for construction and operation of physical infrastructure in conservation area

and its buffer zone as well as for construction of hydropower utilizing the river flowing through the same

area as well as to get permission for conducting environmental study in such area.

The objectives of this working policy are:

• to construct and operate hydropower and other project in protected areas by private and

government sector without implication of adverse impact on biological environment;

• to maintain uniformity in the construction of physical infrastructures that are presently

constructed and operated and are going to be constructed and operated in the protected areas;

and

• to mange additional economical and technical source for the conservation and management of

conservation area.

Clause 2 of this policy oblige the hydropower project to construct its most of the construction

infrastructures outside the national park and its boundary as well as it oblige the hydropower projects

constructed and operated in national park and its buffer zone to release minimum monthly discharge (10%

of minimum of monthly available flow) at all times during project operation and this provision should be

enlisted in EIA for getting permission.



2018

Page|46


4.5.9 Forest Products Collection and Sale/ Distribution Directives of Community Forest User

Groups, B.S. 2071 (2014)

The directives have specified various procedure and formats for getting approval for vegetation clearance,

delineation of lands for vegetation clearance, evaluation of wood volume etc. of community forest user

groups of Nepal. These also include some clauses for government offices and officials to be responsible

for the approval, delineation and evaluation. These provisions have a direct relevance to the development

of the project and need compliance to these provisions.

4.5.10 Financial transaction Directives of Community Forest User Groups, B.S. 2073 (2017)

The directives have specified various procedures and formats for maintaining financial transactions of

community forest user groups. It emphasizes banking transactions, fiscal year wise program planning and

its approval from general assembly of the users, proper way of maintaining income sources and the

corresponding expenditures of the CFUGs.

4.5.11 Conservation Area Management Directives, B.S. 2056

To ease and carry out the activities, conservation area management directives 2056 was enacted. Article 3

of the directives has made special provision for the division of management units based on certain

aspects. This directive elucidates more about the preparation of conservation area management plan and

the conservation area management committee, their regular meetings, audits, sub-committee formation

etc. This directive has also made provision about investigation procedures for all sorts of crimes that

might happen in conservation areas.

4.6 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND TREATIES

Being a party to some of the environment related conventions, Nepal has international obligations for

natural resources management because of which, it has to incorporate and internalize the treaty

obligations into the domestic law.

4.6.1 Ramsar Convention, 1971

The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, called the Ramsar Convention, is an

intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for

the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources.

The Ramsar Contracting Parties, or Member States, have committed themselves to implementing the

“three pillars” of the Convention: to designate suitable wetlands for the List of Wetlands of International

Importance (“Ramsar List”) and ensure their effective management; to work towards the wise use of all

their wetlands through national land-use planning, appropriate policies and legislation, management

actions, and public education; and to cooperate internationally concerning transboundary wetlands, shared

wetland systems, shared species, and development projects that may affect wetlands.

4.6.2 The World Heritage Convention, 1972

This is an international treaty approved by the United Nations Education, Science and Culture

Organization (UNESCO) to promote the identification, protection and preservation of cultural and natural

heritage around the world considered of outstanding value to humanity. Considering heritage in both its

cultural and natural aspects, the Convention reflects the interaction between man and nature, and the need

to preserve the balance between both.



2018

Page|47


4.6.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES), 1973

The CITES is an international agreement of which Nepal became a signatory in 1975. It aims to control

the trade of certain wildlife species to prevent further endangering of their survival. Given that Nepal is a

signatory to CITES, attention should be given to evaluate the impacts of project-related activities on

meeting their obligations. As part of the EIA, consideration should be made of CITES endangered species

list in order to evaluate the significance of identified and predicted impacts on wildlife species. The

species are grouped in the Appendices according to how threatened they are by international trade as:

• Appendix I includes species threatened with extinction. Trade in specimens of these species is

permitted only in exceptional circumstances.

• Appendix II includes species not necessarily threatened with extinction, but in which trade must be

controlled in order to avoid utilization incompatible with their survival.

• Appendix III contains species that are protected in at least one country, which has asked other

CITES Parties for assistance in controlling the trade. Changes to Appendix III follow a distinct

procedure from changes to Appendices I and II, as each Party’s is entitled to make unilateral

amendments to it.

4.6.4 ILO Convention on Indigenous and Tribal Peoples, 1989 (No.169)

In 2007 the UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples was adopted by the General Assembly.

Nepal ratified ILO Convention No. 169 on September 14, 2007 (BS 2064/05/28). The declaration

reaffirms the importance of the principles and approaches provided for under Convention No. 169 and its

adoption by Nepal, and therefore provide a fresh impetus for promoting the ratification and

implementation of the convention. ILO Convention No.169 highlights the need to recognize indigenous

and tribal peoples' specific knowledge, skills and technologies as the basis for their traditional economies

and self-determined development process. Article 1 of the convention provides a definition of tribal and

indigenous peoples. Article 6 requires consultation with the peoples concerned through appropriate

procedures and, in particular, through their representative institutions, whenever consideration is being

given to legislative or administrative measures which may affect them directly.

In Article 15, the rights of indigenous and tribal peoples associated with the natural resources pertaining

to their lands are extended to cover the total areas occupied or otherwise used by those peoples. It further

states that indigenous and tribal peoples shall, wherever possible, participate in the benefits of natural

resource utilization activities and shall receive fair compensation for any damages which they may

sustain as a result of such activities. Article 16(2) clearly mentions that where the relocation of these

peoples is considered necessary, such exceptional measures and such relocation shall take place only with

their free and informed consent. Where their consent cannot be obtained, such relocation shall take place

only following appropriate procedures established by national laws and regulations, including public

inquiries where appropriate, which provide the opportunity for effective representation of the peoples

concerned. Article 16(3) mentions that, whenever possible, these peoples shall have the right to return to

their traditional land as soon as the grounds for relocation cease to exist. Article 16(5) specifies the

persons thus relocated shall be fully compensated for any resulting loss or injury.

4.6.5 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), 1992

Nepal is a party to the Convention on Biological Diversity and, in accordance with Article 14, adequate

attention should be given to minimize and/or avoid impacts on biological diversity. The Convention on

Biodiversity contains a series of far-reaching obligations related to the conservation of biological

diversity and sustainable uses of its components. One of these obligations is the requirement for



2018

Page|48


environmental study. The purpose of an environmental study in relation to biodiversity conservation is to

identify in advance:

• the aspects of the project which is likely to have significant adverse effects on biological

diversity at the genetic species and ecosystem level, and

• the steps to be taken to avoid or minimize significant adverse effects to ensure that the

proposed project complies with existing environmental legislation.

4.6.6 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)-1992

This is an international environmental treaty adopted on 9 May 1992. This framework sets to establish

national greenhouse gas inventories of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and removals, which were used

to create the 1990 benchmark levels for accession to the Kyoto Protocol and commitment of countries to

GHG reductions. The Framework Convention specifies to stabilizing their greenhouse gas emissions.



2018

Page|49


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 5:EXISTING ENVIRONMENT OF

THE PROJECT AREA


Geographically, the proposed project lies in the Annapurna Gaunpalika (Bhurung Tatopani-2, Dana-3,

Narchyang-4, Shikha-5, and Ghar-6) of Myagdi district. The geographical co-ordinates boundary of the

project area:

Latitude 280 28’ 56” N to 280 31’ 14” N

Longitude 830 38’ 00” E to 830 40’ 00” E

The elevation of the project catchment area ranges from 1160 m to 6000 m above mean sea level. The

catchment of Kaligandaki River basin has a wide variation in the climate, which represents high

surrounded mountains having an alpine climate in the upper reaches and warm climate in the lower

region. There are two distinct seasons in the region, summer monsoon season from May to October and

winter dry season from November to April. The monsoon period starts from June to September

contributing about 80% of total annual precipitation.

5.1.1 Regional Geology

The Middle Kaligandaki Hydel project site is located in the upper part of the Lesser Himalaya, in

province no. 4 in Annapurna Gaunpalika in Myadi District of Nepal.

Figure 5. 1: Geological Map of Nepal

Project Location

Map Source: M.R. Dhital et al. 1996



2018

Page|50


The general geology of the project area is presented in the following Figure.

Figure 5. 2: Geology of Project Construction Site and Headrace Tunnel

Geology of the proposed project area is composed of slate, phyllite, quartzite-phyllite with calc bands,

dolomite, amphibolites and quartzite formations in sequence from intake to the powerhouse and Tailrace.

The slate is correlated with the Benighat slate and here in the intake site is highly sheared and weathered

and black in colour. The shear zone along with thrust in between the two rock formations gneiss and slate

is distinctly observed in the area. Flood plains of significant width and having very gentle longitudinal

and transverse slopes extend on both the banks. In the project area, the Meta sedimentary unit belonging

to Nawakot complex, Lesser Himalaya is present. The main rock types at the project area are low to

medium grade metamorphic rock such as phyllite, quartzite and amphibolite belonging to the lowest

section of Lesser Himalayan meta-sediments known as the Kuncha Formation. Along the upstream of the

river, younger sections of the Lesser Himalayan rock outcrops are exposed. Black slate or green phyllites

with graphite occasionally interbedded with carbonate beds overlie these rocks.

The geological map presented above is the copy of the map along the Kaligandaki valley from Mahabhir

to Dana (Upreti & Yoshida, 2005). Based on their

maps and report, the MCT is located at about 500 m

north (upstream) of the project headworks site.

Stratigraphically, the rock around Mahabhir Doba

Khola area (downstream of the project area) belongs to

the lowest section of Lesser Himalaya meta sediments

known as the Kuncha Formation. They are represented

by the low-grade metamorphic rock such as phyllites

and subordinates quartzite beds. Along the upstream of

the river, younger sections of the Lesser Himalayan

rock outcrops are exposed. Black slate or phyllites with

graphite occasionally inter-bedded with carbonate beds

overlies these rocks.

North of the black phyllites and carbonate rocks, while

approaching to the MCT, a series of various mylonite

Figure 5. 3: Geochronologic column of the

project geology

Source: Upreti bin

Source: Upreti bin



2018

Page|51


including mylonitic granite and garnet-bearing gneiss and schist occurs (which is exposed in the upstream

of the proposed project diversion site). As per field observation clearly shown a sudden change in both

lithology and metamorphic grade of these rocks compared with the uppermost Lesser Himalayan units

occurring south as described above. It is on the basis that a thrust is placed at the contact of the mylonitic

rocks and the black phyllite/schist of the upper Lesser Himalayan rocks occurring to the south, which is

probably positioned in the upstream of the project.

The attitudes (strike and dip) of foliation of the rocks varies from N40°-50°E – S40°-50°W with moderate angle (40°-60°) dips in the north-east direction. The terrain in upper reaches of tributaries showed typical glacial landscape characterized by rugged towering peaks, cirque glaciers and moraine deposits. There were also thick and extensive alluvial fans. At the higher reaches of the valley, the thickness of the colluvium cover varied from nil to ±10 m but in the lower portions, it could be even up to ±20 - 30 m in a few stretches.

Figure 5. 4: Regional Geological Map

Kaligandaki river is a main river of Gandaki basin. It was joined by a number of tributaries on its either

bank in the project area. These are mostly snowfed. These tributaries showed sub-dendritic to trellis

pattern. The higher reaches of slopes on either side of Kali Gandki river had a number of glaciers which

formed the perennial source of discharge in tributaries. The valley slopes in the area were characterized

by the stretches of unusually abundant debris. These could have been formed due to the fractured or

weathered rocks transported in abundance by snow, avalanche and landslides to the lower elevations on

the banks of the river.

Headworks site

The headworks site is located about 400 m downstream from suspension bridge just below Dharap village

of Narchyang. This site can have a surface desilting basin since a wide terrace on the right bank is

available. At this site both the banks, alluvial deposits have been observed. Its thickness varies between 5

and 20m. It comprises of angular, sub-angular and sub-rounded boulders and rock fragments of quartzite

and phyllite mixed with finer rock fraction, silt and humus. Bed rock is exposed on the leftbank in the

downstream portion. River borne material (alluvial deposit) covers the river channel in a linear stretch and



2018

Page|52


comprises mostly boulders of gneiss, quartzite, phyllite, schist and finer fractions (cobbles, pebbles, sand

and silt). However extensive retaining wall, flood protection works and R&R issues are involved with this

option.

Tunnel Alignment

Owing to river morphology (taking turn towards rightbank on the downstream), poor geology on the

leftbank of river Kali Gandaki and the existence of access/available road on the right bank, the rightbank

side of the river is preferred for the proposed hydro power scheme development. However, the

topography of the project area and proposed discharge utilization does not permit a surface water

conductor system and therefore water will be conducted through tunnel only.

The inlet portal of the headrace tunnel is in the slate formation, which is weathered and sheared, will be

costly tunnel support for its initial portion including inlet portal. However, there is no other better site for

headworks location. The tunnel crosses a few shear (weak) zones along its alignment. Among the shear

zones there is a major shear in between Fagfog quartzite and Amphibilite formations at Tatopani, which

can be a fault. Below this area along the tunnel alignment Naunibagar was observed with surfacial

instabilities and landslide. Further downstream is found to be good geologically.

Two major kholsis are observed crossing over the tunnel alignment. However, the source of these kholsis

are located at the upper reach very far from the tunnel alignment. Due to the excavation of the tunnel it is

considered that these kholsis along with springs (if available) will not impact because of the sufficient

cover. If in case, the springs get disappeared, the source of which are being used as the source of drinking

water due to tunneling, the appropriate mitigation measures will be taken as per requirement. One of the

possible mitigations for this may be to supply drinking water through pipe from the near by kholsi or the

mitigation measure will be taken as per the site condition when problem occurs with consultation with the

affected people.

Powerhouse site

The powerhouse site is located just downstream of the Ghar Khola confluence on the rightbank of

Kaligandaki river. There is no alternative sites to put underground powerhouse, however there is a small

terrace opposite to the Ghar Khola village that will be high risk of flood hazards. Though there is a

possibility of placing the powerhouse on the terrace with semi-underground option, but here will require

extensive flood protection work.

So, the underground powerhouse is proposed on the rightbank rock cliff. To reach the underground

powerhouse cavern a separate 4 m diameter D-shaped construction Adit is provided to the powerhouse

complex. This Adit will be required to facilitate the excavation of the powerhouse and transformer

gallery.

5.1.2 Geology of the Hot Water Springs

The Middle Kaligandaki Hydropower Project site is located around the Hot Water Spring at Tatopani

village in the Kaligandaki valley in Myagdi District. The diversion structure of the scheme is located at

about 3km upstream and the powerhouse site at about 2km downstream from the Tatopani on right bank

of Kaligandaki. The project is located in between the longitude from 83° 38’ E to 83° 39’ E and latitude

from 28° 29’ N to 28° 31’ N. The hot water spring is in between the two major structure components head

works and powerhouse, in the Bhurung Khola tatopani area. Another major structural component of the

project is headrace tunnel that passes through the Tatopani area from more than 500m west crossing the

middle reaches of the Bhurung Khola. The tunnel level is about 100 m above that of the hot spring level.



2018

Page|53


The main issue of the matter the hot water spring may or may not be affected by the tunnel waterway of

the project which passes across the vicinity area of the hot spring.

Geologically, the project area falls in the upper reaches of the Lesser Himalaya with head works is very

closed to MCT, about 2km downstream. The rocks of the area are low grade metamorphics – quartzite,

phyllite, slate, schist and amphibolite of Paleozoic age. Infect the geology of the area is complicated due

to folding, faulting and thrusting.

Although it is very little known, there are quite numbers of natural hot water springs scattered around the

Nepal Himalayan. It is estimated that there are 50 plus hot water springs stretching between the Higher

and Lesser Himalayan regions. These hot water springs are locally known as Tatopani simply meaning

‘hot water’.

Some of the natural hot springs located in various parts of Nepal:

• Myagdi Tatopani managed for Turistic aspect, in Myagdi.

• Rahughat Khola, Myagdi Khola, Singha, Chhumrung and Tatopani in Myagdi.

• Jomsom and Dhima in Mustang.

• Chame and La Ta in Manang district.

• Apoban in Bajhang district.

• Dhanachauri (Luma) and Tila river in Jumla.

• Srikaar, Sina and Chamlaiya in Darchula.

• Tatopani, Sindhupalchok District in Bagmati Zone.

• Syabrubesi and Chilime in Rasuwa.

• Hotiyana in Sankhuwasabha, Koshi zone, Eastern Nepal.

In most of the hot water springs, the water temperature is found to be in the range of 40°c to 70°c.

However, some of the springs have natural hot water of up to 80°c flows out. All the hot springs are

coming from the higher depth in the form of water vapour from the mantle through deep faults/thrusts and

fissures.

5.1.2.1 Geomorphic Features Concerning the Hot Springs

• Nepal Himalaya - about 800 km of the central part of the Himalayan arc.

• Seven East-West trending physiographic zones – Terai plain, Siwalik range, Dun valley,

Mahabharat Ranges, Midland zone, Fore Himalaya, Higher Himalaya and Transe Himalaya (Tony

Hagen, 1969).

• The area is bounded by the towering snow-clad Great Himalayan Ranges on the north and the

Mahabharat Range on the south, with and width of 60 km and elevation varies between 200 and 3,000

m.

• Subdued mountain zone with low relief and relatively good soil development.

• It is drained by a network of large number of streams with trunk river Kaligandaki with predominantly

N-S and E-W trending valleys.

• The area own rolling topography features, symbolizes a varied array of important landforms while

agricultural plains are found in the lower parts, the upper peaks of the place have unequal lands with

covers of vegetation.

• Project area extends fairly a wide valley with the river having few sharp bands and the valley

slopes in this stretch are moderate.

• The landforms - alluvial fans, different level of river terraces and gravel beds of recent age are widely



2018

Page|54


observed; from geomorphic point of view, the area has been classified in to the following landforms-

structural / erosional valleys; piedmont slope / hill slope; alluvial fans and cones; and river terrace.

5.1.2.2 Geology of Bhurung Khola – Tatopani Area

Among the number of subsurface investigations carried out in the project components, an exploratory

core drilling DH-10 (3152692.85N, 465534.78E) drilled 90m vertical depth in Bhurung Khola tunnel

crossing point, in the vicinity of hot water spring (Tatopani). In the hole the bedrock was encountered at

19.5m depth and the rock cores of quartzite has been buried by the 19m thick colluvial / talus deposits.

The drill hole was started at 1380m elevation and drilled 90m depth reaching the bottom elevation of

1290m, which is just crossing the level of headrace tunnel. On the other hand, the ground level of the hot

water spring is at around 1210m which is 80m below the bottom level of the DH-10, drill hole at Bhurung

Khola. It is a deep hole drilled over the headrace tunnel on tunnel alignment at tunnel crossing point at

Bhurung Khola near the Tatopani. The rock schist is dark coloured, strong, fresh and moderately fractured

from the depth of 19.5 to 31m depth. Below the depth of 31 m strong, fresh, moderately fractured white

quartzite was found.

The average core recovery

was 70% and RQD values

range from 40 to 89%, which

shows that the rocks in the

tunnel crossing below the

Bhuring Khola is fall fair to

good quality. The core loss

found occasionally in the drill

depth denotes the overall rock

mass at the place of tunnel

level. Water table ranges

from 25 to 35 m. The

permeability of bedrock has

been calculated as 0.20 to

1.17 Lugeon in this drill hole.

Figure 5. 5: Geology of the Hot

water spring area as well as

the Project site.

5.1.2.3 Hot Water Springs - Tectonic Gifts of the Himalaya

When two tectonic plates hurtled and smashed into each other countless millions of years ago, they

created the mountains known as the Himalayas. Towering precipices of rocks crushed and smashed

upwards. Another result of this great force was the creation of a network of hot springs all over the

Himalayas—warm waters flowing upwards from the earth’s deep bowels.

The word Tatopani, in the Nepali language, means “hot water” and if one closely inspects a map of the

country, one will find in many places sharing that name - mostly in the mountains. The most well-known

Source: Upreti bin



2018

Page|55


hot water spring / Tatopani is in Myagdi District of Dhaulagiri Zone, on the pilgrimage and tourist route

to Jomsom and Muktinath along the Beni – Jomsom Road.

Thankfully, with no volcanoes in the Himalayas, the type of hot springs found here are the pleasant

temperature versions. This is due to the water being warmed near the earth’s surface form the beneath

phenomenon, on the point where two tectonic plates meet. It is the pressure built up in the area at the

beneath, combined with the heat of the earth’s mantle that warms the ground water trapped in the rock

voids and fractures. This phenomenon of regular heating the ground water by the regular up-flow of vapor

from the magma through deep faults/thrusts and fissures generally results the hot spring. Hot springs

found near volcanoes are very different, as these tend to be geysers; springs where the thermal energy

regularly builds up, releasing a powerful blast of boiling energy. The major difference in temperature is

because this water is heated near magma much hotter substance. Thankfully, the user-friendly versions

are found worldwide, with a more ambient temperature.

5.1.2.4 Relative Position of the Hot Water Springs and the Tunnel

The headrace tunnel is passing the area very far from the hot water springs at Tatopani, Bhurung Khola

area. The hot water springs are at either banks of the Kaligandaki river, which itself flow along a tectonic

feature. There was a series of geotechnical investigation to evaluate the relationship between the project

structures, headrace tunnel to the hot water springs and to address the forthcoming issues on tunnel impact

to the source of hot water springs in the area.

Figure 5.6 illustrate the relative position of the hot water spring/ Tatopani and the Tunnel alignment with

the exploratory core drilling, DH-10 and the position of the cross-cutting valley of Bhurung Khola.

Figure 5. 6: Relative position of the Hot water springs and Tunnel Alignment



2018

Page|56


Figure 5.7 illustrate the upward flow direction of the hot water spring which is exposed on the either

banks of the Kaligandaki river at Tatopani area. However, the proposed tunnel is far and at the higher level,

about 100m up from the surface exposure of the hot water springs in the area.

5.1.2.5 Schematic Position of the Tunnel and Hot Water Spring

The schematic sketch of the Headrace Tunnel and the relative position of the hot water spring at the

Tatopani area in Myagdi with the site investigation by exploratory core drilling of 90m depth are

illustrated in the figure 5.8. The drilling was done from El. 1390 m, just crossed the tunnel alignment.

Figure 5. 8: Schematic Position of the Hot water spring and the Tunnel

Figure 5. 7: : Flow direction and Position of the Hot water spring on River bank



2018

Page|57


5.1.2.6 Interpretation to the Impact

There are three major hot water springs in the vicinity of the project area:

i) The main well developed spot of the hot water springs of Tatopani on the right bank of Kaligandaki

River.

ii) Hot water springs on the left bank upstream of the Tatopani, which is not developed but rich in

Sulphur and other minerals.

iii) Another hot water springs at Ratopani downstream of the Tailrace outlet on left bank.

iv) The hot water is flowing upwards in every of the hot water spring spots there. Illustrations with

different aspects as presented in the above sections and figures show the Tatopani hot water Spring

will not impact negatively by the tunnelling and diversion flow through the tunnel, it means the

tunnel will not impact the hot water springs there because the proposed tunnel alignment is about

100m up and far >500m towards the west.

5.1.3 Topography and Land use at Wards/Gaunpalika/ District Level

Geomorphologically, the project area lies in the midland hills, where tectonic upliftment, weathering,

erosion, and slope failures are usual phenomenon. The Midlands are bounded by the towering snow-clad

Great Himalayan Ranges on the north and the Mahabharat Range on the south. Kaligandaki River flows

through a wide valley in the project area.

5.1.4 Glaciers and GLOF

The Kali Gandaki River is fed by the summer monsoon rains and glacier melt. The glaciers in the range

are summer accumulation type. The monsoon precipitation in summer (June- September) provides 80 %

of annual precipitation. It has been noted that on summer accumulation type glaciers, accumulation and

ablation occur simultaneously in summer (Ageta and Higuchi (1984)). The result is that glacier retreat

does not impact streamflow as much, as in other glaciated alpine regions. The glaciers in the upstream of

the project area are considered as the long-term source of the perennial flow of the Kaligandaki river,

however, there are not remarkable glacial lakes on its upper reaches. The severe risk of the GLOF has not

been anticipated. The below figure 5.8 illustrate the region without glacial lakes and corresponding

GLOFs.

Figure 5. 9: Upper Catchment Area of the Project showing glaciers (Source: Google Map)

http://www.jstor.org/pss/520698



2018

Page|58


5.1.5 Ambient Air, Water and Noise Quality

It is observed that air and noise pollution are occurring due to increase in vehicular movement along the

earthen road of the Beni-Jomsom highway. However, at the present condition, the traffic is not so heavy

and pollution produced by the running vehicles are not significant. Hence, the magnitude of the air, noise

pollution has not measured in this stage of study. During construction phase, the measurement can be

taken. The water quality test of the Kaligandaki river has been conducted with the sample collected at the

headworks site of the project. The lab test results are depicted in the following table no. 5.1 and the test

certificate is attached in Appendix VII.

Table 5. 1 : Water Sampling Test Result

S.N. Parameters Test Methods Observed Values

1 pH @ 22° C Electromeric, 4500-H+ B, APHA 8.2

2 Electrical Conductivity, (μS/cm) Conductivity Meter, 2510 B, APHA 352

3 Total Suspended Solids, (mg/L) Oven Drying, 2540 D APHA 5924

4 Biological Oxygen Demand, (mg/L)

Winkier Azide Modification (Dilution and Seeding), 5210 B, APHA, ISO 5815-1989

46

5 Chemical Oxygen demand (COD Mn), (mg/L)

Potassium Permanganate, 1737-1739: JISKO 102.

106

6 Nitrate, (mg/L) UV Spectrophotometric Screening, 4500-NO.: B, APHA

1.03

NOTE: APHA: American Public Health Association.

5.1.6 Climate (Rainfall and Temperature)

Nepal has a great deal of variation in climate by dint of enormous range of altitude within such a short

north-south distance. There are five climatic zones in Nepal based on altitude: the tropical and subtropical

zone below 1200 m in altitude; the cool, temperate zone of 1200 m to 2400 m in altitude; the cold zone of

2400 to 3600 m in altitude; the subarctic climatic zone of 3600 m to 4400 m in altitude; and the arctic

zone above 4400 m in altitude. Below 1200 m, the dominant form of vegetation consists of tropical and

subtropical rain forests. Nepal has two typical seasons in a year, the dry season and monsoon. Monsoon

season is approximately from June to September and remaining, October to May, is dry season. About

80% of Nepal's annual rainfall is during monsoon period.

Surprising change in climate in project area, warm humid summer and cold dry winter, is influenced by

the physiography of the region. Generally, the area experiences variations in temperature. Summer

temperature ranges from 20˚ to 40o and in winter, it can be as low as 2˚ and maximum day time

temperature can be up to 25˚. The project area and its catchments receive majority of the precipitation

during the monsoon.

5.1.7 Basin Physiography and Hydrology

The Kaligandaki River is a snow-fed perennial river originating from the Mustang Himal situated at an

elevation of 6700 m in Mustang District in the Western Development Region. Originating from the

Tibetan plateau, it flows between Dhaulagiri and Nilgiri forming the world’s deepest gorge. It is one of

the major rivers in the Saptagandaki basin. The catchment area of the river is elongated in the North-

South direction draining towards the west. The basin is bordered by the Dhaulagiri Range in the west, the

Mahabharat Hills in the south, the Nilgiri Range in the east and the Mustang Himal in the north. The

catchment area of the river at the proposed headworks site, as measured on 1: 50,000 and 1:25,000 scale

topographical maps produced by the Department of Survey, is 3,700 km2.



2018

Page|59


Table 5. 2: Catchment Characterstics of Kaligandaki river

Elevation, masl Catchment at Intake

Area (km2) Percentage (%)

Above 5000 m 1536.50 41.53

Between 3000 – 5000 m 1988.50 53.74

Below 3000 m 175.00 4.73

Total 3700.00 100

The upper reach of the basin is mainly covered by dense mixed forest. Agricultural fields on terraces and

scattered settlements dominate the area below 2,500 m. Lo Manthang,

Jomsom, Lete and Ghasa are the major settlement areas within the catchment. The basin has fairly

elongated shape with a gorge in the downstream end. The maximum width and length of the catchment

area is about 64 km and 92 km respectively. That means the ratio of length to width is less than 1.5. The

shape of the catchment basin is shown in figure 5.9:

Figure 5. 10: Catchment Area of the Project at Diversion Site

The thumb shaped catchment area projects into the southern face of the Tibetan Plateau called Upper

Mustang. It covers 4125.15 km2 at an altitude of 1160-6000 m. Major settlements lie along the terraces of

the Kaligandaki valley, running north to south, at elevations of 1100 to 4000 m within the catchment area.

Lo Manthang, the capital of Upper Mustang, lies at 3780 m. Since Upper Mustang lies north of the main

Himalayan mass (Annapurna and Dhaulagiri), it is effectively cut-off from the north east monsoon and

receives less than 263 mm of average annual rainfall, 70 % of which falls during summer. Most parts of

Upper Mustang are covered with snow for four to five months in a year.



2018

Page|60


• River System and Gradient

The Kaligandaki river has a number of small and big tributaries. Pongque Khola, Lungpa Khola, Goncho

Khola, Quemona Khola, Mustang Khola, Ghachang Khola, Tageyak Khola, Narsing Khola, Jhom Khola,

Langpoquen Khola and Lete Khola are the main tributaries in Mustang district. The catchment area of the

river is elongated in the North-South direction draining towards the west. The GIS based calculation of

the catchment area from diversion weir and power house site are 3700 km2 and 4125.15 km2 respectively.

The total length of the river from its origin to proposed intake and powerhouse are approximately 128 km

and 133 km respectively. Its width varies between 10 m to 150 m along its course. It has comparatively

higher gradient which varies between 3 to 16% with 7% overall average. The average gradient of this

river between the proposed headworks and powerhouse is nearly 5%.

• Available Data and Records

Meteorological Data: There are a number of meteorological stations established by the DHM in the

Kaligandaki basin. The meteorological stations in the catchment area of the project are given in

Table 5. 3: Meteorological Stations in Catchment Area of the Project

S.

No.

Station

Number

Station

Name

Latitude Longitude Elevation

(m)

Monthly Data

Availability

Average

Precipitation

(mm)

1 601 Jomsom 28.78 83.72 2744 Jan1990-Dec2014 288

2 604 Thakmarpha 28.75 83.70 2566 Jan1990-Dec2014 405

3 606 Tatopani 28.48 83.65 1243 Jan1990-Dec2014 1687

4 607 Lete 28.63 83.60 2384 Jan1990-Dec2014 1452

5 608 Ranipauwa 28.82 83.88 3609 Jan1990-Dec2014 281

6 610 Ghami 29.05 83.88 3465 Jan1990-Dec2014 143

7 619 Ghorepani 28.40 83.73 2742 Jan1990-Dec2014 2665

8 624 Samar Gaun 28.97 83.78 3570 Jan1993-Dec2013 142

9 625 Sanda 28.90 83.68 3570 Jan1993-Dec2014 246

10 626 Bega 28.47 83.60 1770 Jan1993-Dec2012 2066

On the basis of the Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission (TRMM) data for the tropical and sub tropical

areas of the earth, for the Middle Kaligandaki HEP catchment boundary, the mean annual rainfall has

been derived as 1029.1 mm however, the meteorological station at Tatopani (606) reveals the average

annual precipitation of 1687 mm. This station lies in the middle of the project area stretch. Raifall data of

Beni station (El.835m) has total annual rainfall in 2005 is 1535 mm among which nearly 93% of the total

annual rainfall occurs from April to October.

Stream Flow Records: There are a number of gauging stations along the Kaligandaki River. Among

them the gauging station at Jomsom is the upper-most one. The other gauging stations in the vicinity of

the project area are at Tatopani and Beni. The proposed headworks area lies nearby Tatopani gauging

stations (#403) and therefore considered for hydrological analysis. A gauging station has been established

by the project near the proposed headworks area at Suke Bagar and the daily gauge reading and monthly

flow measurement is going on till date.



2018

Page|61


Climatological Records: The weather responsible for the major proportion of annual precipitation

over the Kaligandaki basin is the south west monsoon which normally begins in mid June and continues

till the end of September. The project area is located in the middle to high mountainous region and on the

rain shadow areas of Dhaulagiri and Annapurna range. Therefore, it is considered as one of the low

rainfall areas. The climate of the project area is highly influenced by the physiography of the region. The

difference between warm humid summer and severe cold winter becomes remarkable with increase in the

altitude.

For the climate study of the project area, the climatological records of Lete Station (Index No. 607)

established by the DHM has been considered. The monthly maximum, minimum and average

temperatures recorded at that station for the year 1999 are given in Table 5.4.

Table 5. 4: Summary of Monthly Temperature of Lete Station (in 1999)

Month

Temperature (0C)

Max. Temp Min. Temp Mean Temp.

Jan 11.0 -1.5 4.8

Feb 15.0 1.2 8.1

Mar 18.0 3.8 10.9

Apr 22.0 8.1 15.1

May 20.0 10.0 15.0

Jun 20.0 12.0 16.0

July 19.0 14.0 16.5

Aug 19.0 13.0 16.0

Sep 19.0 12.0 15.5

Oct 17.0 7.6 12.3

Nov 15.0 3.4 9.2

Dec 11.0 0.2 5.6

Annual 17.2 7.0 12.1

• Reference Hydrology

(I) Mean Monthly Flow Generation: The hydrological study was carried out at all stages of project

development starting from pre-feasibility stage and will be continued even during and after

completion of the proposed project. Hydrological studies usually cover the assessment of available

water and its time variation, estimation of design flood for safety of structure, diversion flood and

sedimentation studies to assess the life of the project and its impact on live storage.

The major component of the project comprises of Diversion weir located around 400 m downstream of

suspension bridge at Sukebagar village; Intake structure on right bank just upstream of under sluice

structure; Feeder channel and desilting basin (two numbers); Headrace tunnel about 4.0 km long up to

surge tank; Pressure shaft about 300 m long and Power house on right bank opposite to Pokhare Bagar

nearby the confluence of Kaligandaki River and Ghar Khola. Tatopani Gauging station (#403.5) is the

nearest to the Middle Kaligandaki head works site. Monthly discharge is available from 2004 to 2014 at

Tatopani Gauging station. A gauging station has also been established by project just upstream of the

head works site at Dana and daily three readings are being recorded since Chaitra 2070 BS.



2018

Page|62


Sample discharge measurements were carried out by a team of experts using current meter at head works

site so as to verify the daily gauging records data. In the following table have been depicted the measured

discharge at different time periods.

Table 5. 5: Discharge Measurement Data at Headworks Site.

S. No Measurement Date Discharge(m3/s) Location

1. 9th March 2014 19.428 Head works site

2. 5th January 2016 21.056 Powerhouse site

3. 29th March 2016 21.634 Head works site

The various methods have been adopted for the estimation of mean monthly flow at the proposed project

site, which are as follows:

i. Catchment Area Ratio (CAR) Method

Long term mean monthly flow in the river has been assessed by transposing the available flow data of

Seti Beni (# 410) gauging station in catchment area proportion. Transposition factor of 0.558 (3700/

6630) has been used to assess the mean monthly flow at proposed project site. The same is presented in

table below:

Table 5. 6: Mean Monthly Flow at Middle Kaligandaki by CAR Method.

Month Monthly flow at Seti/ Beni (#410) Estimated flow at Middle Kaligandaki

CA (km2) 6630 3700

January 51.3 28.63

February 44.6 24.89

March 43.8 24.44

April 55.4 30.92

May 102 56.92

June 263 146.77

July 557 310.84

August 656 366.09

September 413 230.48

October 176 98.22

November 94.4 52.68

December 65.1 36.33

ii. Medium Irrigation Project (MIP)

The estimation of mean monthly flow at the proposed project site has been carried out by MIP method.

The actual data of discharge measurement has an important role in this method. The measured site-

specific discharge for the proposed project dated 29th March 2016 is 21.634 m3/s and the same has been

used.

The generated mean monthly discharge has been depicted in the table below:



2018

Page|63


Table 5. 7: Mean Monthly Flow at Middle Kaligandaki by MIP Method

Month Monthly Discharge (m3/s)

January 17.63

February 13.22

March 9.55

April 7.35

May 19.10

June 44.07

July 106.5

August 183.63

September 121.19

October 58.76

November 30.12

December 22.77

iii. Rainfall Runoff Model.

The monthly monsoon rainfall model has been developed for the monsoon period relating the concurrent

period (2004-2014) of monsoon period using Tatopani observed runoff and Tropical Rainfall Measuring

Mission (TRMM) rainfall.

iv. Synthetic Generation

The available discharge data at Tatopani gauging station (# 403.5) for the period of 2004 – 2014 are used

to generate mean monthly flows. However, the available data series are not sufficient and hence are

extended using uniformly distributed random number generation. The mean and standard deviation of

observed Tatopani runoff is considered together with the stochastic component (based on random

number) to yield monthly runoff series. The Runoff-Runoff model considered for generation is as under.

Generated Runoff (m3/s) = Average Runoff of observed data +standard deviation*random number (0,1)

Considering the above, monthly Runoff series for Tatopani for addition 15 years was generated to yield a

total runoff series of 25 years at Tatopani Gauging site (Observed + Generated Runoff series). The 25

years runoff series is then transposed in catchment area proportion to Middle Kaligandaki HEP site. No

rainfall factor has been considered in view of the fact that Tatopani Gauging site and proposed project site

is nearby and lie in the same hydro-Meteorological region. The average monthly runoff at Middle

Kaligandaki Site utilizing the above model is shown in Table below. The same method has been used for

the generation of flows for 50 years runoff series.

Table 5. 8: Mean Monthly Flow at Middle Kaligandaki by Synthetic Generation (25 Years)

Month Discharge (m3/s) at Middle Kaligandaki from

Tatopani Station (#403.5) using 25 years of

Observed and Generated Series

January 16.97

February 15.82

March 17.62

April 20.8

May 28.6



2018

Page|64


June 69.8

July 188.0

August 207.5

September 112.3

October 53.9

November 33.1

December 21.8

Average 65.51

The estimated discharges by different approaches are depicted in the following figure:

Figure 5. 11: Estimated Discharges by Different Approaches

(II) Comparison of Results: Mean monthly computed flows from different methods are given in table

5.9. The table indicates that runoff generated through Seti/ Beni is the highest and not representative

of project area. It may be due to wetness and topographical features typical of the basin. The runoff

estimated by using MIP factors developed by DHM indicates slightly less flow as compared to mean

annual flow estimated by using the Tatopani station (#403.5) data. Since the flows estimated using

Tatopani data utilizes observed flows compares utilization of observed and based on 25 years and 50

years of generated series data. The 25 years runoff series gives lesser average flows and being on

conservative side, same is recommended for being more realistic and contains all good and bad

years. So, the same is recommended for utilization in Power potential simulation studies, as it also

gives the monthly flows power simulation studies.



2018

Page|65


Table 5. 9: Comparison of Mean Monthly Flows at Middle Kaligandaki HEP

Month Methodology

Tatopani Station (#403.5)

MIP

CA with Seti/

Beni 25 Years 50 Years

January 16.97 18.2 17.63 33.13

February 15.82 17.3 13.22 27.81

March 17.62 19.4 9.55 27.95

April 20.8 23.1 7.35 36.83

May 28.6 33.9 19.1 58.6

June 69.8 81.1 44.08 162.53

July 188.0 200.7 106.52 427.24

August 207.5 221.2 183.66 488.27

September 112.3 117.4 121.22 339.78

October 53.9 63.1 58.77 143.37

November 33.1 39.4 30.12 70.44

December 21.8 25.5 22.77 45.06

Average 65.51 71.7 52.83 155.08

(III) Flow Duration Curve: Flow duration curve (FDC) is a probability vs. discharge curve which

indicates the percentage of time a flow is equaled or exceeded. The FDC thus helps in

estimating the dependable flow for the proposed project. The FDC for the recommended flow

based on Tatopani discharge is indicated in figure 5.11. The mean monthly flows depending on

given time exceedance are also tabulated below in Table 5.10.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Flo

w i

n m

3/s

Percentage Exceedence

Flow Duration Curve (FDC) For Middle Kaligandaki HEP(Average Monthly Flows)

44.98 m3/s

Figure 5. 12: Flow Duration Curve



2018

Page|66


Table 5. 10: Time Exceedance of Monthly Discharge at Diversion Site

Time Exceedence (%) Days per Year Discharge Equalled or Exceeded (m3/s)

67.85 30 110

35 128 55.05

40 146 44.98

45 164 35.94

50 183 32.46

55 201 29.47

60 219 25.79

65 237 22.55

70 256 20.45

80 292 18.76

90 329 17.56

95 347 17.07

The discharge at Q40% = 44.98 m3/s has been adopted as the design discharge for the proposed project.

(IV) Flood Flows: Different approaches have been adopted to generate the flood flows at headworks

site and powerhouse site. The methods adopted for the study, their comparison results and

recommended flood flows are given in the following table.

Table 5. 11: Flood Flows generated with different methods

S No. Return

Period

Peak Flood Discharges (m3/s)

Regional Flood Frequency Dicken’s HYDEST Recommendation

1 5 347.6 348

2 10 446.7 394 442.3 447

3 20 539.5 540

4 25 570.2 509 570

5 50 675.7 607 674.9 680

6 100 794.4 719 783.2 800

7 1000 1320 1217 1320



2018

Page|67


Figure 5. 13: Flood Flows

(V) Downstream Water Right: For the growing socio-economic activities around the project area and

also from environmental point of view, the project has to release minimum downstream flow to

maintain the natural river ecosystem. The downstream release is required especially during dry

months when the river flow is less than the design flow. Since the downstream release has more

impact on the energy production of the project, the tradeoff between river ecosystem and energy cost

is required. Moreover, the total downstream release should be 10% of monthly average flow

according to the prevailing environmental act of Nepal.

The length of river from intake site to tailrace is about 5 km. The major tributaries between intake and

tailrace of the project are Mristi Khola and Bhurung Khola which are at about 2 km and 2.7 km

downstream from the intake area respectively. In addition to these rivers, there are a number of minor

tributaries which contribute flow to maintain the river ecosystem during dry seasons.

• Construction Flood

Construction flood is dependent on the construction schedule of the headworks. If the contractor wants to

work during rainy season, the diversion structure should be heavy. Whereas, the diversion structure meant

to be used during dry season requires low cost for the construction. Since the project comprises

underground structures and tunnel, the headworks is not in the critical path and the schedule of weir

construction can be broken down into two consequent years or more and in dry seasons. Having said that,

the construction flood will be estimated based on the maximum flows during dry season i.e. from

November to May. Because of the unavailability of dry flood records, the maximum discharges of dry

months from the generated mean daily flow have been used to calculate construction flood. The

construction flood calculated for 1 in 20 years discharge is 40 m3/ s for non-monsoon period whereas

about 540 m3/s has been estimated for monsoon diversion flood.

5.1.8 Landslide, Debris Flow and Sand Liquefaction

Every monsoon, Nepal’s hills and mountains see the occurrence of thousands of new and reactivated

landslides. Both natural and anthropogenic factors contribute to landslides in the project area. Natural



2018

Page|68


factors may be subdivided into inherent and external factors. Inherent factors include geological

formation and structure, slope, aspect, land use, land cover and groundwater conditions. External factors

include seismic waves and rainfall. Anthropogenic factors include human interventions like deforestation,

unplanned road and other infrastructure construction improper land use and unplanned rock mining.

Several major thrusts and faults with weak zones run east to west along the Himalaya. Numerous small

and large landslides occur along these linear structures. The orientation of the folds, bedding, foliation,

and joints in rocks have a significant role to play in causing landslides. There have been occurred several

landslides along the stretch of the Kaligandaki river earlier and the river was blocked by debris forming a

dam for sometime. However, no major landslides are observed in the proposed project area along the right

bank of the river, from where water conveyance alignment runs. A small over burden debris fall has been

observed near the proposed inlet portal of the headrace tunnel.

5.1.9 Topography/ Landuse/soil erosion

The topography of the project area is generally consisting of steep sloped hills with exposed rock out

crops, less flat areas and bagar. The headworks area is located on the river it self and bagar (wide flood

plain area) and water conveyance system starts immediate to the bagar with steep hill area. All the

structural components except headworks are underground and lie inside the right bank hill. Around the

periphery of headworks area, a small cultivated stepped terrace can be observed near by the road (Beni-

Jomsom Highway), whereas other land is either barren low land or bagar. The right bank of the river

along the stretch of the project area is basically composed of mostly exposed rock and no any soil erosion

has been observed, whereas the right bank is alluvial deposit at most of the places and susceptible for

erosion during high flood time.

5.1.10 Sediment Study

The rivers of Nepal generally transport high sediment load due to highly deforested land, steep slope and

high intensity of rainfall during the wet season. The ultimate objective of sediment study is to estimate the

sediment rate of the basin based on the relationship between daily mean discharge and sediment load

concentration. The sediment load consists of suspended and bed loads. In general, it is not possible to

accurately measure the bed load in the natural river. In addition, any data on bed load are not available in

Nepal. Generally, the rate of bed load transport is simply assumed to be 15 % of that of suspended one.

The Department of Hydrology and Meteorology (DHM) has no sediment record for Kaligandaki River.

Sediment concentration in the river at Middle Kaligandaki HEP site could not be measured during field

visit. However, there is instance and study carried out by Andermann et. al. (2012) by analyzing the

relationships of sediment transport with daily river and precipitation data that throws light on the

suspended sediment denudation rate. Andermann et. al. (2012) estimated the suspended sediment

denudation rate of the Kaligandaki to be 2.8 mm/yr. by analysing the relationships of sediment transport

with daily river and precipitation data. Since, Middle Kaligandaki HEP is a Run-of-River project, detailed

sediment study is not required as storage is against the gates, but it is suggested that suitable sediment

management practice needs to be evolved to avoid ingress of sediment particles greater than 0.2 mm into

the turbines/ runners.

5.1.11 Seismicity of the Project Area

The earthquake scenario evidently indicates that the entire Himalayan belt is one of the most vulnerable

zones in terms of seismic hazards. Several Seismicity studies have been carried out for various



2018

Page|69


Figure 5. 14: Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal and Project Area

hydropower projects in the country during the study and engineering design phases and seismic design

coefficient are derived for those projects. Theoretically, Nepalese standard and Indian Standard are two

basic criteria to derive the design coefficient for the design of hydraulic structures in the absence of

detailed Seismicity study of the projects.

Recent works on fault modelling of Nepal Himalaya by Chamlagain and Hayashi (2007) has shown

continuous accumulation of elastic strain to reactivate older geological faults to generate earthquake. The

South Tibetan Detachment System (STDS) is about 35 to 40 km in aerial distance from the project site

and is less active Seismo-tectonic structure. Similarly, the project site is located at around 30-40 km north

of Main Boundary Thrust (MBT), which is considerably at greater distance. Therefore, it is expected less

seismic risk associated with this feature for the project. The project site is located very far (more than 70-

80 km) from Himalayan Frontal Fault (HFF), hence it very less seismic risk caused is expected due to this

feature.

Based on Seismicity study carried out for other projects and theoretical methods, the basic design

coefficient for the Middle Kaligandaki Hydro Electric Project can be derived.

Middle Kaligandaki

Project



2018

Page|70


• Nepalese Standard

In order to determine the seismic coefficient a seismic design code for Nepal has been prepared. The

country is divided into three seismic risk zones based on allowable bearing capacity of three types of soil

foundation. The Middle Kaligandaki HEP is located in the second seismic risk zone of Nepal and the soil

foundation at the weir site belongs to average soil type. Therefore, the basic horizontal seismic coefficient

is considered to be 0.06. By using the empirical method, the effective design coefficient according to

seismic design code of Nepal is given by the equation.

αeff = R * α = R * Amax/980

Where, αeff = effective design seismic coefficient;

R = Reduction Factor (Empirical value of R = 0.5 – 0.65)

Figure 5. 15: Seismic Risk Map of Nepal and location of Project Area

For the maximum acceleration of 100-150 gal according to Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal (Figure 5.13),

Published by DMG, National seismological Centre, September 2002) and reduction factor of 0.5 the

calculated effective design seismic coefficient for the Middle Kaligandaki Hydro Electric Project is

approximately 0.05 to 0.077.

• Indian Standard

In order to determine the design horizontal coefficient, a seismic risk map for India has been prepared and

the map is published in the Indian Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of structures. The country is

divided into five seismic risk zones in the Indian Standard. According to seismic risk map of India,

project area lies in the fourth seismic risk zone of India (zone IV). Therefore, based on the national

building code of India (IS: 4326-1993), project site is located in the zone IV.

The design horizontal seismic coefficient (αc) of the ground is given by

αc = α0 x β x I

Source: NSC-DMG 1996



2018

Page|71


Mixed type forest in the ACA and project

surrounding area

Where, α0 = Basic horizontal seismic co-efficient (0.06)

Β = Soil foundation system factor (1.0 for weir)

I = Importance factor of structure (2 for weir)

Therefore, the design horizontal seismic coefficient for the project structure works out as 0.12.


Altitudinal variation determines bio-climatic zones in Nepal. Altitude ranges from 1100 m a.m.s.l

(immediate downstream of the tailrace outlet) to 1400 m a.m.s.l (immediate upstream of the headworks)

in the proposed project site of Middle Kaligandaki HEP. The project area is located in narrow valley of

the Kaligandaki River. Surrounding areas on both side of the Kaligandaki River are steep and sharply

rise in elevation. The project area is located at the base of Himalayas. In general, mountains of Nepal

prevailing to an elevation of 1000- 2000 m are categorized as subtropical vegetation zone. Thus, the

project area belongs to subtropical vegetation zone. All of the project components are proposed in right

bank of the Kaligandaki River. Left bank of the Kaligandaki River belongs to Annapurna Conservation

Area (ACA). The Kaligandaki River is boundary of ACA.

• Annapurna Conservation Area

The Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA) is

established in 1986 and it is the first and largest

conservation area in Nepal. ACAP has been claimed

as one of the best trekking areas in the world. It is

also one of the most visited trekking areas in the

country. The area spreads around the districts of

Kaski, Mustang, Manang and Lamjung of Nepal.

The elevation of the area varied between 790 meters

to 8091 meters of Mt. Annapurna. It covers an area

of 7,629 sq. km and spreads around the districts of

Kaski, Mustang, Manang and Lamjung of Nepal and

is home to over 120,000 local people of different

ethnic, cultural and linguistic groups. The Annapurna

Conservation Area is considered to be rich in the

species diversity which includes various species of orchids and rhododendron. Wildlife includes around

100 different kinds of mammals including rare Musk Deer and blue sheep. The region also boasts of

around 478 species of birds including multi-colored Impeyan, Koklas and blood pheasants. The elevation

of the area varied between 790 meters to 8091 meters of Mt. Annapurna. ACAP is rich in biodiversity

and is a treasure house for 1,226 species of flowering plants, 102 mammals, 474 birds, 39 reptiles and 22

amphibians.

Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP) is a new model of protected area in Nepal where local

communities are involved in protected area management. National Trust for Nature Conservation

(formerly King Mahendra Trust for Nature Conservation) pioneered the ACA concept, realizing that

protected areas cannot be isolated from the people living in and around them. The sustainable use of local

resources, particularly forest, is integral part of both to the livelihoods of the local communities and to the

conservation of biodiversity and fragile environments. The natural and cultural features of ACA have

made it the most popular trekking destination in the country.



2018

Page|72


Additionally, ACA is the first protected area that has allowed local resident to live within the boundaries

as well as own their private property and maintain their traditional rights and access to the use of natural

resources. One hundred percent of the revenue is ploughed back to implement conservation and

development activities in ACA. The first management mandate given by the Government to NTNC to

manage ACA ended in 2002. The Government has given another management mandate of additional 10

years to the Trust. NTNC believes that areas such as the ACA will ultimately have to be managed by the

local people themselves in perpetuity. Therefore, the focus is on building local capacity, both at the

institutional and individual levels, to meet all the conservation and development aspirations of the people.

(Source: www.ntnc.org.np).

5.2.1 Vegetation and Forest Resources

The project area consists of mostly sparse and patchy vegetation. The forest observed on the east facing

slope of valley between the headworks and powerhouse site can be characterized as Mixed Broad-Leaved

Type. The walk-through survey revealed that the forest density is higher at the elevation level of 1500 to

1800 m. Because of the road, settlement and cultivation along the riverside (Thulo Bagar, Tatopani,

Jalthale, Guithe and Suke Bagar) in lower elevation (1100 to 1400 m), the land is less covered by the

forest and vegetation. Beyond the dense forest at mid-elevation level, the landuse was observed as more

cultivated and covered by settlement in Bhurung village.

Nepal lies at a transition zone between the flora of the Western Himalaya (with many Western Asiatic

and Mediterranean elements the Irano-Turanian phytochorion) and the Eastern Himalaya (with many

Sino-Japanese elements the Eastern Asiatic phytochorion). This project area is at the crossroad of these

two zones and also receives high average annual precipitation because of winter rainfall from

Mediterranean Sea and summer rainfall from Bay of Bangal. The eastern floristic region at the project

area is located upto areas having 1000 m altitude from mean sea level and the western floristic region is

above 1000 m. Therefore, this area is rich in biodiversity because of the overlapping of these zones

(presence of transitional vegetation).

Steep rocky slope is only covered by grass. Some areas are even barren rocky cliff. Similarly, the forest

occurring on the left side of the Kaligandaki River facing west is also of Mixed Broad-Leaved type.

However, species composition was found slightly differed that of right side. Major tree species in the

forests are Mahuwa (Engelhardia spicata), Chilaue (Schima wallichii), Uttis (Alnus nepalensis), Tooni

(Tooni ciliata) and Simal (Bombax ceiba). The forest of right side was observed dominated by Khanyu,

Mahuwa, and Tooni. Luxuriant growth of epiphytic plants (mainly orchids and ferns) on tree trunks was

found noteworthy while the study team walked through the forests in the project areas. Pure strand of

Salla (Pinus roxburghii) but in small patches were observed in surrounding areas (Narchyang and

Banskot within about 1 km from the headworks). Local people reported that these forest patches are

plantation sites.

Stocking size of the trees ranges from pole size to small timber size. The density of trees is thin both in

the proposed headworks and powerhouse site. The maximum number of trees i.e, 91 trees, were found in

the project powerhouse site. In the project direct impact zone, khanyu, tooni, khirro and pharse are the

main dominated species. The list of plant species found in surrounding project area is given in Appendix

I. Table 5.12 represents the vegetation type in the project area.

http://www.ntnc.org.np/



2018

Page|73


Table 5. 12: Vegetation species found in the Project Area

Project

Features

Vegetation Type of Forest

Tree (dominated) Shrub Herb

Direct impact

area

Headworks

Site

Simal (Bombax ceiba)

Tooni (Tooni ciliata)

Utis (Alnus nepalensis)

Simali (Vitex

negundo)

Banmara

(Ageretina

adenophorum)

Government

Forest

Powerhouse

Site (camp

sites, acess

road)

khanyu (Ficus semicordata),

kutmiro (Litsea monopetala),

khirro (Sapium insigni) Tooni

(Tooni ciliata),

Chochaino

Pharse,

Thulo bagar

Katunje

Community

Forest

Adit 1 Tooni (Tooni ciliata), siris

(Albizzia spp).

None Banmara

(Ageretina

adenophorum)

Government

forest

Adit portal

Access road

Khirro (Sapium insigni),

Mahuwa (Engelhardia spicata),

simal (Bombax ceiba)

Chaulani Gandhe Jhar

(Ageratum

conyzoides),

Kimla Khark

Community

Forest

Surroundings

(Above

tunnel

alignment)

Mahuwa (Engelhardia spicata),

Chilaune (Schima wallichii),

Tooni (Toona ciliata), Okhar

(Juglans regia)

Bilaune

(Maesa chisia)

Banmara

(Eupatorium

adenophorum),

Sisnu (Urtica

dioca), Gandhe

Jhar (Ageratum

conyzoides)

Thulobagar,

Kimla kharka

and

Dihidimarbot

Community

Forests


5.2.2 Forest Management Practices

Nepal is a country of exciting contrasts and varying altitudes, climates and geographical conditions that

cause differentiations in flora and fauna which in turn affects the management practice of forests. Based

on the ownership, there are two types of forest i.e. National Forest and Private Forest.

National forest means all forests excluding private forest within Nepal, whether marked or unmarked with

forest boundary. The term shall also include waste, uncultivated and unregistered lands surrounded by the

forest or situated near the adjoining forest as well as paths, ponds, lakes, rivers or streams and riverine

land within the forest.

According to District Forest Office (DFO) Myagdi, forest area is 84,452 ha (36.76%) out of total district

area 229,706 ha. By management perspective, in Myagdi district, there are five types of forest:

Government Managed National Forest, Community Forest, Leasehold Forest, Religious Forest and

Private Forest. Under the DFO Myagdi, Ilaka (Area) Forest Office established at Tatopani Bazar is

responsible as a government agency for forest management in the project area (Dana, Bhurung Tatopani

and neighboring areas).

However, the existing forests in the project area are found either Community Forest or Government

Forest. The forest land area which has not been handed over to local community for its conservation and

management is literally Government Forest. The proposed headworks of Middle Kaligandaki HEP is

located on flood plain covered by thin vegetation with few trees, which belong to Government Forest.



2018

Page|74


• Community Forest

Community Forest is a National Forest handed over to a user group pursuant to section 25 (Forest Act

1993) for its development, conservation and utilization for the collective interest. According to DFO

Mygadi, it was known that 22,877 ha area has been handed over to 357 units of Community Forest Users

Groups (CFUGs) in Myagdi district. The existing forests in surrounding project area (i.e. land area above

the proposed tunnel alignment) have been managed as Community Forest. In this area, the walk-through

survey identified three units of community forest, namely Dihidimarbot, Kimla Khark and Thulobagar

Katunje. The proposed adit portal and powerhouse site of Middle Kaligandaki HEP are located at river

deposit, which are parts of Community Forests.

Table 5. 13: Community Forests in the Project Area

S.No. Name of the

Community Forest

Location Area of CF

(ha)

No. of

User Hh

Project

Component

Remarks

1 Thulo Bagar Katunje Bhurun Tatopani-2 19 67 Adit 1 portal 16 Trees

2 Kimla Kharka Bhurun Tatopani-2 18.64 69 Powerhouse/surge

shaft

142 trees

3 Dihidimarbot Dana-3 15.81 84 No trees

will be

felled

down

Source: Field Survey, July, 2017

• Conservation Area Management Committee (CAMC)

Some parts of the northern area of Myagdi district lies in Annapurna Conservation Area, which is

managed by National Trust for Nature Conservation. At the grass root level, Conservation Area

Management Committee (CAMC) is formed at the ward/Gaun Palika level. CAMC is responsible for

anchoring the ACAP supported program. There are CAMC in Narchyang and Ghar. CAMC's functioning

is somehow like CFUG. It issues permit of forest resources (firewood, timber and NTFP) collection to its

member households. But CAMC has broader scope of areas in forest resource and biodiversity

conservation, local development, livelihood support etc. The left edge of the diversion weir of Middle

Kaligandaki HEP touches the boundary of Annapurna Conservation Area.

5.2.3 Plant Resources Use Pattern/Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs)

Collection of timber, firewood and fodder for own consumption is the common practice in the project

area. Local people are partially dependent on forest and forest based NTFPs. The Key Informant

Interview disclosed that Community Forest Users Groups are not commercially harvesting NTFPs in the

project area.

Tooni (Toona ciliata) is the most preferred tree species for timber in the project area. Other tree species

like Uttis (Alnus nepalensis), Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Okhar (Juglans regia), and Khotesalla (Pinus

roxburghii) have also timber value. Common fodders are Kutmero (Litsea monopetala), Khaniyo (Ficus

semicordata), Kavro (Ficus lacor), Dabdabe (Garuga pinnata), Tanki (Bauhinia purpurea), Siris

(Albizzia spp.) and Bans (Dendrocalamus sps). Almost all the trees are used as firewood depending upon

their availability.

Regarding ethno-botanical information in the project area, local people reported medicinal value of some

plants like Gurans (Rhododendron arboreum), Titepati (Artemisia vulgaris), Areli Kanda (Mimosa

rubicaulis), Bel (Aegel marmelos), Bhimsenpati (Buddleja asiatica, Majitho (Rubia manjith), Pani Amala

(Nephrolepsis auriculata), Pakhanved (Berginia ciliata), Timur (Zanthozylum armatum) and Ghodtapre



2018

Page|75


(Centella asiatica). The project area is homeland of Magar people. Ethno-botanical literature review

indicates medicinal, edible and ritual use of various plants in Magar community. Certain plants like Katus

(Castranopsis tribuloides), Okhar (Juglans regia), Chutro (Berberis aristata) have edible fruits. Citrus

species is a common fruit of the project area. The medicinal use of the plant species is also provided in

appendix I.

5.2.4 Agro Diversity

Expansion of agriculture land is limited by lack of irrigation and water development. All irrigation

systems in Myagdi are gravity flow type. Hence, a vast area along the Kaligandaki river valley remains

fallow because of lack of water facility, and not because of soil characteristics. Pumping water from rivers

to dry terraces has been a dream of farmers in many villages. Currently, it produces fruits in the upper

parts, mainly Apple (Malus pumila) and Walnut (Juglans regia). Other fruits include peach (Prunus

persica), apricot (Prunus armeniaca) and Citrus spp.

The plants cultivated for food by the local people are Dhan (Oryza sativa), Gahun (Triticum aestivum),

Kodo (Eleusine coracana) and Makai (Zea mays). Pulses are Rahar (Cajanus cajan) and Kalo maas

(Vigna mungo). Oil seed is Tori (Brassica juncea). Vegetables are Potato (Solanum tuberosum), Chamsur

(Lepidium sativum), Mula (Raphanus sativa), Cabbage and Cauliflower (Brassica oleracea), Iskus

(Sechium edule), Kuvindo (Benincasa hispida), and Simi (Lablab purpureus).

5.2.5 Wild Fauna Species

The project area lies partly in the vicinity area of Annapurna conservation area in another bank of

Kaligandaki river. Inside the river, the aquatic fauna found are arthropods molluscs and annelids are also

reported and they are equally important for food chain cycle in river to balance the ecosystem. Likewise,

non-chordates found in land should also be protected for balancing terrestrial or land ecosystem.

Mammals: Among the various mammal’s present, Rato Bandar (Macaca mulata), Dhendu Bandar

(Maccaca assamensis), Bandel (Sus scrofa), Chituwa (Panthera pardus), Jungle cat (Felis chaus),

Lokharke (Funambulus spp.), Dumsi (Hystrix indica) and Jackal (Canis aureus) etc. are the common

mammals reported in the project area. According to the local people Himalayan Serow (Nemorrhaedus

sumatrensis), Ghoral (Nemorrohaedus ghoral) and Ratuwa mirga (Muntiacus muntjac) can be seen at the

higher parts of the site. A detail list of mammals is given the Appendix II. Besides these, cow, buffalo,

goat, mule are the domestic animals of the project area.

For the survival of such mammal, protection of perennial source of water for habitat is important. Human

seems to be enemies of these mammals and therefore is the reason for protection from poaching. Among

the local people creating awareness and anti-poaching activities are strongly recommended to protect the

endangered animals. Air pollution, water pollution and noise pollution are among the major factors that

are responsible for the undesirable change in environment resulting in the fluctuation of population in

mammals, birds and reptiles. So, management of the environment is highly recommended to enhance

their population growth (Rajat publication 1998, environment planning 1998).



2018

Page|76


Birds: There are mainly three types of birds found in the area of Kaligandaki River and they are Resident

birds, Seasonal and Migratory birds. Resident birds live around the certain territory, seasonal birds come

along certain specific seasons of the year whereas migratory birds are those birds that migrate from one

place to other for feeding, breeding, nesting and change in weather. Black faced laughing thrush

(Trochalopteron affine), large billed crow (Corvus macrorhynchos), pink browed Rose finch

(Carpodacus rodochroa), white browed fulvetta (Fulvetta vinipectus), Red billed blue Magpie (Urociss

erythroryncha) etc. are some of the birds of the project area. Bhangera (Passer domesticus), Dhukur

(Streptopelia chinensis), Gauthali (Apus affinis), Kag (Corvus splendens), Sarau (Sturnus spp.), Kalij

(Lophura leucomelana) etc. are the common resident birds of the project area. A good number of Western

and Central Himalayan Endemic Bird namely the Spiny Babbler (Turdoides nepalensis) also reside here.

Baj (Buteo spp.), Kafal Pakyo Chara (Cuculus micropterus), Malewa (Columba livia) and Nyauli

(Megalaima virens) are the seasonal birds of the area and the Bhyakur (Coturnix coturnix), Biu kuhio

chara (Hierococcyx varius) are the two migratory birds of the area. The mixed forest can be considered as

a good habitat as compared to other type of forest. Detail list of bird species reported in the project area is

given in Appendix- III.

During the construction phase, certain resident birds face disturbance in feeding, nesting and breeding.

This causes fluctuation in the population of such birds. Some passerine and resident birds suffer more

than migratory birds. As migratory birds have wide range of heir habitat, they can migrate to high altitude

Wall creeper (Tichodroma muraria) Grey bushchat (Saxicola ferreus)

Ferigineous pochard duck (Aythya nyroca) Red start (Phoenicurus phoenicurus)



2018

Page|77


for their protection. Therefore, protection of the resident birds is highly recommended for the

sustainability of such birds in the area. (rajjata publication 1998, Shrestha and Joshi, 2003).

As there is perennial source of water, resident and migrating birds can drink water according to their

requirement. After damping minimum 10% to 20% of water which is still running in downstream, it is

sufficient for the wild life for habitat and drinking. There are many birds which can sustain even within a

wide range of physical, chemical and biological variation (Mahajan, 1972, Rao, 1993). But for their

survival in future air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution and industrial pollution need to be reduced.

For the migratory birds, wide ranges of different parameters are less harmful than resident birds as they

can migrate to other places.

Butterfly and Moth: Butterflies species that were recorded during the field survey by field observation

and questionnaire survey are Lemon Pansy (Junonia lemonias), swallowtail butterfly (Papilionidae), Large

cabbage white Butterfly (Pieris brassicae), Tiger Butterfly (Danaus genutia), white lined butterfly (Hyles

lineata), wild bee (Apis Laboriosa), Common grass yellow butterfly (Eurema hecabe).

5.2.6 Fish and Aquatic Life

Fish: The main identified fish species are Asala (Schizothorax spp.), Buduna (Garra gotyla), Katle

(Accrochonelius hexagonolelepis), Kabre (Glyptothorax telchitta), Telkabre (Glyptothorax trilineatus),

Nakatuwa (Garra annandali) and Sahar (Tor spp.) etc. The list of fishes of Kaligandaki is included in the

appendix IV of this report. Fish species don’t have significant habitat in hilly region. They migrate from

high altitude to low altitude in winter and from low altitude to high altitude in summer. As all the fishes in

Kaligandaki River are indigenous fishes, there are none exotic ones.

Migratory Status of Fish: Fish migration in Kaligandaki occurs during weather change, spawning and

feeding. Latitudinal migration is migration from upstream to downstream and vice versa. Fish migrate

from high altitude to low altitude in winter and from low altitude to high altitude in summer for protection

from extreme warm temperature to cold temperature. Few fishes also migrate mostly for spawning in

summer, which is breeding season for fishes. Likewise, fishes migrate towards downstream due to lack of

food in upstream and towards upstream due to lack of food in downstream. The presence of long distance

migratory species is not found in Kaligandaki River. Out of the identified fishes, Asala and Katle are the

mid range migratory species. A fish ladder structure has been envisaged at the left bank of the river

alongside the left shear wall of the weir structure. The layout plan and profile of the fish ladder structure

is shown in the drawings as presented in Annex II. As sampling of Aquatic fauna in high current water

was very tough, we used secondary data along with local people views as part of research. Although it

may not be accurate, this methodology was considered due to time bound and excessive expenditure.

Limnological study of the river is highly recommended for getting details of minute study of aquatic

Tiger Butterfly (Danaus genutia) Common grass yellow butterfly (Eurema hecabe)



2018

Page|78


fauna. Impact of constructions and operations of power house provides less effect on existing fauna.

However, prevention of loss of water is strongly recommended for the protection of fauna.

According to IUCN report few threatened and endangered species needs protection and conservation

during the period of construction phase. Oxygen deficiency is the major factor responsible for the

mortality of fishes. It occurs due to turbidity of water and this reduces phytoplankton and zooplankton

(IUCN 1999). Kaligandaki River in itself is not rich in quantity and variety of fishes. But because of its

high range of turbidity, it possesses few important and rare fishes as mentioned above. Therefore, all

preventive measures should be applied for the survival of such species (Nature paradise). Various aquatic

environmental parameters are the factors responsible for the fluctuation of population of fish community

and have impact on their sustainability (Dahal 1998). Being the perennial source of water in Kaligandaki

River, fishes have no problem for their habitat throughout the year.

Amphibian: Hilltoad (Bufo silentvalleynsis), Maskey burrowing frog (Tomopterna maskeyi),

Megophrys parva (Xenophrys parva) are some of the amphibians reported in the project area.

Reptiles: Reptiles of the area are Annapurna Ground Skink (Scincella lateralis), Himalayan Keel backs

(Amphiesma platyceps), Himalayam pit viper (Gloydius himalaynus), Tawny cat snake (Boiga

ochracea), yellow monitor (Varanus flavescens) etc. Amphibians and reptiles are considered as

herpetofauna. Both of the classes have a common habitat as they hibernate in winter and aestivated in

summer due to their intolerance to extreme cold or hot weather. Most of the amphibians as mentioned

above hibernate in the extreme weather and are active during spring. The class aestivates again and breeds

in rainy season. Reptiles also follow similar kind of habitat as that of Amphibians. Habitat destruction in

amphibians and reptiles occurs during the active phase of construction and causes decline in few of the

species. This is the reason that trained manpower is always encouraged to do the work of conservation of

such species. In the meantime, increasing industrial pollution and noise pollution result in the

deterioration of the number of such herpetofauna. Therefore, such activity should be controlled for the

conservation of the species (Khadga, 2006).

During the field survey, most people shared views about anti-poaching done in the area. This is done for

the conservation as well as the protection of all birds and mammals around the vicinity. There is also not

much fishing family around the area of Kaligandaki River. Few of the people may use bulchhhi (local

fishing gear) for the recreation or use it for their own purpose. Some IUCN report shows that, Hill stream

fishes are threatened species in Nepal. Therefore, alertness of workers in the region at the time of

construction phase is highly recommended for the protection of fishes rather than in other phases.

5.2.7 Endangered, Threatened and Protected Species of Flora

There are different classifications of endangered species of flora and fauna. The most common

classification adopted in Nepal are CITES category, IUCN Red List and GON List. Nepal has been a

signatory of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna

(CITES) since 1973 and a number of Nepali species are listed under various CITES categories.

Government of Nepal has imposed restriction on harvesting of a number of plant species. Okhar (Juglans

regia) occurring in the project area is banned for its commercial harvesting of bark as per the Forest

Rules, 1995. All kind of orchids are listed in Category II of CITES.

There are 305 species of flowering plants listed as endemic to Nepal (Out of 93 species of plants recorded

in the project area), none of them belongs to the list of endemic plants of Nepal. A number of threatened

and rare species are also expected to occur in the upper parts (high altitude) of the ACAP region. In the

project area, one legally protected species of Okhar (Juglnas regia) was noted. Besides that, few species

of orchids (Paanch aunle (Dactilorhiza hatagirea)) are reported from the forests in uphill area. Other than



2018

Page|79


that, no any endangered and protected flora species are reported in the project site. Endemic species are

not existed in the core project area.

The IUCN red listed species comprise of orchids. All species of orchidaceous family are also categorized

under CITES Appendix ll, classifying these as 'not necessarily threatened with extinction but in which

trade must be controlled in order to avoid utilization incompatible with their survival'. International

demand of exotic orchids is causing the loss of orchid flora from the temperate and tropical forests of

Eastern and Central Nepal. Various factors that contribute to exert pressure and threat over the plant

species are related to human activities. They can, therefore, be considered as management issues

(Shrestha and Joshi, 1996).

List of plants, mammals and birds reported in the project area was cross checked with the list of

endangered species as given in Nepal Biodiversity Strategy (pp 28-34). The endangered plant and animal

species of the project area is reported in Appendix V.


The socio-economic and cultural environmental condition of the project area is presented below:

5.3.1 District Profile

The proposed project area is located in Annapurna Gaunpalika in Mayagdi district of Dhaulagiri zone in

Western Development Region (WDR) of Nepal.

Table 5. 14: Comparative Data of National Census and Mayagdi District

Source: District and Village Profile of Nepal, 2013and Modification with recent data

S.

No.

Particulars Country Myagdi

1. Total Population 26,494,504 113,641

2. Male 12,849,041 51,395

3. Female 13,645,463 62,246

4. Total Numbers of Households 5,427,302 27,762

5. Average Households size 4.88 4.09

6. Population Density (Persons/Sq.km) 180 49

7. Sex Ratio (Males per 100 Females) 94.2 82.6

8. Percent of Literacy Rate

(5 years & above)

65.9% 71.87%

9. Major Castes Chetree (16.65), Brahman-Hill

(12.2%), Magar (7.1%), Tharu

(6.6%), Tamang (5.8%), Newar

(5.0%), Kami (4.8%), Musalman

(4.4%), Yadav (4.0%) and Rai

(2.3% ).

Magar (39.46%), Brahmin-Hill (8.04%),

Gurung (0.99%), Chhetri (17.17%),

Newar (1.38%), Chantyal (3.45%), Kami

(15.31%), Sarki (3.33), Thakuri (2.05),

Thakali (0.88), Tamang (0.23)

Damai/Dholi (5.76%), Sanyasi (0.23%)

and 1.72% others.

10. Religion Hinduism (81.3%), Buddhism

(9.0%), Islam (4.4%), Kirat (3.1%),

Christianity (1.4%), Prakriti (0.5%).

Buddism (10.33%), Hinduism (87.16%),

Christian (1.33%), Prakriti (0.78%) and

Islam (0.16%) and others 0.24%

11. Mother Tongue Nepali (44.6%), Maithili (11.7%),

Bhojpuri (6.0%), Tharu (5.8%),

Tamang (5.1%), Newar (3.2%),

Bajjika (3.0%), Magar (3.0%),

Doteli (3.0%), Urdu (2.6%).

Magar (14.85%), Nepali (79.39%),

Chhantyal (3.45%), Gurung (0.15%) and

Newar (0.88%), Thakali (0.32%) and

Others 0.96%.



2018

Page|80


As per the Constitution of Nepal, the Mayagdi district belongs to Federal State no. 4, which is yet to be

named. The demographic profile of project district is presented in Table 5.14 comparing with the

National Census Data.

5.3.2 Annapurna Gaunpalika Profile

5.3.2.1 Demography

• Population and Households

Mayagdi district has one Municipality and six Gaunpalikas. Out of them Annapurna Gaupalika is the

project area Gaupalika. Annapurna Gaupalika is also divided into eight Wards. The total households of

the Annapurna Gaupalika are 3,700 and the total population is 13,315. Out of total population, 6,098

(45.80%) are males and 7,217 (54.20%) are females and an average family size is 3.59. (Table 5.15)

Table 5. 15: Household, Population, Average Family Size and Sex Ratio in Project Affected Area

S. No. Characteristics Annapurna Gaunpalika

Number Percent (%)

1. Household (HH) 3,700 -

2. Total Population 13,315 100

3. Male Population 6,096 45.80

4. Female Population 7,217 54.20

5. Average Family Size 3.59 -

6. Sex Ratio 1:1.84 (M:F)

Source: National Population and Housing Census, 2011(VDC/municipality),Volume 6,CBS,Kathmandu,Nepal,March, 2014

• Caste and Ethnic Composition

Magar is the main inhabitant in project area, securing 69.81 followed by chhetri (12.86%) and Kami

(7.68%). The other major caste/ethnic groups dwelling in the project area are Damai (4.40%), Thakali

(0.93%), Brahmin-H (1.11%), and other (1. 55%). Distribution of Population by Caste/ Ethnicity in the

concerned Gaun Palika is given inTable 5.16 below.

Table 5. 16: Distribution of Population by Caste /Ethnicity

S. No. Caste/ Ethnicity Annapurna Gaunpalika

Population Percent (%)

1. Chhetri 1712 12.86

2. Magar 9222 69.81

3. Kami 1093 7.68

4. Gurung 93 0.70

5. Damai /Dholi 587 4.40

6. Thakali 123 0.93

7. Brahmin-H 149 1.11

8. Badi 21 0.15

9. Sarki 18 0.13

10. Gyani 12 0.10

11. Newar 12 0.10

12. Sanyasi 14 0.10

13. Tamang 51 0.38

14. Others 207 1.55

Total 100

Source: National Population and Housing Census 2011 (VDC /municipality), Vol.6, CBS, Nepal, March, 2014



2018

Page|81


• Language

Based on the field enquiry and observation of Gaunpalika, majority of the population of project area

speaks Nepali as common language. In the project Gaunpalika 98.35 % of population speaks Nepali

language. Majority of the population of Gaunpalika speaks Nepali language followed by Kham (0.80%)

and Singh language. Distribution of Population by Language (Mother Tongue) in Project affected

Gaunpalika is given in table 5.17.

Table 5. 17: Distribution of Population by Language (Mother Tounge) in Project affected Wards

S. No. Language Annapurna Gaunpalika

Population Percentage (%)

1. Nepali 13095 98.35

2. Sign 38 0.28

3. Kham 107 0.80

4. Others 75 0.57

Total 13315 100

Source: National Population and Housing Census 2011 (VDC/municipality), Volume 6, CBS, Nepal, March, 2014

• Settlement Patterns

Within the Annapurna Gaupalika, there are eight wards. Every ward has one major village or settlement.

Dobain ward no 1, BhurungTatopani in ward no 2, Dana in ward no 3, Narchyang in ward no 4, Shikha in

ward no 5, Ghara in ward no 6, Histang in ward no 7 and Ramchein ward no 8. Similarly, various types of

settlements are within the project affected wards. Tatopani bazar, Chisapani, Mandre Dhunga, Naulibagar

in ward no 2, Sukebagar, Suwa tole, Fagam, Guithe and Jalthale in ward no 3, Gharap, Machhi Khola,

Gothi Chaur, Patar and Narchayang in ward no 4, Shikha in ward no 5, Pokhrebagar in ward no. 6, Histan

in ward no 7 and Ramche in ward no 8.

5.3.2.2 Economic Activities

• Economically Active Population

The economically active population (age group of 15-59 years) is 7,562 (56.80%) including male 3,295

(43.57%) and female 4,267 (56.43%) in the project area Gaunpalika. Similarly, the dependent infant

population below 5 years of age is 1,136 (8.53%), the youngster child (age of 5 to 15 years) is 2591

(19.46%) and old age (above 60 years) is 2,026 (15.21%). Economically active female population is

higher (56.43%) compared to male population (43.57%) (Table 5.18).

Table 5. 18: Economically Active and Dependent Population by Sex

Project Area

Wards

Total

Annapurna

Gaunpalika

Infant Population

(Below 5 Yrs)

Youngster Child

Population

(5 Yrs to 15 Yrs)

Active Population

(15 Yrs to Below

60 Yrs)

Old Age

Population

(Above 60 Yrs)

Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female

Population 13315 6098 7217 1136 513 623 2591 1297 1294 7562 3295 4267 2026 971 1055

% 100 45.80 54.20 8.53 45.15 54.85 19.46 50.05 49.95 56.80 43.57 56.43 15.21 47.92 52.08


Similarly, the dominant age group, 10 -14 years, in the Annapurna Gaunpalika secures 10.65% (1,419) of

the total population. Male and female population is also higher in the same age group (Table:5.19)



2018

Page|82


Table 5. 19: The dominant age group consisting in the Total Population between 10 - 14 years

S.No. Annapurna Gaunpalika

Sex Population Percentage (%)

1. Male 705 49.69

2. Female 714 50.31

Total 1419 100


5.3.2.3 Quality of Life

• Literacy, Educational Attainments, and Schooling

The overall literacy rate of the Annapurna Gaupalika is 71.45 percent. Male literacy rate is higher than

female literacy rate. The literacy rate of the Annapurna Gaunpalika is given in Table 5.20.

Table 5. 20: Distribution of Population by Literacy Rate in Project Affected Area

S. No. Population Annapurna Gaunpalika

Literacy by Sex

1. Male 78.97

2. Female 66.32

3. Both Sexes (Average) 71.45

Source: National Population and Housing Census 2011 (VDC /municipality), CBS, Nepal, March, 2014

The education attainment in Annapurna Gaunpalika are Beginner 2.55%, Primary schooling 43.13%,

Lower Secondary 23.53%, Secondary 10.10%, SLC passed 9.50%, Intermediate 2.72%, Graduate 0.94%,

Post Graduate 0.30 and Non-Formal Education 7.18%. The education attainment in Annapurna

Gaunpalika is represented in Table 5.21.

Table 5. 21: Educational Attainment (above 5 years of age) in Annapurna Gaunpalika

S. No. Level Annapurna Gaunpalika

Number Percent (%)

1. Beginner 226 2.55

2. Primary school 3840 43.13

3. Lower Secondary 2101 23.53

4. Secondary 898 10.10

5. SLC passed 844 9.50

6. Intermediate 242 2.72

7. Graduate 84 0.94

8. Post Graduate 26 0.30

9. Non-formal Education 640 7.18

10. Others 5 0.05

Total 8906 100


The total number of schools in Annapurna Gaunpalika is 79, including 42 Child Development Centers

(CDCs), 22 primary schools, 4 lower secondary schools, 4 secondary schools, 5 higher secondary schools

and 1 boarding school and 1 campus. Educational Institutions in Annapurna Gaunpalikais presented in

table 5.22).

Table 5. 22: Educational Institutions in Annapurna Gaunpalika

S.No. Educational Institutions No of Educational Institutions

1. Child Development Centre 42



2018

Page|83


2. Primary 22

3. Lower Secondary 4

4. Secondary 4

5. Higher Secondary 5

6. Boarding 1

7. Campus 1

Total 79

Source: District Education Office, Mygdi and Field Survey, 2074

• Health Condition

General health and sanitation condition is satisfactory in project area Gaunpalika with pipe drinking water

and toilet facilities. There are Health posts in each ward of Annapurna Gaunpalika and Birthing Center in

ward no. 2 (Tatopani), ward no 6 (Shikha), Ward no 7 (Ghara) and at ward no 8 (Ramche). Local health

posts are providing services to local people. People go to district hospital for serious illness and also go to

Pokhara, Chitwan, and Kathmandu for major health cases. The common diseases found in the areas are

gastritis, fall/ injuries/ fractures, headache, intestinal worms, diarrhea, etc. Traditional healing methods

like Dhami, Jhankri and local Vaidya are also practiced by the local people.

• Drinking Water

Main sources of drinking water of the Gaunpalika are Tap/ Pipe water. Majority of the household

(94.56%) uses piped water and 11.08 % household depends on River. Well and Muldhara are other

sources of drinking water of Gaupalika. Main source of drinking water of the Gaunpalika is given in

(Table 5.23).

Table 5. 23: Distribution of Household by Main Source of Drinking Water in Annapurna Gaunpalika

S. No. Sources Water Annapurna Gaunpalika

No of HHs Percentage (%)

1. Tap /Pipe 3498 94.56

2. Well Close 7 0.20

3. Well Opened 28 0.76

4. Muldhara 100 2.70

5. River /Stream 41 11.08

6. Others 26 0.70

Total 3700 100


▪ Toilet Facility

Majority of the households have toilet facility in Annapurna Gaunpalika. About 52.52 % of households of

the Gaunpalika use toilet with flushing facility, 36.60% use ordinary toilet and 10.28% households are

without toilet facility. Distribution of Household by main Source of drinking water in the Gaunpalika is

presented in table 5.24.

Table 5. 24: Distribution of Household by Types of Toilet in Annapurna Gaunpalika


S. No. Sources

Annapurna Gaunpalika


1. Household without Toilet Facility 380 10.28

2. Household with Flush Toilet Facility 1943 52.52

3. Household with Ordinary Toilet 1355 36.60

4. Toilet Facility Not Stated Household 22 0.60

Total 3700 100



2018

Page|84


• Housing Type

The types of house are both Kachhi and Cemented in the project affected Gaunpalika. The types of roof

of houses are mostly the corrugated tile/ slate (71.45%), galvanized iron sheets (19.73%), wood/ planks

(0.65%), RCC (2.08%), and thatch / straw (5.20%). Distribution of Households by Type of Roof / Houses

in Project Area Gaunpalika is presented in Table 5.25.

Table 5. 25: Distribution of Household by Type of Roof / Houses in Annapurna Gaunpalika

S. No. Types of Roofs



1. Thatch /Straw 215 5.20

2. Galvanized Iron 708 19.73

3. Tile /Slate 2643 71.45

4. RCC 77 2.08

5. Wood /Planks 24 0.65

6. Mud 0 -

7. Others 8 0.22

8. Not Stated 25 0.67

Total 3700 100


• Energy Use Patterns

Major energy Use for Lighting in the Gaunpalika is electricity. About 81.65% of the households of the

Gaunpalika have access to electricity. Likewise, 13.49% of households use Kerosene and 2.68% of

households use solar energy for lighting purpose. Distribution of household by energy use for lighting in

the Gaunpalika is given in table 5.26.

Table 5. 26: Distribution of Household by Energy Use for Lighting in Annapurna Gaunpalika

S. No. Sources



1. Electricity 3021 81.65

2. Kerosene 499 13.49

3. Biogas 12 0.32

4. Solar 106 2.86

5. Others 62 1.68

Total 3700 100


Similarly, wood/firewood is the major sources of energy for cooking. About 94.20% wood/ firewood,

4.68%LP Gas, and 0.38 % Kerosene are using for cooking in theAnnapurna Gaunpalika. Distribution of

household by energy use for cooking in project affected area is given in table 5.27.

Table 5. 27: Distribution of Household by Energy Use for Cooking in Annapurna Gaunpalika


S.No. Sources Annapurna Gaunpalika


1. Wood /Firewood 3485 94.20

2. Kerosene 14 0.38

3. LP Gas 173 4.68

4. Biogas 12 0.32

5. Electricity 4 0.10

6. Others 12 0.32

Total 3700 100



2018

Page|85


5.3.3 Core Project Area Profile

Annapurna Gaunpalika is the project area. The core project area includes the ward nos. 2,3,4,5 and 6 of

the Gaunpalika. Various settlements are present within the project affected areas. Tatopani bazaar,

Chisapani, Mandre Dhunga, Nauli bagar of ward no. 2, Sukebagar, Suwatole, Fagam, Guithe and Jalthale

of ward no. 3, Dharap, MachhiKhola, Gothi Chaur, Patar and Narchayang of ward no. 4, Shikha (Ghar

khola) in ward no 5 and Pokhrebagar of ward no. 6.

5.3.3.1 Demography


The main project component sites are situated in the ward nos. 2, 3 and 4. The dewatered stretch of

Kaligandaki river runs through ward nos. 5 and 6 of Annapurna Gaunpalika.

Table 5. 28: Household, Population, Average Family Size and Sex Ratio in Project Area

S. No. Ward

No.

Core Project Area

Settlements

Household Total

Population

Male Female Average

Family

Size

M/F

Sex

Ratio

1. Ward 2 Tatopani Bazaar,

Chisapani, Mandredhunga,

Naulibagar

216 795 409 386 3.68 105.96

2. Ward 3 Sukebagar, Suwatole,

Fagam, Guithe, Jlthale

484 1873 885 988 3.86 89.57

3. Ward 4 Gharap, Machhe Khola,

Patar, Gothichaur,

Narchayang

456 1626 758 868 3.56 87.33

4. Ward 5 Pauduwar, Gharkhola 621 2212 1043 1169 3.56 89.22

5. Ward 6 Pokherbagar 677 2471 1085 1386 3.64 78.28

Total (Wards) 2454 8977 4180 4797 3.65 103.10

% 100.00 46.57 53.43


The total population of the core project area is 8,977. Female population is more than male population.

Out of total population 4,180 are male (46.57%) and 4,797 are female (53.43%). The total number of

household is 2,454 with an average family size of 3.65. The total male female (M/F) sex ratio is 103.10.

Household, population, average family size and sex ratio of project affected Gaunpalika is given in table

5.28.

• Caste and Ethnic Composition

There are more than 13 casts are residing in the project wards. Out of total population of wards, Magar

(57.40%) is the more dominant cast followed by Chhetri (19.51%), kami (9.90%) and Damai (6.00%).

The other major caste/ethnic groups dwelling in the project area areThakali, Brahmin-hill, Gurung, Sarki

and Sanyasi etc. Distribution of Population by Caste /Ethnicity is presented in table 5.29.

Table 5. 29: Distribution of Population by Caste /Ethnicity in Project Area

S. No. Caste/ Ethnicity Ward

no.2

Ward

no. 3

Ward

no. 4

Ward

no.5

Ward

no. 6

Total Percent

(%)

1. Chhetri 61 217 76 21 1337 1752 19.51

2. Magar 417 1040 1319 1819 597 5152 57.40

3. Kami 153 367 141 133 94 888 9.90

4. Gurung 12 38 - 31 13 94 1.05

5. Damai /Dholi 36 19 19 130 335 539 6.00



2018

Page|86


6. Thakali 53 22 - 19 29 123 1.38

7. Brahmin-H 27 93 12 - 17 149 1.66

8. Badi - - - 21 - 21 0.23

9. Sarki - 18 - - - 18 0.20

10. Gyani - 12 - - - 12 0.14

11. Newar - - 12 - - 12 0.14

12. Sanyasi - - - - 14 14 0.15

13. Tamang - 18 12 - 21 51 0.57

14. Others 36 29 35 38 14 152 1.67

Total 795 1873 1626 2212 2471 8977 100


Magar is the dominant caste in the core project area. Majority of the wards is inhabitanted by the Magar.

Ward number two, three, four and five are Magar dominated wards. Chhetri is more in ward no 6. i.e.

54.10 %. The other major caste/ethnic groups dwelling in the project area are Kami, Gurung, Damai,

Thakali, Brahmin-hill etc. (CBS, 2014).

• Language

Based on the field enquiry and observation in core project are, majority of the population of core project

area speaks Nepali language followed by Singh. Nepali language is used as common language.

Table 5. 30: Distribution of Population by Language (Mother Tongue) in Project Area

S.

No.

Ward

nos.

Languages

Nepali Singh Others Total

Population Percentage Population Percentage Population Percentage Population Percentage

1. 2 790 99.37 - - 5 0.63 795 100

2. 3 1856 99.09 - - 17 0.91 1873 100

3. 4 1612 99.13 - - 14 0.87 1626 100

4. 5 2189 98.97 18 0.81 5 0.22 2212 100

5. 6 2461 99.60 - - 10 0.40 2471 100

Total 8908 99.23 18 0.20 51 0.57 8977 100


In the project area, 99.23 % of population speaks Nepali language while only 0.20 percent language

people speak Singh. Distribution of Population by Language (Mother Tongue) in Project affected Wards

is given in table 5.30.

• Gender Status

The project area is male dominated society. Most of the women in the project area are engaged in

household works. As housewives, they spend most of their time in household chores such as collection of

fire wood and fodder, cooking, washing, food processing, household maintenance, bearing and caring of

children and taking care of elderly and other family members. Most of the decision-making process on

economic activities is carried out by the male.

• Migration

The migration patterns of the project level are normal. The out-migration trend is higher, especially

among the young generation, than the in-migration which can be attributed to better education, health and

infrastructure facilities as well as employment opportunity. Migration in the urban areas like Pokhara,

Beni and Kathmandu, is high to complement their income. Similarly, international migration is also high.



2018

Page|87


Main objectives of the migrants are foreign employment. Saudi Arab, Qatar, Malaysia, Dubai, Kuwait,

Baharain, France, Portugal and Japan are the major destinations of the migrants.

• Settlement Patterns

The settlement patterns are clustered in bazaar area. Tatopani bazaar is the major local market. Core

project area covers 5 wards and 17 settlements. Tatopani Bazar, Chisapani, Mandredhunga and

Naulibagar of ward no.2, Sukebagar, Suwa tole, Fagam, Guithe and Jalthale of ward no.3, Gharap,

MajhiKhola, Gothichaur, Patar and Narchayang of ward no. 4, Pauduwar and Gharkhola of ward no. 5

and Pokherbagar of ward no. 6.

Bhurung Tatopani, ward no 2 lies at the Right Bank of Kaligandaki River. The project components

genrally fall on this settlement are Headrace Tunnel, Adit to tunnel, surge shaft and powerhouse complex,

Surge Shaft, Pressure Shaft, Powerhouse/ Switchyard, Tailrace Tunnel and Camp Sites. Ward no.3 (Dana)

located at the Right Bank of Kaligandaki River and major project components falling on this settlement

are Headworks (Sukebagar), Desanding Basin (Sukebagar), a part of Tunnel and inlet portal, Camp Sites,

Muck Disposal Sites and Crusher Plants etc. Similarly, ward no. 4 (Narchyang) lies at the left bank of

Kaligandaki River and project components falling on this settlement are left side of weir, muck disposal

area and Crusher/ Batching Plants and labour camp. Ward no. 5 of Gaunpalika (Shikha) lies on the left

bank of Kaligandaki River. This settlement is related to the project with dewatered river stretch. Ward no.

6 (Ghar) is also lies on the Left Bank of Kaligandaki River and related to the project with its compnents/

facilities like camps, batching/ crusher plants etc. Settlement Patterns and Project Components in the Core

Project Area is presented in Table 5.31 below:

Table 5. 31: Settlement Patterns and Project Components in the Core Project Area

S.

No.

Name of

Gaunpalika

Ward no. No. of Core

Project

Affected

Settlements

Name of Core

Project

Affected

Settlements

Project Components

1. Annapurna

Gaun Palika

2 (Bhurung

Tatopani)

4

Tatopani

Bazaar,

Chisapani,

Mandredhunga,

Naulibagar

Right Bank of Kaligandaki River-

Tunnel alignment, Tunnel Adit,

Surge Shaft, Pressure Shaft,

Powerhouse/Switchyard and adits,

Tailrace Tunnel, Camp Sites

2. Annapurna

Gaun Palika

3 (Dana) 5 Suke bagar,

Suwatole,

Fagam,

Guithe,

Jalthale

Right Bank of Kaligandaki River-

Headworks, Desanding Basin, A

part of Tunnel and its portal Tunnel,

Camp Sites, Muck Disposal Sites,

3. Annapurna

Gaun Palika

4

(Narchyang)

5 Gharap, Majhi

Khola,

Gothi chaur,

Patar,

Narchayang

Left Bank of Kaligandaki River-

Headworks left part, Crusher Plant,

batching plant, labour camps.

4. Annapurna

Gaun Palika

5 (Shikha) 2 Pauduwar,

Ghar khola

Left Bank of Kaligandaki River-

Dewatered stretch of Kaligandaki

River.

5. Annapurna

Gaun Palika

6 (Ghar) 1 Pokhere bagar Left Bank of Kaligandaki River-

Crusher Plant, batching plant,

labour camps,




2018

Page|88


5.3.3.2 Quality of Life

• Education

The average literacy rate of the population above 5 years of age is differing in all core project wards. The

literacy rate of male population is 74.05% in ward no 2, 82.43% in ward 3 and 80.16 % in ward no 6.

Similarly, Female literacy rate is also different in all project affected wards. The highest female literacy

rate is 67.76 percent in ward no 3 followed by ward no 5, 2 and 6. The highest average literacy rate of

both (male and female) is in ward no 5 followed by ward nos. 3, 4 and 2. The literacy rate of the project

affected wards is given in table 5.32.

Table 5. 32: Distribution of Population by Literacy Rate in Project Area

S.No.

Location Literacy Population

Male Female Both

1. Ward no .2 74.05 64.40 68.92

2. Ward no. 3 82.43 67.53 75.36

3. Ward no. 4 78.13 61.15 69.00

4. Ward no. 5 84.68 67.76 75.67

5. Ward no. 6 80.16 62.63 70.17


Education attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) in project wards is given in

following table no 5.33.

Table 5. 33: Education Attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) in Project Area

S.No. Level Population

Ward-2 Ward-3 Ward-4 Ward-5 Ward-6 Total Percentage (%)

1. Beginner 2 38 30 22 63 158 2.66

2. Primary school 247 542 323 660 641 2613 43.10

3. Lower Secondary 135 260 240 347 370 1352 22.70

4. Secondary 64 92 94 175 165 590 9.90

5. SLC passed 53 82 88 156 180 559 9.40

6. Intermediate 11 32 29 24 53 149 2.50

7. Graduate 5 8 11 9 27 60 1.00

8. Post Graduate 6 4 1 5 0 16 0.27

9. Non-Formal 29 124 25 163 104 445 7.47

10. Others 3 - 1 10 1 15 1.00

Total 555 1182 1045 1571 1604 5957 100


The education attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) in project wards is

categorized as Beginner (2.66%), Primary schooling (43.10%), Lower Secondary (22.70%), Secondary

(9.90%), SCC (SLC) passed (9.40%), Intermediate (2.50%), Graduate (1.00%), Post Graduate (0.27%)

and Non-Formal Education (7.47%). Similarly, the total number of schools in project area wards is 56,

including 29 Child Development Centres (CDCs), 18 primary schools, 2 lower secondary schools, 2

secondary schools, 3 higher secondary schools and 1 boarding school and 1 campus. Educational

Institutions in project area wards are presented in table 5.34 below.

Table 5. 34: Educational Institutions in Project Area

S.No. Schools No. of Educational Institutions

Ward-2 Ward-3 Ward-4 Ward - 5 Ward -6 Total

1. Child Development Centre 3 6 5 8 7 29

2. Primary 1 4 3 6 4 18



2018

Page|89


3. Lower Secondary - - 1 - 1 2

4. Secondary 1 - 1 - - 2

5. Higher Secondary - 1 -- 1 1 3

6. Boarding - - - - 1 1

7. Campus - - - - 1 1

Total 5 11 10 15 15 56

Source: District Education Office, Mygdi and Field Survey, July 2017

• Health and Sanitation Condition

Generally, the health and sanitary condition of the core project area is satisfactory with piped drinking

water and toilet facilities. The people of core project area uses health facilities from health posts located at

Dana, Tatopani and Narchayan and district hospital. There are health posts in each ward of Annapurna

Gaunpalika and Birthing Center in ward no 2 (Tatopani), ward no 6 (Shikha), Ward no 7 (Ghara) and at

ward no 8 (Ramche). Local health posts are providing services to local people. People go to district

hospital for serious illness and also go to Pokhara, Chitwan, and Kathmandu for major health cases. The

common diseases found in the areas are gastritis, fall/ injuries/ fractures, headache, intestinal worms,

diarrhea, etc. Most common diseases reported in the area pneumonia, cough and cold fever during winter

season where as it is diarrhea and dysentery in summer season. Traditional healing methods like Dhami,

Jhankri and local Vaidya are also practiced by the local people. The available health care facilities within

the area are inadequate for serious health related problems.

• Drinking Water

The main sources of drinking water of the project wards are Tap / Pipe water. The household (98.60%) in

ward no 2-use tap/pipe. Similarly, 90.90 percent household of ward no 3, 96.49 percent household of

ward no 4, 97.97 percent households of ward no 5 and 92.76 percent households of ward no 6 use

Tap/Piped water as the main source of drinking water. Well- closed and opened, Muldhara and

River/Stream are other sources of drinking water in Table 5.35 below.

Table 5. 35: Distribution of Household by Main Source of Drinking Water in Project Area

S.No. Sources Nos. of Households

Ward - 2 Ward - 3 Ward - 4 Ward -5 Ward - 6

HH % HH % HH % HH % HH %

1. Tap /Pipe 213 98.60 440 90.90 440 96.49 603 97.97 628 92.76

2. Well (Closed) -- - - - - - 2 0.32 - -

3. Well (Opened) - - 6 1.23 2 0.44 2 0.32 8 1.19

4. Muldhara 3 1.40 11 2.27 - - 13 1.23 25 3.70

5. River /Stream - - 26 5.40 - - 1 0.16 5 0.73

6. Others - - 1 0.20 14 3.07 - - 11 `1.62

Total 216 100.0 484 100.0 456 100.0 621 100 677 100

Source: National Population and Houing Census 2011 (VDC /municipality), Vol.6, CBS, Nepal, March, 2014

• Toilet Facility

Majority of the households of ward no 2 (52.32%), ward no 3 (48.15%), ward no 4 (4.34 %), ward no 5

(60.22 %) and ward no 6 (55.24%) use toilet with flushing facility. Similarly, 21.30 percent of households

of ward no 2, 42.55% households of ward no 3, 37.93% households of ward no 4, 37.97 % households of

ward no 5 and 37.66 % of households of ward no 6-use ordinary toilet. Similarly, 26.38% households of

ward no 2, 9.30% household of ward no 3,15.35 % households of ward no 4, 1.16 % households of ward

no 5 and 6.36 % households of ward no 6 do not have even ordinary toilet (Table 5.36).



2018

Page|90


Table 5. 36: Distribution of Household by Types of Toilet in Project Area


Ward - 2 Ward - 3 Ward - 4 Ward -5 Ward - 6


1. Household without Toilet Facility 57 26.38 45 9.30 70 15.35 10 1.61 43 6.36

2. Household with Flush Toilet Facility 113 52.32 233 48.15 198 4.34 374 60.22 374 55.24

3. Household with Ordinary Toilet 46 21.30 206 42.55 173 37.93 236 37.97 255 37.66

4. Toilet Facility Not Stated Household - - - 0.00 15 3.28 1 0.20 5 0.74

Total 216 100 484 100 456 100 621 100 677 100


• Housing Type

The types of house are Kachhi (Thatch/Straw) Galvanized Iron, Tile/Slate and RCC in the project village

settlement. 3.71 % houses of ward no 2, 16.95 % houses of ward no 3, 1.76 % houses of ward no 4, 15.04

% houses of ward no 5 and 2.80 % houses of ward no 6 use the Thatch/Straw.

Similarly, 50.46% houses of ward no 2, 31% houses of ward no 3, 13.60 % houses of ward no 4, 16.07 %

house of ward no 5 and 32.60% houses of ward no 6 have Galvanized Iron. There are also others types of

houses in the projected area as presented in Table 5.37.

Table 5. 37: Distribution of Household by Type of Roof / Houses in Project Area

S.No. Types

Nos. of Households

Ward no. 2 Ward no.3 Ward no.4 Ward no.5 Ward no. 6

Hh % Hh % Hh % Hh % Hh %

1. Thatch /Straw 8 3.71 82 16.95 8 1.76 52 15.04 19 2.80

2. Galvanized Iron 109 50.46 150 31.00 62 13.60 126 16.07 221 32.60

3. Tile /Slate 94 43.52 245 50.61 365 80.04 552 70.40 422 62.30

4. RCC 5 2.31 5 1.03 8 1.75 47 6.00 6 0.88

5. Wood /Planks 0 0.00 0 0.00 - - 3 0.38 - -

6. Mud 0 0.00 0 0.00 - - - - - -

7. Others 0 0.00 2 0.42 - - 2 0.26 3 0.44

8. Not Stated 0 0.00 0 0.00 13 2.85 2 0.26 6 0.88

Total 216 100 484 100 456 100 784 100 677 100


• Energy Use Patterns

All the project affected wards have electricity facilities. About 86.12% of the households of ward no 2,

83.88% households of ward no 3, 83.78% households of ward no 4, 86.30% households of ward no 5 and

85.80% households of ward no 6 have access to electricity. Likewise, about 12.96% of the households of

ward no 2, 13.42% households of ward no 3, 9.43% households of ward no 4, 11.44% households of ward

no 5 and 12.42% households of ward no 6-use kerosene. Beside these, people are also using Biogas and

Solar for lighting in the projected affected wards respectively (Table 5.38).

Table 5. 38: Distribution of Household by Energy Use for Lighting in Project Area


Ward no. 2 Ward no.3 Ward no.4 Ward no.5 Ward no.6


1. Electricity 186 86.12 806 83.88 382 83.78 536 86.30 581 85.80

2. Kerosene 28 12.96 65 13.42 43 9.43 71 11.44 84 12.42

3. Biogas - - - - - - 3 0.48 4 0.60



2018

Page|91


4. Solar 2 0.92 - - 1 0.22 10 1.62 1 0.15

5. Others - - 13 2.70 30 6.57 1 0.16 7 1.03

Total 216 100 484 100 456 100 621 100 677 100


Similarly, People are using Wood/Firewood, Kerosene, LP Gas, Biogas, Electricity and other sources for

Cooking purpose. Among these, majority of the households are using Wood/Firewood for cooking. About

75.74%, 92.57%, 90.80%, 97.57% and 92.32% of households of Ward no 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 uses firewood

for cooking purpose. Remaining households of the area use kerosene, LP Gas, Biogas, and electricity for

cooking (Table 5.39).

Table 5. 39: Distribution of Household by Energy Use for Cooking in Project Area

S. No. Sources Nos. of Households

Ward no. 2 Ward no.3 Ward no.4 Ward no.5 Ward no.6


1. Wood /Firewood 163 75.74 448 92.57 414 90.8 606 97.57 625 92.32

2. Kerosene 1 0.46 - - 4 0.88 3 0.49 5 0.75

3. LP Gas 52 24.80 31 6.40 26 5.70 11 1.78 41 6.05

4. Biogas - - 4 0.83 6 1.32 - - - -

5. Electricity - - - - 3 0.66 - - - -

6. Others - - 1 0.20 3 0.66 1 0.16 6 0.88

Total 216 100 484 100 456 100 621 100 677 100


• Law and Order Situation

The general law and order situation in the area is observed to be satisfactory. District Administration

Office and police perform their duties to control and maintain the law and order situation in the area.

Member of Gaupalika and Local leader also play vitalrole in maintaining law and order situation.

• Physical Infrastructures and Facilities

➢ Road

The core project area is located along the Beni- Jomsom Gravelled and fair-weather road. It is connected

to Beni by 27 km and 51 kms to Jomsom fair weather road. The Mayagdi district has 567 km total road

network with black top 2.0 km, gravel 11 km and remaining is earthen road. Most of the roads are fair

weather. (District profile of Myagdi District, 2017). There is only one fair weather moterable road across

the project area i.e. Beni- Jomsom road.

➢ Foot Trail, Access and Movement of People

There are major foot trails along the core project area that connects various villages from Beni- jomsom

fair weather moterable road to the project areas. Sukebagar to Gharap, Sukebagar to Majhikhola to Patar,

Guithe to Patar.and Narchayang, Jalthale-Nagdhunga to Narchayang, and Narchayang Bensi, Nagdhunga

to Narchayang to Pauduwar. Similarly, Tatopani bazar to Chisapani, Mandredhunga and Pokhere bagar to

Shikha, Pokhare bagar to Thulo bagar are the major earthern and foot trail of the project area. There are

three bridges within the core project areas. One bridge is nearby the intake at Sukebagar (suspension

bridge), second lies in immediate to power house at Pokherebagar (belly bridge) and one lies on Jalhale-

Nagdhunga, nearby the adit (belly bridge).

➢ Communication

The project area is connected to the tourist area like Annapurna and Dhaulagiri trekking route. Email, fax



2018

Page|92


and internet services are available in te area. Daily, weekly and monthly newspapers, various television

channels are also available. The NTC and Ncell are providing communication services in the project area.

Postal service is also functional.

➢ Bank

According to field survey, Garima Development Bank and IME are the major insitutions for providing

banking services in the area. These financial insitutions located at Tatopani Bazar.

5.3.3.3 Economic Activities

• Economically Active Population

The economically active population (age group of 15-59 years) is 5,114(56.96%) including male 2,242

(43.85%) and female 2872 (56.15%) in the project area.

Table 5. 40: Economically Active and Dependent Population by Sex in Project Area

Project Area

Wards

Infant Population

(Below 5 Yrs)

Youngster Child

Population

(5 Yrs to 15 Yrs)

Active Population

(15 Yrs to Below 60 Yrs)

Old Age Population

(Above 60 Yrs)

Total

Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female Both Male Female

Ward

no. 2

Population 60 22 38 143 84 59 495 257 238 97 46 51 794 409 386

% 7.54 36.67 63.33 17.98 58.75 41.25 62.28 51.91 48.09 12.20 47.42 52.58 100 51.44 48.56

Ward

no. 3

Population 187 95 92 394 199 193 1066 472 594 228 119 109 1873 885 988

% 9.98 50.80 49.20 21.00 50.50 49.50 56.84 44.28 55.72 12.18 52.20 47.80 100 47.25 52.75

Ward

no. 4

Population 142 72 70 320 156 164 925 409 616 239 121 118 1626 758 688

% 8.74 50.70 49.30 19.68 48.75 51.25 56.88 44.22 55.78 14.70 50.62 49.38 100 46.61 53.39

Ward

no. 5

Population 145 77 68 389 200 189 1271 574 697 407 192 215 2212 1043 1169

% 6.56 53.10 46.90 17.58 51.41 48.59 57.46 45.16 54.84 18.40 47.17 52.83 100 47.15 52.85

Ward

no. 6

Population 195 107 88 559 268 291 1357 530 827 360 180 180 2471 1085 13.86

% 7.80 54.87 45.13 22.65 47.94 52.06 54.95 39.00 61.00 14.60 50.00 50.00 100 43.90 56.10

Total Population 729 373 356 1805 907 896 5114 2242 2872 1331 658 673 8977 4180 46.17

% 8.12 51.16 48.84 20.10 50.24 49.76 56.96 43.85 56.15 14.82 49.44 50.56 100 46.57 53.43


Similarly, the dependent infant population below 5 years of age is 729 (8.12%), the youngster child (age

of 5 to 15 years) is 1,803 (20.08%) and old age (above 60 years) is 1331 (14.82%). The active female

population is higher (56.15%) compared to female population (43.85%).

• Occupation and Employment

Farming and livestock rearing are the main occupation of the project area families. About 55% of the

households are engaged in agricultural work followed by services (17.50) and wage labor (16.25%).

Traditional agriculture farming constitutes the predominant form of occupation of the area. Similarly,

business involvement of household is about 16.25%. Trade and business is also the vital occupation.

• Agriculture

The total cropped area is 1831 ha. Out of total cropped area, 297 ha. of land is Khet and 1534 ha area is

Pakhobari with an average household holding size of 0.75 ha (District Agriculture Development Office,

2074).

• Industry and Trade

Project affected area is the tourism area. Major business area is Tatopani bazar, Pokharebagar, Jalthale,

Guithe and Sukebagar. Lodges and restaurants are the major business profession of the people in

Tatopani area. Altogether, there are 14 lodges and restaurant, 16 hotel and tea stall, 4 grocery shops, 7

tailors, 8 ready made stores, 2 hardware shops, wine shop 14, Furniture 3 and 2 Medical shops.



2018

Page|93


• Religions and Festivals

Majority of the people observed Hindu religion in the Annapurna Gaunpalika followed by Buddhism.

Some people also follow Christian as their religion. Dashain, Tihar, Maghe Sankranti, Chaite Dashain,

New Year, Bhumi Puja, Janai Purnima, Fagu Purnima, Shree Panchami, Teej are the main festivals

celebrated by the local inhabitants in the project area.

• Religious, Historical and Archeological Sites

The major religious sites and location of the project area include Tatopani kunda of Tatopani bazar and

Pauduwar, Ram Mandir and Shiva Mandir of Pokhare Bagar and Gharkhola. These are considered as

significant important religious sites of the project area.

• Tourist Area

Since the project area belongs to Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA), the project area is the famous site

for tourist attraction especially for trekking around Annapurna circuit and pilligrams of Hinduism/

Buddhism. The mighty Annapurna-I and Nilgiri Himalaya can be seen from the Narchyan. Besides, the

deepest George, hot springs of Tatopani Bazar, forest, Mahabharat range are also located in the project

areas, which have great cultural significance. But due to the opening of road up to the Muktinath area, the

famous Annapurna Trekking route is now affected. Tourists are not interested to trek on the dusty road.

Hence, there is possibility of opening of new trekking circuit in the project area.

5.3.3.4 Existing Water Use Right

The water from Kaligandaki River is not used for irrigation, drinking water, micro hydro and other

purposes along the dewatered stretch of the proposed project.

5.3.3.5 Land Requirement for the proposed Hydropower Project

In order to avoid the involuntary resettlement, the project proponent will purchase or lease the required

land for the project in direct negotiation with the concerned land owners. The concerned land owners,

during the field survey, have indicated that they would be happy to provide the land on long term lease

basis for the project.

The breakdown of required land for the establishment of project sites and summary of land required for

the entire project are given in Table 5.41 and Table 5.42.



2018

Page|94


Table 5. 41: Land Requirement for the Establishment of Project sites (in ha).

Types of Permanent/Temporary Land to be required for the Project


Note:

1) * - Other components can be added as appropriate/required based on the project layout. The table shall account all the land required by the

project.


*.

LAND TYPE

(In hectare)

Total

area

(In ha.)

Remarks


Flood Plain

Built up/

Residential



1 Headworks:

Diversion Structure, Intake,

Approach to de-sander, De-

sander, Inlet portal

3.26

0.38

1.90

5.54

Permanent

2 Water Conveyance:

Tunnel Audit

Canal

Penstock

Fore-bay

Tailrace

0.04

0.04

0.08

Permanent

3 Power House






9 Construction Yards and Others 1.43 1.12 2.55 Temporary Total Area 3.26 3.80 0.55 1.89 0.38 3.02 12.90



2018

Page|95


Table 5. 42: Summary of the Land Required

S. No. Land Type Area (m2) Heacture (ha.)

1 Barren/Bush land 22,700 2.27

2 Cultivated land 5,500 0.55

3 Forestland (national/Community) 70,600 7.06

4 Sand deposits/ Water bodies 30,200 3.02

Total 1,29,000 12.90


5.4 PROJECT AREA FAMILIES/ INSTITUTION

Annapurna Gaupalika is the project area. The core project area includes the ward no. 2,3,4,5 and 6 of the

Gaupalika. Within the wards, various settlements are within the project affected areas. Tatopani bazar,

Chisapani, Mandre Dhunga, Naulibagar of ward no 2, Sukebagar, Suwatole, Fagam, Guithe and Jalthale of

ward no 3, Gharap, MachhiKhola, GothiChaur, Patar and Narchayang of ward no 4, Shikha (Ghar khola) in

ward no 5 and Pokhrebagar of ward no 6.

In order to avoid the involuntary resettlement, the proponent will purchase or lease the required land for the

project component sites and construction facilities area in direct negotiation with the concerned land owners.

The concerned land owners, during the field survey, have indicated that they would be happy to provide the

land on long term lease basis for the project development infrastructure sites. These families are referred to as

Project Area Families for the proposed project.

5.4.1 Socio-economic Status of the Project Area Familes

Required private land for the proposed project will be taken from land owners at the vicinity of Intake area,

labour camp sites, adit sites, construction material storage sites as well as crusher plant area. Apart from these

necessary lands at project surrounding location, it also has to purchage land for project office establishment

near to Pokhare bagar opposite bank of proposed underground powerhouse site. The required 11 Ropani of

land has been arranged for construction worker camp sites and construction vehicle parking space near to

Tatopani area. These lands for the project will be purchased or leased for permanent or temporary uses

through direct negotiation with the concerned land owners and Mothers’ Group management committee.

Hence, no involuntary acquisition and/or resettlement are anticipated in the project. Household surveys were

conducted with the project concerned households and affected families.

5.4.2 Demographic Features


The total number of surveyed households is 80 including 17 households in headwork area, 9 households in

powerhouse site, 19 households from Adit site, 28 households from Tunnel area, 11 households from

dewatered area (Table 5.42). Total population of the surveyed households is 292 including males (48.98%)

and 18 females (51.02%) as shown in Table 5.43. The average family size of sampled households is 3.65.

This figure is lower than that of district family size of 4.09. The male female sex ratio is 95.97% as shown in

Table 5.43 below. Out of the total population, the number of economically active population (16 -59 years of

age) is 166 (56.80%). as presented in Table 5.44.



2018

Page|96


Table 5. 43: Number of Surveyed Households in the Core Project Area (80 sample HH)

Name of

Gaunpalika

Ward

no.

Name of project affected

Settlements

Surveyed

Households

Number of Surveyed Households by

Project component

Annapurna 2 TatopaniBazar, Chisapani,

Mandredhunga, Naulibagar

19 Headworks

Area

Sukebagar, Gharap,

MachheKhola, Patar,

Gothichaur

17

Annapurna 3 Sukebagar, Suwatole, Fagam,

Guithe, Jalthale

36 Powerhouse

Area

Pokhrebagar,

Gharkhola, Naulibagar

9

Annapurna 4 Gharap, MachheKhola,

Gothichaur, Patar,

Narchayang

15 Adit Area Tatopani, Nagdhuna,

Narchayang, Pauduwar

19

Annapurna 5 Pauduwar, Gharkhola 4 Tunnel Area Suwatole, Chisapani,

FagamMandredhunga,

28

Annapurna 6 Pokhrebagar 6 Dewater

Area

Guithe, Jalthale,

Narchayang

11

Total Household 80


Table 5. 44: Distribution of Surveyed Households and Population (80 sample HH)

Descriptions Number Percentage

Total Surveyed Households 80 -

Total Surveyed Population 292 -

Male Population 143 48.98

Female Population 149 51.02

Sex Ratio (M: F) - 95.97

Average Family Size - 3.65


Table 5. 45: Surveyed Population by Broad Age Groups (80 sample HH)

Age Groups Male (%) Female (%) Total (%)

0 -5 Year 11 7.98 14 9.09 25 8.60

5 -15Year 28 20.28 31 20.12 59 20.20

16 - 59 Year 79 57.24 87 56.54 166 56.80

60 Years and Above 20 14.50 22 14.25 42 14.40

Total 138 (47.26%) 100.0 154 (52.74%) 100.0 292 (100%) 100.00


The socio-economic status of these household is presented in Table 5.52, Table 5.53, Table 5.54 and Table

5.55 below:

• Ethnic Composition, Language and Religion

The major ethnic castes of surveyed households are Magar, Kami and Thakali.Magar belonging to the

indigenous group as presented in Table 5.46 below. The mother tongue of surveyed households is Nepali.

Nepali language is used as common language for communication with other people. Hinduism is the major

religion (88.75 %) observed by the surveyed household. …



2018

Page|97


Table 5. 46: Caste/Ethnic Composition of the Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)

Ethnic/Caste Composition No. of HHs %

Magar 40 50.00

Kami 15 18.75

Thakali 9 11.25

Gurung 4 5.00

Brahmin 4 5.00

Chhetri 6 7.50

Rai 1 1.25

Damai 1 1.25

Total 80 100.00


Table 5. 47: Surveyed Households by Language and Religion (80 sample HH)

Descriptions No. of HHs (%)

Language

Nepali 87 96.25

Others 3 3.75

Total 80 100

Religion

Hinduism 71 88.75

Buddhism 9 11.25

Total 80 100


5.4.3 Quality of Life

• Educational Status

Among the surveyed households, 71.92% are literate (Table 5.48), which is greater than the district average

of 34.64%. Among the literate people, 2.60% holds bachelor's degree and above, 4.16% have intermediate

level education, 8.34% holds School Leaving Certificate, 8.34% population have each secondary and 20.84%

lower secondary education and 26.04% holds primary education and remaining are literate only.

Table 5. 48: Literacy Status - 6 Years and Above of the Project Area (80 sample HH)

Literacy Status Male Female Total

No. % No. % No. %

Illiterate 30 23.63 45 32.14 75 28.08

Literate 97 76.37 95 67.86 192 71.92

Total 127 100 140 100 267 100


Table 5. 49: Educational Attainment among the Literate Population (80 sample HH)

Educational Attainment Male Female Total

No. % No. % No. %

Literate only 19 19.58 30 31.57 49 25.52

Primary level 26 26.80 24 25.26 50 26.04



2018

Page|98


Lower secondary 22 22.68 18 18.96 40 20.84

Secondary 14 14.43 10 10.52 24 12.50

SLC 9 9.30 7 7.36 16 8.34

Intermediate 4 4.12 4 4.22 8 4.16

Bachelor and above 3 3.09 2 2.11 5 2.60

Total 97 100 95 100 192 100


• Income and Expenditures Patterns

➢ Income

The findings of survey show that the main sources of income among the surveyed households are remittance

(41.54%) followed by agriculture, livestock (25.83%) andservice (13.35%) as presented in Table 5.50 below.

Table 5. 50: Total and Annual Average Household Income by Type of Income (80 sample HH)

Income Sources Household Total

Annual Income (NRs)

Household Average

Income (NRs) %

Agriculture/ Livestock/ Trout Fish 7331673 91645 25.83

Daily Wages/ Porter/ Trekking 911400 11392 3.22

Service 37871125 47339 13.35

Business/Trade/ Petty Business

(Restaurant, Retail Shops) 1230000 15375 4.33

Remittance 11790000 147375 41.54

Pension 2070000 25875 7.30

Briddha Bhatta 307200 3840 1.05

Others 960000 12000 3.38

Total 28387398 354841 100


➢ Expenditure

Expenses on festivals are the highest (29.80%) followed by clothing (21.42%), business/ industry (18.64%),

food items (10.36%) and Transportation (6.34%). Total and Average Annual Expenditure of Surveyed

Households is shown in the Table 5.51 below

Table 5. 51: Total and Average Annual Expenditure of Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)

Expense Items Total Annual Household

Expenditure (NRs.)

Household Average Expenses

(NRs.) %

Education 3478800 43485 3.12

Food Items 11554470 144430 10.36

Business /Industry 21000000 262500 18.84

Clothing 23883765 298547 21.42

Festivals 33228495 415356 29.80

Communication 348000 4350 0.30



2018

Page|99


Health and Medicine 2005575 25069 1.80

Transportation Fair 706462 8830 0.63

Agriculture /Livestock 272600 3407 0.25

Electricity 4464936 55811 4.00

Transportation 7064625 88307 6.34

Fuel Wood 2042460 25530 1.84

Others 1449929 18124 1.30

Total 111500117 1393746 100


• Food Sufficiency

Out of total surveyed 80 households, 16.25% household have food sufficiency throughout the year, 22.50%

households were reported to have food sufficiencyupto 12 months. Daily wages, previous saving, livestock

sale, loan is the major coping strategy for food deficiency. The Table 5.52 below shows the food sufficiency

and strategy in coping it (Table 5.53).

Table 5. 52: Food Sufficiency of the Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)

Sufficiency Month No. of HHs (%)

< 3 months 11 13.75

3 – 5 months 14 17.50

6 – 9 months 24 30.00

9 -12 months 18 22.50

Food Sufficient 13 16.25

Total 80 100.00 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

Table 5. 53: Strategy of the Surveyed Households to Cope the Food Deficiency (80 sample HH)

Strategies No. of HHs (%)

Daily Wage 14 20.90

Service 3 4.48

Business 2 2.98

Previous Saving 9 13.43

Loan 6 8.95

Sale of Asset 2 2.98

Remittance 8 11.95

Livestock Sale 9 13.43

Raksisale 14 20.90

TotalFood Deficiency Households 67 100.00 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

• Sources of Energy

The main source of lighting of the surveyed household is electricity. All the surveyed household of the

project area use electricity for lighting. Similarly, fuel wood (73.75%) is the major sources for cooking

followed by LPG (26.25%). The sources of fuel wood are Private or own forest followed by community

forest and government forest. Table 5.54 below presents the source of lighting and cooking.



2018

Page|100


Table 5. 54: Type of Fuel and Energy used by Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)


For lighting:

Electricity, NEA /Chilime Hydropower 80 100.00

For cooking:

Fuel wood Using HHs 59 73.75

LPG Using HHs 21 26.25

Total 100

Sources of Fuel wood No. of HHs (%)

Community Forest 11 22.03

Government Forest /Annapurna Conservation Area 7 15.25

Private Forest 26 54.25

Purchase 5 8.47


• Source of Drinking Water, Public Health and Hygiene Practice

The core project area has drinking water facilities distributed by private pipe. Themajor sourceof

drinkingwater isprivate tap. All the households of the core project area have tap water facility. Similarly, the

entirehousehold uses their own toilets (Pakki& Permanent). Similarly,73.50 % households dump solid wastes

in the safe place, while 17.50 % household burn the solid waste in open place. Table 5.55 presents the public

health and hygiene practices in the project area families.

Table 5. 55: Public Health and Hygiene Practices by Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)


Drinking Water:

Drinking Water User of Private Tap 80 100.00

Places for Defecation:

Own Toilet (Pakki& Permanent) 80 100.00

Solid Waste Disposal Methods:

Buried 7 8.75

Burn 14 17.50

Dump in a Safe Place 59 73.50

Total 80 100 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

5.4.4 Economic Activities

• Occupation

Farming and livestock rearing are the main occupation of the project area families. About 55% of the

householdsis engaged in agricultural work followed by services (17.50) and wage labor (16.25%). This is

true because the traditional agriculture farming constitutes the predominant form of occupation in rural area

of Nepal. Business involvement of household is about 6.25%. Major Occupation of Surveyed Households is

given in Table 5.56.



2018

Page|101


Table 5. 56: Major Occupation Composition of Surveyed Households (80 sample HH)

Main Occupations Households

No. %

Agriculture and livestock 44 55.00

Trade and Business 5 6.25

Services 14 17.50

Wage/Labor 13 16.25

Others 4 5.00


• Crop Production and Yield

The major crops grown by the project area families are maize, millet, bhatta, simi, potato andvegetables.

According to the field investigation, the crop yield (MT/ ha) are: maize (0.94), millet (0.62), bhatta (0.61),

simi (0.74) potato (1.08) and vegetables (1.10) respectively. Similarly, the surveyed families holding of crop

area is 977.75 Ropani and the Total crop production is 781.15 Quintal/year. Major crops, area coverage,

production and yield of the surveyed householdsis given in table 5.57.

Table 5. 57: Major Crops, Area Coverage, Production and Yield in the surveyed households (80 sample HH)

Descriptions Total Major Crops

Maize Millet Bhatta Simi Potato Vegetables

Area (Ha) 977.75 418.50 196.5 120 127.5 45.75 69.50

Total production (Quintal) 781.15 393.75 122.5 73.3 65.00 49.60 77

Yield (Quintal/Ropani) 0.79 0.94 0.62 0.61 0.74 1.08 1.10


• Land Holding Size

The average land holding size by ownership of the surveyed household’s families is 805 Ropani. The land

holding type is Pakhobari/Kharbari (78 Ropani) and tenant land (Pakhobari 2 Ropani) (refer to Table 5.58).

Similarly, land holding based on sex and land ownership based on caste/ethnic group are presented in Table

5.59 and Table 5.60 respectively.

Table 5. 58: Landholdings of the Surveyed Households by Type of Land (80 sample HH)

Type of Land HH Having Land Area (Ropani) %

Pakho Bari / Kharbari 78 768 4.60

Tenant Land (Pakhobari 2 37 95.40

Total 80 805 100.00


Table 5. 59: Landholding by Sex of Household Head /Owner (80 sample HH)

Size of Holding (Ropani) Number of Households

No percentage

Up to 5 15 23.75

5-10 17 38.75

10-15 8 21.25



2018

Page|102


Above 15 7 16.25

Total 80 100

Source: Field Survey, 2017

Table 5. 60: Landholding by Ownership of Caste /Ethnic Groups (80 sample HH)

Ethnic/Caste Composition No. of HHs Percentage of Owners

Magar 40 50.00

Kami 15 18.75

Thakali 9 11.25

Gurung 4 5.00

Brahmin 4 5.00

Chhetri 6 7.50

Rai 1 1.25

Damai 1 1.25

Total 80 100.00

Source: Field Survey, 2017

• Livestock Holding

The total number of livestock reared by project area families is 568. Major livestocks of the household are

Cow (Milk products), Cow and Cattles, Buffalo (Milk products), Buffalo and Cattles, Goat/Sheep and

Chicken/ Ducks. Mainly, livestock rearing is for milk, ghee, meat and manure while poultry holding is kept

for meat and eggs. Livestock Population by type in the project sample households is presented in Table 5.61.

Table 5. 61: Livestock Population by Type in the Project Sample Households (80 sample HH)

Livestock Type HH by Type of Livestock’s Owned Total Number of Livestock

Cow (Milking) 24 27

Cow and Cattles 36 81

Buffalo (Milking) 26 36

Buffalo and Cattles 25 28

Goat/Sheep 28 199

Chicken /Duck 37 197

Total 568


5.4.5 Perception about and Expectations from the Project

The surveyed households have demonstrated positive perception about the implementation of the proposed

project. However, they expect fair amount for lease of private land, compensation, employment opportunities

in the project and support for local development activities and job-oriented skill training in the project area as

presented in the Table 5.62.

Table 5. 62: Peoples Expectation from the Project (80 sample HH)

Expectations Response of HHs (%)

Local Development 80 100.00

Employment 59 73.75

Job Oriented Skill Training 67 83.75

Compensation 80 100.00

Fair amount for lease of private land 16 20.00




2018

Page|103


5.5 PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES (PAF)

5.5.1 Socio- Economic profiles of the Project Affected Families

Demography

The total population of five project affected families is 25 of which 12 are male and 13 are females. The

average family size is 5.0. Similarly, out of the total project affected population; the numbers of economically

active population are 60 percent. Table: 5.63 shows the Population Distribution of PAFS by age group and

sex in the project affected families.

Table 5. 63: Population Distribution of PAFS by Age Group and Sex

S.N. Age Group Male Female Total

Population

Percentage

1 Below 5 years 1 1 2 8

2 5-15 years 2 2 4 16

3 16-60 years 7 8 15 60

4 Above 60 years 2 2 4 16

5 Total 12 13 25 100

6 HH Size 5.0 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

Ethnic Composition

Among the PAFs, Thakuri is the predominant ethnic group. Thakuri constitutes about 80 percent out of total

population. Similarly, there is only 20 percent chettri (1 Hh) population in the project affected families.

Table-5.64 shows the Ethnic Composition of the Project Affected Families

Table 5. 64: Ethnic Composition of the Project Affected Families

S.N. Ethnicity Household No Percentage

1 Thakuri 4 80

2 Chettri 1 20


Educational Status

The education attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) of project affected families is

categorized as not able to read and write (17.3%), Primary schooling and Lower Secondary (8.7%),

Secondary and SCC (SLC) passed (13.0%), Intermediate (8.7%), Graduate and Post Graduate (4.4%) and

Non-Formal Education (17.4%). Education attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) in

Project affected family is given in table 5.65 below.

Table 5. 65: Education Attainment of population (both sexes of age 5 years and above) in Project Affected Family

S.N. Level Number Percentage

1. Not able to read and write 4 17.3

2. Primary school 2 8.7

3. Lower Secondary 2 8.7

4. Secondary 3 13.0

5. SLC passed 3 13.0



2018

Page|104


6. Intermediate 2 8.7

7. Graduate 1 4.4

8. Post Graduate 1 4.4

9. Non-Formal 4 17.4

10. Others 1 4.4


Occupation

Agriculture is the main occupation of the project affected families. About 63 percent population is engaged in

agriculture work. Service, business/ trade and other types of occupation like daily wages foreign employment

etc. is engaged.

Table 5. 66: Occupation distribution of the Project affected families

S.N. Occupation Male Female Total Percentage

1 Agriculture 5 7 12 63.2

2 Service 2 0 2 10.5

3 Business/ Trade 1 1 2 10.5

4 Others 1 2 3 15.8

Total 9 10 19 100


Agriculture and Livestock

Crop Production and Yield

The major crops grown by the project area families are maize, millet, bhatta, simi, potato and vegetables.

According to the field investigation, the crop yield (Quintal/Ropani)) are: maize (0.1.3), millet (0.9), bhatta

(1.1), simi (1.1) potato (2.17) and vegetables (2.2) respectively. Similarly, the project affected families

holding of crop area is 72 ropani and the total crop production is 98.2 Quintal/year. Major crops area

coverage, production and yield of the project affected families households are given in table 5.67.

Table 5. 67: Major Crops, Area Coverage, Production and Yield in the households

S.N. Types of Products Area (Ropani) Production

(Quintal)

Productivity

(Quintal/Ropani)

1 Maize 16 21.3 1.3

2 Millet 13 11.8 0.9

3 Bhatta 14 14.4 1.1

4 Simi 11 12.2 1.1

5 Potato 10 21.7 2.17

6 Vegetable 6 13.4 2.2

7 Paddy 2 3.4 1.7




2018

Page|105


Land Holding Size

The average land holding size by ownership of the surveyed household’s families is 15 Ropani. The land

holding type is Pakhobari/Kharbari (7 Ropani) and tenant land (Pakhobari 5 Ropani) Similarly, the size of

khet is only 3 Ropani. Landholdings of the project affected families by Type of Land is given in table 5.68.

Table 5. 68: Landholdings of the project affected families by Type of Land

S.N. Type of Land

HHs Having

Land Area (Ropani) %

1 Pakho Bari / Kharbari 5 7 46.6

2 Tenant Land (Pakhobari 5 5 33.3

3 Khet 2 3 20

Total

15 100.00 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

Livestock Holding

The total number of livestock reared by project area families is 38. Major livestock of the household are Cow

(Milk products), Cow and Cattles, Buffalo (Milk products), Buffalo and Cattles, Goat/Sheep and Chicken/

Ducks. Mainly, livestock rearing is for milk, ghee, meat and manure while poultry holding are kept for meat

and eggs. Livestock Population by type in the project affected households is presented in Table 5.69.

Table 5. 69: Number of Livestock and Livestock and Poultry project affected families

S.N. Types of Livestock and Poultry HHs by Type of Livestock’s

Owned

Total Number of

Livestock

1 Cow (Milking) 1 1

2 Cow and Cattles 1 1

3 Buffalo (Milking) 3 3

4 Buffalo and Cattles 4 4

5 Goat/Sheep 5 8

6 Chicken /Duck 4 21

Total 38 Source: Field Survey, July 2017

Food Sufficiency

Out of total project affected families, 60% household have food sufficiency throughout the year 40%

households were reported to have food sufficiency up to 12 months. Table below shows the condition of food

sufficiency in projected affected families.

Table 5. 70: Distribution of Households by Food Sufficiency in project affected families

S.N. Sufficiency Month No. of HHs Percentage

1 < 3 months 0 0

2 3 – 5 months 0 0

3 6 – 9 months 0 0

4 9 -12 months 2 40

5 Food Sufficient 3 60




2018

Page|106


Use of Electricity

The main use of electricity by PAFs is for lighting (50%) and lighting and cooking (50%). Local people use

the electricity supplied from the national grid through Dana Sub- station. Use of Electricity in project affected

families in table no. 5.71.

Table 5. 71: Use of Electricity in project affected families

S.N. Items HHs Percentage

1 Lighting 2 50

2 Lighting and Cooking 2 50

3 Total 5 100 Source: Field Survey, July 2017



2018

Page|107


Table 5. 72: Loss of Land of Project Affected Families and Households

Note: # – Mention the category loss for each family * – Use separate row for each project component for the family as required

S.N. Owner's

Name

and

Family

size

VDC/

Ward No.

Project

Component*

Loss of Land in the project area

(m2)

Total

land

loss

Value of

lost land

(Rs.)

Total

Land

owned

%

of

land

loss

Remarks

Khet Bari Pakho/Parti/Ghar

Bari#

Forest Others

Khola

Bagar,

Barren

Land

Ropani

and

ha.

Ropani

and

ha.

1 Om

Sherchan

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

ward no-3 Dana

Weir 0.38

ha.

0.38

ha.

Kitta no.

180

2 Om

Sherchan

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

ward no.- 3

Dana

Camp 0.15

ha.

0.15

ha.

Kitta no.

182

3 Druba

Gauchan

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

ward no.-2

Bhurung

Tatopni

Adit Portal-1 0.04

ha.

0.04

ha.

Kitta no.

1 (Lease)

4 Indra

Gauchan

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

ward no.- 2

Bhurung

Tatopni

Camp and

Service Yard

0.18 0.18 Kitta no.

44

(Lease)

5 Anita

Baruwal

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

ward no.-6

Ghar

Camp 0.18 0.18 Kitta no.

58

Total 0.18 0.37 0.38 0.93



2018

Page|108


Table 5. 73: Total Loss of Land Of ward level of Gaunpalika

Table 5. 74: Loss of Cereal Crops Production of Project Affected Families and Households

S.N. VDC

Annapurna

Gaupalika

Project

Component*

Khet Bari Pakho/Parti Others Remarks

1 ward no.-2

Bhurung Tatopni

Adit Portal-1 0.04 ha

2 ward no.-2

Bhurung Tatopni

Camp and

Service Yard

0.18 ha

3 ward no-3 Dana Weir 0.38 ha

4 ward no-3 Dana Camp 0.15 ha

5 ward no-6 Ghar Camp 0.18 ha

Total 0.18 ha 0.37 ha 0.38 ha

Total land available in all VDCs

% of lost land in all VDCs

Value of Lost Land (Rs.)

S.N. Owner's

Name

and

Family

size

Annapurna

Gaupalika,

Project

Component*

Loss of Cereal

Crops due to land Acquisition

(Quintal)

Paddy

Millet

Maize

Bhatta/Simi Others##

1 Om

Sherchan

ward no.-3,

Dana

Weir - 6.1 7.8 4.3 1.1

2 Om

Sherchan

ward no.-3,

Dana

Camp - 6.5 8.5 4.5 1.5

3 Druba

Gauchan

ward no.- 2

,Bhurung

Tatopni

Adit Portal-1 - 1 1.5 1 0.5

4 Indra

Gauchan

ward no.-2,

Bhurung

Tatopni

Camp and

Service Yard

- 6.5 7.5 3.6 1.2

5 Anita

Baruwal

ward no-6,

Ghar

Camp 3.3 - - 1.0 1.2

Total 3.3 20.5 25.3 14.4 5.5

Rate / Quintal 700 1000 600 900 450

Total Price of crop losses in NRS 2310 20500 15180 12960 2475



2018

Page|109


Table 5. 75: Loss of Cash Crops Production of Project Affected Families and Households

S.N. Owner's

Name and

Family size

VDC/

Ward No.

Project

Component*

Loss of Cash

Crops due to land Acquisition

(Quintal)

(Mt)

Remarks

Potato

Vegetables

Others##

1 Om

Sherchan

ward no.-3,

Dana

Weir 0.8 0.9 0.7

2 Om

Sherchan

ward no.-3,

Dana

Camp 0.9 0.7 0.8

3 Druba

Gauchan

ward no.- 2

,Bhurung

Tatopni

Adit Portal-1 0.2 0.2 0.2

4 Indra

Gauchan

ward no.-2,

Bhurung

Tatopni

Camp and

Service Yard

0.4 0.3 0.4

5 Anita

Baruwal

ward no-6,

Ghar

Camp 0.3 0.3 0.2

Total 2.6 2.4 2.3

Rate/Mt 60000 50000 40000

Total prices in NRS 156000 120000 92000



2018

Page|110


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 6:ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS This chapter presents the potential beneficial and adverse impacts on the existing physical, biological

and socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area due to the construction and operation of

the proposed project. Impacts have been quantified to the extent of availability of relevant and useful

information in the technical reports and primary data collected during the field study.

The project area is located along the Kaligandaki River in Annapurna Gaunpalika (Dana-3, Narchyang-4,

Bhurung Tatopani-2, Sikha-5 and Ghar-6 Wards) of Myagdi district in Western Development Region of

Nepal. The proposed intake site of the proposed project is located at Sukebager and the power house of

the MKGHEP is at opposite of Pokhare bagar.

During the construction of the project, numerous burrowing animals as well as animals in their

dormancy period will be disturbed. During construction phase of the project there may be the chances of

illegal poaching of the wild animals by the workers involved in the construction work. Moreover, the

food spread and kitchen wastes may disturb the gut of the birds of the project area.

Blocking of the running water during the construction phase may disturb the water quality leaving bad

impact on the aquatic flora and fauna as well.

The downstream water will become turbid due to disturbance in the sediment, resulting in the blockage

of gills of the aquatic animals. Blasting disturbs the mobility of wild animals. In the operation and

maintenance phase, illegal hunting or poaching and mobility of the workers also causes the disturbance

in the habitat of all kinds of wild life.

All aquatic fauna including fishes are also disturbed due to the fluctuation in the density of river water.

Feeding habit of benthic and surface fauna varies time to time. Some feeds in day, some feed in the

morning and some in the evening. Therefore, due to the variation of depth of water, the population is

different or there is a fluctuation in the population in the operation phase (Shrestha J - 1995 and Shrestha

T.K – 1994).

Various common animals such as wild boar, monkeys, leopards, wild cat are also disturbed due to

blasting during construction phase. Disturbance occurs due to mobility of workers in time of operation

phase, high tension also tends to disturb the mobility of wild life during construction time.

6.1 BENEFICIAL IMPACTS

The potential beneficial impacts during the construction and the operation phases of the proposed project

are listed below:

Construction Phase

• Physical Environment

➢ Development of infrastructure

• Biological Environment

➢ Support for Biodiversity Conservation

• Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

➢ Local Employment Opportunity

➢ Increase in Local Business



2018

Page|111


➢ Improvements of Public Facilities

➢ Skill Development

➢ Increases quality of life

Operation Phase

➢ Local Employment Opportunity

➢ Local Skills Enhancement

➢ Enhancement of Regional and National Economy

➢ Generation of Royalty

➢ Enhancement of INPS

6.1.1 Beneficial Impacts during Construction Phase

6.1.1.1 Physical Environment

Development of Infrastructures

Implementation of proposed project brings about development support of infrastructures like health care

facilities, Schools, Clubs, Health Centers, Drinking Water Schemes, Community buildings, Access

Roads, etc. These infrastructures are expected to provide additional facilities to the local communities to

increased mobility and boosting rural economy for the local communities.

6.1.1.2 Biological Environment

Support for Biodiversity Conservation

The proposed project will provide financial support to the existing conservation efforts of ACA/DFO

that will enhance the biodiversity conservation of the area to some extent. Furthermore, the availability

of reliable electricity may open the door for cottage and rural industries in the area as well as expansion

of rural electrification program that will also help for forest conservation by reducing the demand of

firewood.

6.1.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

Local Employment Opportunity

One of the major beneficial impacts of the proposed project during the construction stage is the creation

of employment opportunities to the local people from the project area. The skilled, semi-skilled and

unskilled manpower will be required during the implementation of the project. The construction of the

project will comprise of different activities. The construction period is expected to be four years. From

preliminary estimate, the proposed Hydroelectric Project will generate employment opportunity for

about 500 unskilled, 110 skilled and 60 technical personnel during construction period. Likewise, about

30 unskilled, 5 skilled and 10 technical personnel will be involved during the operation stage of the full-

fledged operation of the power plant. Local people will be given more emphasize for employment based

on their skills and qualifications. Hence, the magnitude of impact is considered to be medium, local in

extent and short term in duration.

Increase in Local Business

Work forces of different categories will reside at different locations of the project area for the

considerable period of time during the construction period. Since they will have good purchasing power

with cash earning opportunity in the project, there will be plenty of demand for different types of food

and vegetable items, like milk, meat, wine and other vegetables items from the local area. As a result of

increased business, significant amount of cash will be channeled into local economy. This will encourage



2018

Page|112


local farmers to grow more vegetables, dairy and meat products. Selling of these products to the

workforce will increase the income level of local people of the project area. Hence, the magnitude of

impact is considered to be medium, local in extent and medium term in duration.

Improvement of Public Facilities

As per project CSP activities, the project will also support to existing healthposts, schools, clubs and

community buildings etc. Hence, this activity will help in the improvement of existing public facilities.

Development and improvements of various types of infrastructures within the proposed project impact

areas will help to improve the local development. Hence, the magnitude of impact is considered to be

moderate, local in extent and long term in duration.

Skill Development

The project will implement various skill-oriented training program to equip the local people with the

skills required for the project during the construction phase. These training programs may include civil,

electrical, mechanical, plumbing, driving, mobile repairing, T.V. repairing, computer hardware and

software training, tailoring, cooking, plant nursery, vegetable farming etc. Hence, the skill training and

the work experiences in the project during the construction phase will develop the pool of skilled

workers from the local area which can be sustainable tools for them to be used elsewhere in other

development project for their livelihood. This will have beneficial impacts on the capacity building of

the nation. Hence, the magnitude of impact is considered to be moderate, local in extent and long term in

duration.


6.1.2.1 Local Employment Opportunity

The project will create some permanent jobs during the operation and maintenance phase of the project.

About 30 unskilled, 5 skilled and 10 technical personnel will be involved during the operation stage of

the full- fledged operation of the power plant. Some temporary jobs will also be created. The magnitude

of impact is considered to be medium, local in extent and long term in duration.

6.1.2.2 Skills Enhancement

The employment of local people in the project construction work will enhance the skills and use of

locally available potential human resources. These works enhance traditional skills and some marketable

new skills will emerge in the area. With the skills learned, the local people may be able to get

employment opportunity in similar projects elsewhere in Nepal or abroad. The magnitude of impact is

considered medium, local in extent and long term in duration.

6.1.2.3 Enhancement of Regional and National Economy

Increased power supply and reliable energy source create new business opportunities in the area and

supply of reliable power to the national grid could uplift the regional as well as national economy. The

magnitude of impact is considered to be medium, regional/ national in extent and long term in duration.

6.1.2.4 Generation of Royalty

The provision of 12% of royalty generated from the project to the project affected district, as per

prevailing provision of GoN and Electricity Act by adding Net 306.65 GWh of electrical energy

annually, will be persistent sources of income for the developmental activities in the region. The

magnitude of impact is considered to be medium, regional in extent and long term in duration.

6.1.2.5 Enhancement of INPS

The electricity generated from the proposed project will enhance the Integrated Nepal Power System



2018

Page|113


(INPS) and contribute to fulfill the demand and supply gap of electricity to some extent. The magnitude

of impact is considered to be medium, regional/national in extent and long term in duration.

6.2 ADVERSE IMPACTS

All the potential impacts have been identified occurring as a result of placement and operation of the

project structures viz. head works, headrace tunnel, surge shaft, penstock, powerhouse, tailrace tunnel

and switch yard, project facilities viz. workers’ camps, staff camps, construction yard, spoil/muck

disposal site, crushing/batching plant and project internal access tracks. The adverse impacts generated

by the implementation of the proposed project on physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural

environment are presented below.



The potential adverse impacts on the physical environment during the construction phase of the project

are presented below:

6.2.1.1.1 Change in River Morphology due to Quary

The part of required construction materials such as aggregates and sand shall be extracted from the quary

sites situated at the bank of the river. The operation of quary site will be conducted only during the dry

season and hence it will not impact in the flowing pattern of the river. During monsoon season the area

will be inundated by the flood water and the bed load will be deposited. Hence, the impact of the river

morphology due to quary is considered to be low in magnitude, site specific and short term in duration.

6.2.1.1.2 Change in Land Use

Land use changes involved in the proposed MKGHEP will be basically due to the permanent and

temporary land use, site clearances and construction of project structures and placement of facilities.

Changes in land use are presented in Table 6.1 below. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude,

site specific in extent and long term in duration.

Table 6. 1: Potential Adverse Impacts during Construction Phase

Land Type Area (ha) Associated Components & Facilities Permanent

Use/Temporary Use

Agricultural/Cultivated 0.55 Camp Sites Permanent

Uncultivated/ Barren 2.27 Camp Site, storeyard, Muck area Temporary /permanent

Forest 7.06

Tunnel Adit Portals for headrace

tunnel, surgeshaft, powerhouse,

tailrace, quary etc.

Permanent /temporary

Other (River bank, cliff,

water area) 3.02

Crushing and Batching Plant,

Headworks, Desilting basin, Labour

camps

Temporary /permanent

Total 12.90

Source: Field survey, July 2017

6.2.1.1.3 Disturbance to Local Natural Drainage

Stockpiling of construction materials and disposal of spoil or muck on the river banks might create

disturbances to local natural drainage that might appear during rainy season. This impact is considered to

be low in magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.



2018

Page|114


6.2.1.1.4 Fresh Landslides/ Soil Erosion

Construction related activities such as earth/rock excavation and blasting could trigger fresh landslides.

Land clearing and muck disposal may increase the incidence of surface soil erosion in the project area.

Furthermore, there might be an alteration in localized drainage and storm run-off patterns. This impact is

considered to be medium in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration.

6.2.1.1.5 Contamination of Surface Water Bodies

Leaching of contaminants during rain, random disposal of construction waste on to the river channel,

release of wastewater on to the river, accidental spillage of toxic chemicals, atmospheric deposition of

dust, etc. could lead to contamination of surface water bodies. Wastewater and sloid materials will not be

discharged to the river and will be managed as per EPM. This impact is considered to be medium in

magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.

6.2.1.1.6 Spread of Foul Odour

Waste generated from operation of workers/ staff camp facilities is usually organic in nature. Improper

management of this waste could spread foul odour. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude,

site specific in extent and short term in duration.

6.2.1.1.7 Change in Water Table

Drilling and blasting activities related to tunnel excavation could intercept the groundwater providing the

channel for groundwater flow. This could lead to change in water table. This impact is considered to be

medium in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.

6.2.1.1.8 Contamination of Land/ Top Soil

Leakage of toxic chemicals and fuels, accidental spillage of fuels and chemicals during their

transportation, storage and waste released during operation of workshops could lead to contamination of

land/ top soil. This impact could be low in magnitude, site specific in extent and long term in duration.

6.2.1.1.9 Loss of Top Soil

Activities such as excavation, site clearances, construction of permanent camps, soil contamination, etc.

could lead to loss of top soil, if not properly managed and taken care of. Assuming the top soil thickness

to be 50 cm maximum, about 20900 m3 is expected to be excavated over 4.18 ha of

agriculture/forest/baren lands. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, site specific in extent

and long term in duration.

6.2.1.1.10 Alteration in the Morphology of a Limited Stretch of Kaligandaki River

Disposal of muck generated and construction activities on the river could alter its morphology from

intake to powerhouse area. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, site specific in extent and

long term in duration.

6.2.1.1.11 Deterioration in Air and Noise Quality

Vehicular movement on earthen road, operation of crusher and batching plant, operation of construction

machineries/ equipment including back-up diesel generator (DG) sets, construction related activities,

muck disposal etc. emits excessive fugitive dust leading to deterioration in air quality. This impact is

considered to be low in magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.

Similarly, blasting activity, operation of equipment, vehicular operation and construction activities could

lead to noise pollution. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, local in extent and short term

in duration.



2018

Page|115


6.2.1.1.12 Impacts due to drilling and blasting

During the tunnel excavation by blasting at the initial stages sound/noise and vibration of the area may

impact causing cracks in the nearby houses and death of livestocks. However, the impact reduces as

advancing of the tunnel increases inside the hill. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, local

in extent and short term in duration.


6.2.1.2.1 Changes in River Hydrology and Morphology

Diversion of design discharge (44.98 m3/s) of river water into the tunnel during the operation phase of

the project lowers the water availability in the dewatered river stretch from Intake to power house site.

This activity may lead to change in river morphology of the river stretch to be dewatered. This impact is

considered to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.

6.2.1.2.2 Contamination of Water Bodies

Wastewater generated from the operation of camp sites (including residential staff quarter) could lead to

contamination of water body including river contamination. Further, leakage of chemicals and fuels from

the storage container, direct discharge of wastewater into the river and leaching of chemicals into surface

water bodies deteriorates the quality of water resources. Wastewater and sloid materials will not be

discharged to the river and will be managed as per EPM plan. This impact is considered to be low in

magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.


Waste generated from operation of workers camp could lead to spread of foul odour, if not properly

managed. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in

duration.


Diversion of design discharge of water from Kaligandaki river into the tunnel for power generation

lowers the water availability in the river stretch from Intake to powerhouse site. This lowered water stage

in the river could bring change in the groundwater table. However, there are no settlements along the

dewatered river stretch that depends on the ground water. So, this impact is considered to be low in

magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.

6.2.1.2.5 Impact on the Land use at Upstream of the Diversion Weir due to Water Storage.

As far as impacts on the current land use upstream of the diversion weir are concerned, lies adjacent to

ACA Boundaries at the left bank of Kaligandaki River will be inundated. Inundation mainly constitutes

of a mix land characterized by bush, bagar and rock outcrops at the normal storage water level during the

dry season of the year. The impact on agricultural land, in terms of landuse change, will be permanent

and irreversible and thus, this impact can't be mitigated.



Loss of Vegetation/ Forest Resources

The major impacts on the biological environment include the loss of plants and vegetation cover for

construction of diversion weir, adit portal, surge tank and camp sites area. Total land requirement for



2018

Page|116


entire project construction is estimated as 12.90 ha. Out of that, forest land is 7.06 ha, which will be

required for the project component structures. There are bushes with few trees (Khirra and Chilaune) on

riverine areas at the headworks site. Similarly, there are grasses on rocky slope and few trees (Tuni) on

soil mass at the periphery of adit portal. The proposed muck disposal sites lie along the right bank of

Kali Gandaki River. The disposal sites are mostly without tree and vegetation cover except bushes in few

areas.

Loss of Trees

Though the forest sampling method was adopted to estimate tree loss due to the project construction, it is

found not applicable to estimate tree loss at the headworks and adit portal. The land area literally belongs

to Government Forest Land. But this land area is not typically forest. In this case, standing trees were

directly counted. Thus, it is estimated that altogether 162 numbers of trees and poles need to be felled

that are mentioned in Table 6.2. In addition to this, 637 seedlings and 53 saplings of various species will

also be lost which are tabulated in Table 6.4 and Table 6.5 respectively.

Table 6. 2: Location wise number of trees and poles to be felled down in Project Area

SN Species Headwork

Adit 1 Surge shaft

Portal Area

PH Access

Road cliff area

Tailrace

outlet Site

Grand

Total

1 Amala 1 1

2 Angeri 6 6

3 Bhalayo 1 1 2

4 Boke 5 5

5 Chamlai 3 1 4

6 Chilaune 1 1

7 Chochaino 7 7

8 Dhurse 1 1

9 Gayo 5 5

10 Githedar 7 7

11 Kaphal 1 1

12 Khanyu 24 24

13 Khirro 10 1 6 17

14 Koiralo 1 1

15 Kutmiro 7 7

16 Machhenu 1 1

17 Mahuwa 2 5 7

18 Mallato 2 2

19 Nimaro 1 1

20 Pataka 1 1

21 Pharse 13 13

22 Simal 1 1 5 5 12

23 Sindure 3 1 4

24 Sirish 1 1

25 Tiju 10 10

26 Tooni 1 13 4 1 19

27 Utis 2 2

Grand Total 4 16 47 4 93 162



2018

Page|117


The loss of 162 trees will yield 1015 cu.ft. total standing tree volume including 404.50 cu.ft. of timber

volume and 610.50 cu.ft. of fuel wood. Thus, the magnitude of impact is considered to be medium,

extent is site specific and duration is long term. This impact is predicted for direct impact zone.

Table 6. 3: Forest loss at different Project Components

Note: Other components can be added as appropriate/required as per the project layout.

Table 6. 4: Details of Seedlings to be Lost during Construction Phase

SN Site Forest Regime Forest

Area_m2

Species Number Seedling

Density

1 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Dhursul 55 16.9

2 Adit 1 Thulobagar Katunje CF 0.04 Dhursul 10 250.0

3 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Dhursul 400 183.5

4 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Dhursul 4 3.7

5 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Khirro 3 2.8

6 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Bhimsenpati 1 0.9

7 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Chaulani 48 44.4

8 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Dhairo 5 4.6

9 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Dhursul 3 2.8

10 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Gayo 5 4.6

11 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Githedar 4 3.7

12 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Khanyu 8 7.4

13 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Kutmiro 9 8.3

S

.

N

.

PROJECT

COMPONE

NT*

TYPE

OF

FOREST (as

per forest

Act)

FORES

T

AREA

(ha.)

LOSS OF VEGETATION

CROW

N

COVE

R

(%)

BASA

L

AREA

(M2)

VEGETATIO

N TYPE

(Sal, Pine,

shrubs, barren

etc.)

Seedlin

g

per ha.

Sapling

s

per ha.

No. of trees

>10 cm DBH

1 Headworks

(Weir/Intake

/Desilting

Basin/Inlet

portal/Link

road)

Gvt. managed 3.26 16.9 2.1 4 10-20 0.05 Dhurse,chaula

ni,khirro,

Community

Leasehold

Religious

Private

2 Adit 1

Gvt. managed

Community 0.04 250 25 16 20-40 0.90 Tooni

3 Adit Portal

Area

Gvt. managed

Community 2.18 183.5 14.7 47 20-50 2.29 Amala,chaulan

i,dhurse,Tiju,

Simal, Khirro

etc.

4 Power

house, TR

and Access

road

Gvt. managed

Community 1.08 159.3 12 95 20-50 3.99 Khanyu,

chaulani,

bokeful,

pharse,

pataka,etc.

Total 6.56 609.6 53.9 162 7.23



2018

Page|118


14 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Mahuwa 74 68.5

15 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Pharse 4 3.7

16 PH/ Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Tusare 4 3.7

Total 637 Table 6. 5: Details of Saplings to be Lost during Construction Phase

SN Site Forest Regime Forest

Area_m2

Species Number Sapling

Density

1 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Khirro 3 0.9

2 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Mahuwa 1 0.3

3 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Tiju 1 0.3

4 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Tooni 1 0.3

5 Headwork Government/Public 3.26 Tusare 1 0.3

6 Adit 1 Thulobagar Katunje CF 0.04 Tooni 1 25.0

7 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Amala 5 2.3

8 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Hadekaphal 1 0.5

9 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Khirro 7 3.2

10 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Mallato 1 0.5

11 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Sindure 2 0.9

12 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Tiju 1 0.5

13 Adit Portal Area Kimlakharka CF 2.18 Utis 15 6.9

14 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Khirro 1 0.9

15 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Chaulani 2 1.9

16 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Gayo 1 0.9

17 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Githedar 1 0.9

18 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Khanyu 1 0.9

19 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Kutmiro 1 0.9

20 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Pharse 3 2.8

21 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Simal 1 0.9

22 PH/Access Road/TR Kimlakharka CF 1.08 Tusare 2 1.9

Total 53

Table 6. 6: Total Forest Loss TYPE OF

FOREST

AREA

(ha.)

LOSS OF VEGETATION

CROWN

COVER

(%)

STANDING

WOOD

VOLUME

Timber

Fuel wood

(cft.) (chatta)

BIOMASS

FOR

STANDING

TREE AND

GROUND

VEGETATION

(kg.)

(Wet) (Dry)

BIOMASS

USAGES*

LOSS OF

REGENERATION

LOSS OF

TREE

(number)

Seedlings

per ha.

Saplings

per ha.

Pole

class

Tree

class

1. Govt.

2.Community

3. Religious

4. Leasehold

5. Private.

3.26

3.3

16.9

592.7

2.1

51.7

4

134

24

10-20

20-50

404.58

0.011

1.210

310 93

91675 27503

Timber,

Fuelwood,

Fodder,

medicine

Bedding

materials

Total 6.56 609.6 53.9 138 24 404.58 1.221 91985 27595

Note: - Seedling_0-4 cm DBH; Sapling_4-10 cm DBH; Pole Class_10-30 cm DBH; Tree Class_>30 cm DBH



2018

Page|119


Increase Demand for Fuel Wood and Timber

Skilled, un-skilled and semi-skilled workforce will be involved in the construction of the project. If not

managed, the workforce and their dependents may use firewood from local forest for cooking their food

and timber for making their sheds in different location. The likely increase in demand for forest

resources and illegal collection of forest product for fuel wood will create adverse impact on local forest.

However, cooking gas cylinders are easily available in local market (Tatopani Bazar/ Pokhare bagar

etc.). Local people and hoteliers are widely using cooking gas. Therefore, fuel wood use has been

already significantly reduced in the project area. The magnitude of impact is considered to be low, local

in extent and short term in duration. This impact is predicted for core project and surrounding area.

Loss and Fragmentation of wildlife habitat

Site clearance is utmost necessity for constructing structures due to which permanent fragmentation of

floral and faunal habitat will occur. Due to which the dependent animals and their habitats will be lost.

Moreover, the plant diversity will also be affected because forest is a complex biological environment.

There could be obstruction in the movement of wild life habitat even they are less in numbers. This

impact is also inevitable as it is related to site clearance.

It is predicted that the loss and/or fragmentation of habitat has significant impact with a low in

magnitude, Site-specific extent and of medium-term duration.

Due to the different activities and negligency of the project staff and labourers, there always remains the

probability of forest fire could cause serious damages of plants and animals and their habitats. It can

have adverse effect on biodiversity.

Disturbance from Construction Activities

Higher noise level due to drilling, blasting, vehicular pressure horn and vehicle vibration during

construction stage will certainly be affected the breeding ground of some animals like jackal and

porcupine, including domesticated pregnant animals. Moreover, the nesting and hiding habitat of certain

reptiles, insects and birds will also be affected.

For the construction period, the magnitude, extent and duration of this direct impact is predicted

moderate, local, and short-term.

Daily workforce involved during the construction period will likely disturb the movement of wildlife.

There will possibility to happen unregulated activities of the labors such as poaching wildlife to meet the

growing demand for meat. As the forest area is managed by CFUGs, ACA and District Forest Office, the

impact is considered indirect with low magnitude, of local extent and short-term duration.

Likewise, the clearing, excavating, grading and filling activities will also likely affect the smaller

animals, which cannot be avoided or mitigated. However, this impact, although direct and significant, is

of temporary nature.

Illegal Collection of Forest Products

The construction phase is the first and very important phase of the project. Greater number of workers

and project staff having different habits will be engaged in the project activities. They and /or their

dependents might be involved in collecting, using and selling the forest products particularly the timber

and firewood to meet their increased demand. The number of tea stalls, restaurants, and lodges will also

be increased by about 50 percent to cater the services to the construction workers and project staffs.

Incresed activities may increase chances to increase fire hazards in the forest area in the viscinity.

The magnitude, extent, and duration of the impact are predicted as low, local and short term

(construction related).



2018

Page|120


Habitat Destruction and Loss of Spawning Ground

The large boulders of the Kaligandaki River occupy large pool area acting as fish shelter where as

pebbles and gravel deposited in the river provide potential spawning habitat. The removal of boulders

from a particular place (spawning ground), temporary diversion of the river for construction of weir, less

amount of water in the dewatered zone etc., will affect the fish habitat, upstream migration and provide

easy place for exploitation of fishes. It can be considered as adverse effect during construction phase.

The magnitude, extent, and duration of the impact are predicted as medium, site specific and short term.

Water Pollution

The primary sources of water pollution are earthwork excavation, grading, filling, disposal of

construction spoils, wastewater and effluent disposal of oils and grease, toilets etc. This wastewater may

discharge into the river without treatment and it will affect the quality of water. This wastewater has high

pollution and contains cement as well as suspended and colloidal particles and heavy metals too. The

changes in water quality may affect the habitat and respiratory system of acquatic animals. The

magnitude, extent, and duration of the impact are predicted as medium, local and short term.

Fish Exploitation/Increase Fishing Activity

The labor force and their dependents may be involved in fishing activities. Fishing activities in the

project area may increase throughout the duration of the project construction due to the influx of people.

Harvesting by using simple ordinary techniques may probably not affect the fish population

significantly. However, destructive technique such as the use of dynamites, insecticides or poison and

electric rod will have an adverse impact on the local fish population. Because the use of dynamite,

poison and electric rod will, not only kills the fry and fingerlings including adults but also destruct the

whole habitat of the aquatic life.

The construction crew will provide ready market for harvested fish and demand may increase many

folds. Local Fishermen may get benefited due to possible increase in fish price during project

construction, which leads to more fishing again.

These impacts will be of direct nature with medium magnitude, site-local extent and long-term duration.

Forest Fire

Forest fire is a part of nature. It has its own importance on renewal and changes on environmental

features. Forest fire causes imbalances in nature and endangers biodiversity by reducing faunal and floral

wealth. The other impact is that it releases the carbon dioxide gas, which is the major greenhouse gase

that acts for global warming resulting in climate change. The forest fire possibility in this project area

could be both natural as well as human induced. People put on forest fire for new grasses as a result of

which there is chances of breaking of loose rock materials that could damage the private property and

sometimes could be deadly resulting lives of the people.

There are two community forests in the project area. They are thulobagar katunje and kimlakharka

bhurung tatopani. The community forest lies just above the exisiting beni – Jomsom highway so there is

always possibility of forest fire due to movement of peoples, vehicles and vehicular accidents. There is a

trail road through Thulobagar katunje to the upper village of tatopani gaun so people some time could let

the fire both accidentally as well as some time purposely that could lead to forest fire. The magnitude,

extent, and duration are predicted as low, local and long term in duration.

6.2.2.2 Operation and Maintenance Stage

Possible Smuggling of the Forest Product



2018

Page|121


During the operational stage, there is a possibility of smuggling of forests products because of easy

access. The road network may likely encourage the smugglers to collect, sale non-timber forest products,

and wildlife products.

These impacts will be of direct nature with low magnitude, site-specific extent and medium-term

duration.

Possible Increase in the Use of the Forest Product

It is also predicted that due to high price of electricity there will be a continuation of the firewood

consumption for cooking and heating purposes. The tea stalls, restaurants and lodges will likely consume

more firewood because of increased number of trekkers and project staff.

This impact is considered indirect and insignificant. However, the Proponent advises the people of

project area to encourage the use of clean energy – the hydropower, or solar energy.

Aquatic Life

a) Barrier Effect

The midrange migrant fishes, which occupy a distribution range in both upstream and downstream areas,

will be isolated by construction of weir. The fish population recorded during the study leaving in upper

section may become isolated from those of downstream. The isolation impact will be high from January

to May and November to December (Dewater/reduced flow).

Barrier impact is also considered to the resident species but the magnitude is low because these species

occupies a small range of distribution and can survive in the limited available habitat.

b) Water Diversion

The reduction in river flow and possible changes in water quality is considered significant adverse

impacts on fish and aquatic life. The less flow will also affect the fish population as the fishermen can

easily exploit more fish in this area. The main parameters affecting the fish or aquatic life are; reduce

water flow in dewatered zone, change in water quality, water fluctuation, and Flushing of Desanding

Basin. It could cause adverse effects. These impacts will be of direct nature with low magnitude, site-

specific extent and long-term duration.

Reduce water flow in dewatered zone

There might be no effect of reduction of water during the monsoon, but during the dry season, the river

stretch in the Kaligandaki River will be dewatered. Diversion of water to the tunnel will reduce the flow

in the Kaligandaki River. However, about 2 km downstream of the weir, discharge from Mristi Khola

will add to the Kaligandaki river. There may be significant reduction in zooplankton, phytoplankton,

aquatic insects, fish diversity & density especially the midrange and resident species at the upper stretch

from the confluence point of Mristi khola and Kaligandaki river. These impacts will be of direct nature

with low magnitude, site-specific extent and long-term duration.

Change in Water Quality

Due to the reduced quantity of the water, the temperature will certainly be increased in dewatered

section. If the increase in temperature is above 30°C, it could be fatal for the snow trout and many other

species susceptible for the higher temperature. With the reduction in the flow, the water quality of the

river will also change. Differences might be observed in temperature, conductivity as well as for

concentrations of various major ions. The differences of water quality might influence the fish and

aquatic life of Kaligandaki River.

Impacts will be medium in magnitude, site specific in extent and long term in duration.



2018

Page|122


Water Fluctuation

Change in downstream release happen for different seasons and months. It was noted in other

hydroelectric project that about 500 meters downstream of tailrace the fish especially fry and fingerlings

and small size resident species feeding and rearing at natural condition will not adjust themselves

immediately as tail water discharge fluctuates the flow. The local fishermen took this opportunity and

pickup the fish with hand.

In an overall, the magnitude of the impacts due to water diversion is considered high, extent is site

specific and duration is long term.



Loss of Cultivated Land

The proposed project will affect 12.90 ha of land, out of which 0.55 ha. is cultivated land. Similarly,

remaining areas will be utilized for camp facilities and others project components like Camp Area,

Desilting Area, Diversion Weir area, Periphery land of Portal Area, Road to Outlets and Portal Area,

Road to Surge Tank and Service and Camp Area. The impact is considered to be low in magnitude, site

specific in extent and long term in duration.

Loss of Crops

Land required for some project component areas would bring about loss of cultivated land leading to

crop loss. The construction activities of the project during cropping season will affect the standing crops

of the project construction sites. At present, at headworks area and camp areas would account for crop

loss. This impact is considered to be low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration.

Impact on Health Quality

The influx of outsider workforce will likely to create pressure on the existing health and sanitation

facilities of the project area. Besides, the outside workers may also bring communicable and infectious

diseases. Moreover, the lack of proper sanitary and solid waste management measures in camps may

affect the health and sanitation condition of the workers. Pressure will also create on the surrounding

service centers. This impact is predicted for core project and surrounding areas. The impact is considered

to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.

Occupational Health and Safety Hazards

The construction of hydropower projects is machine based and number of equipment and vehicles such

as dump trucks, bulldozers, excavators, shotcrete machines, crushing plant, batching plant, tower cranes,

welding machines and air compressor etc. will be used during the construction period. Frequent

movement of vehicles for the supervision of works may increase the possibility of accidents. The works

in tunnel under different pressure and low supply of oxygen and negligence in works may be the reason

for accident causing injury and fatality. Work related safety hazards due to non-use of personal

protective equipment (PPE) and vehicle accidents are likely impacts predicted occurring due to the

implementation of the proposed project. There will be some noise and vibration problem to the

settlement during the construction phase of the tunnel excavation. The magnitude of impact is considered

to be high, extent is site specific and duration is short term. This impact is predicted for core project and

surrounding areas.



2018

Page|123


Gender, Indigenous and Vulnerable People

During the project construction, un-skilled, semi-skilled workers and skilled professional workers will be

employed. The contractors, especially the sub-contractors, may discriminate against women and

vulnerable group while hiring workers for the project. Despite, ban on child labor, it remains a potential

temptation in the rural area for children to be used to pursue menial jobs. The supply of workers from the

local community may lead to short supply of working hands in domestic chores resulting additional

burden to women and children for farm and off-farm works in the project area. This impact is predicted

for core project and surrounding areas. The magnitude of impact is considered to be local, extent is site

specific and duration is short term.

People’s Behaviors due to Change in Economy

Interaction among different people and ethnic groups is likely to attract the rural people of the area

towards the more advanced society. Experiences with other project indicate that sudden cash flow in

rural area and cash income of workers is spent unproductively by some households. The availability of

cash may divert some workers towards gambling and alcohol consumption. The concentration of labor

force may encourage prostitution, which could lead to the spread of HIV/ AIDS and other sexually

transmitted disease. This impact is predicted for core project and surrounding areas. The impact is

considered to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration.

Social and Cultural Practices

The presence of outside workforce with different social and cultural tradition, values and norms during

the construction period in a small area of rural environment may have some kind of adverse impacts on

the existing social and cultural practices of the local communities. The exposures and interaction with

the outsider may result in inter caste marriage, life style changes due to demonstration effect, skill

transfer, opportunity and experience of new job, working discipline etc. Concentration of people with

different social and cultural background may create conflicts and significant adverse impacts such as

gambling, inter- cast marriage, prostitution causing STDs, social disruptions and family altercation.

Besides, there may be influence on existing values and judgments of the society. In such a social

environment, there is possibility of threat to local cultural traditions due to influx of outside construction

workforce. The impact is considered to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and short term in

duration.

Law and Order Situation

The influx of outside construction workers with different social and cultural background and interest

may create some kind of pressure and conflicts on existing law and order situation in the project area.

The anti-social activities such as alcoholism, gambling, prostitution and hooliganism may provoke social

disturbances. The conflict of interest between local and outsiders may also create tension in local area.

The magnitude of impact is considered to be medium, extent is local and duration is short term. This

impact is predicted for core project and surrounding areas.

Archaeological, Historical and Cultural/ Religious Sites

Construction of adit tunnel portal area lies near to Tatopani Kunda and Pauduwar Tatopani Kunda

located along the Kaligandaki River at Tatopani -2. The construction activities of the project will not

impact the existing tatopani kundas nor they will be impacted because of diversion of water from the

headworks since the hotwater spring phenomena and their sources are quite different. The source of

hotwater springs on the surface is the high pressure upward flowing water vapor from the beneath by

heating continually the ground water at the interface between the magma and the crust. It is simply the

vapor coming upwards through the tectonically weak features, the lineaments, faults / thrusts. The



2018

Page|124


proposed tunnel is far more than 500 m and at the higher level, about 100m up from the surface

exposure of the hotwater springs in the area. A separate study, regarding the possibility of impact on hot

water springs located near by the project area, has been conducted and found no impact. The study

report is summaised in para 5.1.2.

The religiously important temples in the vicinity are Ram and Shiva temples. Due to construction

activities the surrounding area of these places will be affected by probable noise and air pollutions. This

impact is considered to be midum in magnitude as major project components are underground, site

specific in extent and short term in duration.

Tourist Area

Since the project area is situated nearby the Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA), the project area is the

famous site of tourist attraction along the famous Annapurna circuit. The mighty Annapurna-I and

Nilgiri Himalaya can be seen from the project area. Besides, the deepest George, hot springs located

nearby the Tatopani bazar, community forests, Mahabharat range also located in the project area. But,

due to the opening of road up to the Muktinath area, the famous Annapurna Trekking trail route now is

badly affected with the landslides and muddy road. The impact is considered to be medium in

magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration. This impact is predicted for core project and

surrounding areas.


Occupation Health and Safety Hazards

Occupational Health and Safety aspect is one of the likely impacts to be experienced during the

operation and maintenance period of the entire project. Access to electricity may also bring some hazard

associated with electric shock. Similarly, lack of training on operation and maintenance skill and non-use

of personal protective equipment (PPE) may also risks human lives while working at job sites. The

impact is considered to be medium in magnitude, local in extent and medium term in duration.

Withdrawal of Economic Activities

The project induced economic activities during the construction phase will reduce significantly after the

completion of the project. Significant numbers of workers will lose the project job and only few staff

will remain during the operation phase. The withdrawal of economic activities will drastically reduce the

demand for local agricultural, dairy and meat products resulting reduced income of the local people of

the area. This may have some impact on the lifestyle of the local people in terms of their income and

Replace photo withkunda

Ram and Shiva Temple at Pokhare bagar Tatopani Kunda



2018

Page|125


expenditure patterns. The magnitude of impact is considered to be medium, extent is local and duration

is short term.

Sudden Release of Water Downstream

Sudden release of water from Intake site during maintenance of project components brings flood in the

dewatered stretch which may washout the aquatic life and may affect the people in the downstream. This

impact is considered to be medium in magnitude, site specific in extent and long term in duration.

6.3 EVALUATION OF THE IMPACTS

Criteria

The impacts are of two categories – identified and predicted and they have been grouped. These impacts

(identified and predicted impacts) have been evaluated to know their environmental significance taking

into consideration the location of the project, direct or indirect nature, reversibility and irreversibility of

the impacts, and more importantly the national policy, law and guidelines. In general, direct impacts are

identified, and indirect impacts predicted. The significance of the impacts has been evaluated using the

words most significant (++), significant (+) and insignificant (-). Assumption has also been made to

evaluate the significant impacts. For example, the direct impacts, and direct loss of assets, health and life

of the animals within the core Project area are of most significant. The project induced impacts are

considered significant; and the impact that may occur is not directly related with the project activity is

considered insignificant for this project.

Scoring and Ranking

For convenience, impacts having total score of over 70 are considered very significant; impacts having

40 to 70 score are considered significant; and impacts having total score of less than 40 are considered

insignificant for this Project. However, some of the impacts whose total score exceeds 40 may not be

significant in view of the nature of the predicted impacts. All identified impacts are considered highly

significant. Some impacts having less than 40 score could also be considered significant, and logical

base for such ranking has been given in the remarks, and it is more or less related with the extent and

duration of the impacts. For example, impacts likely to occur outside the project's core area and of

indirect nature may not be significant although the total score exceeds 40. This ranking has provided a

basis to select and propose environmental protection measures, i.e., beneficial impacts augmentation

measures and adverse impacts mitigation measures.

Table 6. 7: Evaluation of Beneficial Impacts

SN

Lik

ely

Im

pacts

Environmental Impacts Total Score

Significance of Impact

Remark

Na

ture

Ide

nti

fie

d

Pre

dic

ted

Ma

gn

itu

d

e

Ex

ten

t

Du

rati

on

1 Construction Stage

1.1 Employment Opportunity

D ✓ - M (20)

L (20)

ST (10)

50 Significant

1.2 Local Business ID ✓ - M (20)

L (20)

ST (20)

60 Significant

1.3 Improvement of Public Facilities

D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 Significant

1.4 Skill Development D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 Significant

2 Operational Stage



2018

Page|126


2.1 Employment Opportunity

D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 Significant

2.2 Skill Enhancement D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 Significant

2.3 Enhancement of Regional and National Economy

ID

¯ M (20)

R (60)

LT (20)

100 Very Significant

2.4 Generation of Royality

D ¯ M (20)

R (60)

LT (20)


2.5 Enhancement of INPS

D ¯ M (20)

R (60)

LT (20)


(Source: Field Survey, 2017)

Code: Nature of Impact: Direct = D ; Indirect = IN ; Reversible = R ; Irreversible at site specific = IR Magnitude: High (60) = H ; Medium (20) = M ; Low (10) = L Extent: Regional (60) = R ; Local (20) = L ; Site Specific (10) = SS Duration: Long Term (20) = LT ; Medium Term (10) = MT ; Short Term (05) = ST The points in the parenthesis are taken from the National EIA Guideline, 1993.

Table 6. 8: Evaluation of Adverse Impacts

SN

Lik

ely

Im

pacts

Environmental Impacts Total Score

Significance of Impact

Remark

Na

ture

Ide

nti

fie

d

Pre

dic

ted

Ma

gn

itu

d

e

Ex

ten

t

Du

rati

on

1 Physical Environment

1.1 Construction Stage

1.1.1 Change in land

Use D ✓ - L

(10) SS (10)

LT (20)

40 Insignificant

1..1.2 Disturbance on

local Natural Drainage

D ✓ - L (10))

L (20)

ST (05)

35 Insignificant

1.1.3 Landslides and

erosion D ✓ - M

(20) SS (10)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

1.1.4 Contamination of

Surface Water bodies

D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

ST (05)

45 Significant

1.1.5 Spread of Foul

Odour D ✓ M

(20) SS (10)

ST (05)

35 Insignificant

1.1.6 Change in water

table ID ✓ M

(20) L (20)

LT (20)

60 significant


Land D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

LT (20)

40 Insignificant

1.1.8 Loss of Top Soil D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

LT (20)

40 Insignificant

1.1.9 Change in river

morphology D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

LT (20)

40 Insignificant

1.1.10 Deterioration in Air and Noise Quality

ID ✓ L (10)

L (20)

ST (05)

35 Insignificant



2018

Page|127


1.2 Operational Stage

1.2.1 Changes in River

Hydrology and Morphology

D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 significant


Water bodies D ✓ L

(10) L (20)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

1.2.3 Spread of foul

Adour ID ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

ST (5)

25 Insignificant

1.2.4 Change in Water

table ID ✓ L

(10) L (20)

LT (20)

50 Significant

1.2.5

Impact on the Land use at

Upstream of the Diversion Weir due to Water storage

D ✓ H (60)

Ss (10)

LT (20)

90 Very Significant

2. Biological Environment


2.1.1. Loss of Forest and

Vegetation D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

St (5)

25 Insignificant

2.1.2 Loss and

fragmentation of wild life habitats

D ✓ L (10)

SS (10)

M (10)

30 Insignificant

2.1.3 Disturbance from

construction activities

D ✓ M (20)

SS (10)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

2.1.4 Illegal collection of

forest products IN ✓ L

(10) L (20)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

2.1.5

Habitat Destruction and

Loss of Spawning Ground

D ✓ M (20)

SS (10)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

2.1.6 Water pollution D ✓ M

(20) L (20)

ST (5)

45 Significant

2.1.7 Fish Exploitation/ Increase fishing

Activity

D ✓ M (20)

L (20)

LT (20)

60 Significant

2.2 Operational Stage

2.2.1 Smuggling of the Forest Product

D ✓ L (10)

Ss (10)

M (10)

30 Insignificant

2.2.2 Increase in use of

forest product D ✓ L

(10) Ss (10)

St (5)

25 Insignificant

2.2.3 Aquatic life D ✓ L

(10) Ss (10)

Lt (20)

40 Significant

3. Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment


3.1.1 Loss of cultivated

land D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

LT (20)

40 Significant

3.1.2 Loss of Crops D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

ST (20)

40 Significant

3.1.3 Impact on Health

Quality R ✓ M

(20) L (10)

ST (05)

35 Insignificant

3.1.4 OSH D ✓ L

(10) SS (10)

ST (05)

25 Insignificant

3.1.5 Gender,

Indigenous and Vulnerable People

R ✓ M (10)

L (20)

ST (05)

35 Insignificant

3.1.6 Change in

People’s behavior D ✓ M

(20) L (20)

ST (05)

45 Significant

3.1.7 Law and order D ✓ M

(20) L (20)

ST (05)

45 Significant



2018

Page|128


3.1.8

Archaeological, Historical and

Cultural/ Religious Sites

ID ✓ M (20)

SS (10)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

Tourist Area ID ✓ M

(20) L (20)

LT (20)

60 significant

Social and Cultural

Practices ID ✓ M

(20) L (20)

ST (5)

25 Insignificant

4 Operational

Stage ✓

4.1 OSH D ✓ M

(10) SS (10)

M (10)

30 Insignificant

4.2 Withdrawals of

economic activity ID ✓ M

(10) L (20)

ST (5)

35 Insignificant

4.3 Sudden Release

of water downstream

D ✓ M (20)

Ss (10)

Lt (20)

50 Significant

(Source: Field Survey, 2017)

Code: Nature of Impact: Direct = D ; Indirect = IN ; Reversible = R ; Irreversible at site specific = IR Magnitude: High (60) = H ; Medium (20) = M ; Low (10) = L Extent: Regional (60) = R ; Local (20) = L ; Site Specific (10) = SS Duration: Long Term (20) = LT ; Medium Term (10) = MT ; Short Term (05) = ST The points in the parenthesis are taken from the National EIA Guideline, 1993



2018

Page|129


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 7:ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

7.1 GENERAL

The alternative analysis is considered based on Schedule 4 of EPR, 2054. The alternatives discussed for

the proposed Project are mainly concentrated on project location, site selection, design alternatives,

technologies, implementation procedures and time schedule, development of hydropower project, do

nothing scenario and No forest option.

7.2 PROJECT LOCATION

The project site is selected on the basis of available discharge, head, accessibility and minimum impacts

on existing environmental and social conditions, settlements and households of the project area.

7.3 SITE SELECTION

Right and left bank options were considered during the desk study. However, during the field survey, as

it avoids the major project components in the Annapurna Conservation Area, provides adequate head,

safety and stability of the structures, the right bank option was chosen.

The comparison of the left and right diversion routes is performed with due consideration of site

investigation, topographic and geologic conditions of the project area as shown in Table 7.1 below:

Table 7. 1: Comparison of the Alternatives

1. Alternatives on the basis of location of project components

S.

No.

Features Alternative 1 Alternative 2

a. Headworks

Structures

1. The headworks structures lie about

400 m downstream from the

suspension bridge located at

Sukebagar, Dana connecting

Narchyang. The headworks

components lie at the right bank of

the river on the flood plain. The river

at this area is too wide for locating

diversion weir and implicate more

costs in construction. The installed

capacity worked out at this site is

53.539 MW.

2. The headworks area is selected for

this option near by the adit 1 of the

alternative 1, just downstream of the

Mristi Khola HEP powerhouse. It is

located about 2 km downstream from

the headworks site of alternative 1 and

hence significantly reduce the head,

however, discharge from Mristi Khola

HEP may be augmented but even the

capacity will be only 42 MW which is

not feasible for the river like

Kaligandaki.

Conclusion: As the favourable sites to locate the headworks arrangement were not

observed along the project boundary stretch except as mentioned above and lower

capacity project may not be feasible, the alternative 1 has been selected for the

further study. There are some attractive alternatives upstream of the headworks

area of alternative 1, but they lie outside the allocated project area boundary. In

case the extension for the license boundary to cover alternatives beyond the license



2018

Page|130


boundary will be granted, these would be studied in greater details considering all

the relevant parameters.

b. Powerhouse

Type

1. The location is

approximately 400 m

upstream of the bridge near

confluence of Ghar Khola and

Kaligandaki River. A small

terrace is available on the

right bank of the river above

the river bed and afterwards

steep rocky slope is exposed.

This site will have a surface

power house. This option is

not a preferred option because

there is no sufficient space

available to accommodate the

power house structure and will

also require huge flood

protection work. This will also

involve realignment of road

due to huge excavation of the

hill or will require a by-pass

road tunnel.

2. This site is located

in a hill on the right

abutment of the

bridge near

confluence of Ghar

Khola and

Kaligandaki and

will have an

underground power

house. This is the

preferred option

because this will

lead to increase in

energy due to

additional head

gained.

Additionally this

option will have

minimum land

acquisition issues.

3. This site is located

on a terrace

downstream of the

bridge. Though there

is a possibility of

placing the power

house on the terrace,

but since there will

be no gain in energy

and will require

extensive flood

protection work, this

option is not

preferred.

Conclusion: As per the preliminary study made considering the topography and

geological condition, alternatives 1 & 3 were ruled out. Accordingly, alternative-

2 has been considered the most preferred location for underground powerhouse

and same alternative has been studied in greater detail in this detailed project

report.

Source: DPR, 2016

2. Alternatives on the basis of water conveyance alignment

S.

No.

Features Left Alignment Route Right Alignment Route

c. Impact on ACA on the Left

Bank

1. Left bank alignment

route has greater impact

on the conservation area

due to the presence of

different surface

components of the

project such as settling

basin, adit portal, the top

of surge shaft,

powerhouse etc.

2. The left alignment

geology is not so

favorable due to lose

alluvial deposits,

presence of forests and

1. Right bank alignment

does not pass through

ACA and all the most

of the components are

underground and hence

have less impact on the

ACA.

2. The right alignment

geology is favorable

because of presence of

exposed bed rocks.



2018

Page|131


crossing with Mristi

Khola.

3. Access road construction

will require along the

ACA.

3. Beni-Jomsom highway

runs along the right

bank of the river which

will be used for the

project too.

Conclusion: As per the geology, accessibility and ease of

construction, right bank alignment route alternative is preferred

and the same is selected for further study.

Source: DPR, 2016

Based on the size, scale and location of the project, the selected project alignment and sites of its

components haveless impacts on the community forests and Annapurna Conservation Area.

7.4 DESIGN ALTERNATIVES

From the environmental point of view, the height of the headworks has been designed comparatively low

to facilitate the passage of higher flows without major obstruction, moreover, the inundation area will be

less resulting no resettlement issues.

7.5 TECHNOLOGIES, IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES AND TIME SCHEDULE

Easily available and cost-effective technologies are used to avoid and/or minimize the environmental

degradation. Labour based technology, as far as possible, will be preferred during project construction.

These technologies will emphasize on utilizing locally available materials and resources. Local labour

will be given priority in project employment, as far as possible, during the construction phase of the

project.

While considering the time schedule, necessary sequencing of civil construction activities; completion of

diversion works during dry season and the limitations that will be imposed on construction activities by

heavy monsoons and river flow will be considered. Other factors which need to be included are

consideration of the optimal timing for making access to the project headworks site, river crossings,

scheduling diversion activities in the river and clearance of land for construction sites and camps.

7.6 DEVELOPMENT OF HYDROPOWER PROJECTS

In the context of Nepal, where enormous water resources for electricity generation are yet to be utilized,

development of hydropower project will enhance the energy supply at national grid. From the economic

and technological point of view, development of hydropower project is most needed and appropriate for

a developing country like Nepal where huge hydro potential with varied geographical locations are

available and to meet ever increasing energy demand of the country.

7.7 NO FOREST OPTION

No Forest Option was also studied during the EIA study. But it is not practically possible to avoid the

community forest land completely due to the technicality of the project. The proposed headworks site

and diversion weir is located at the river bank with few standing trees and sparse vegetation. Similarly,

the proposed powerhouse site, surge tank and access road to surge tank lies in barren and steep slope, but

tree cover is nominal. The estimated number of tree felling is 162 only.

Since the proposed project is not designed as Peaking Run-of-River (PRoR) or storage type of scheme,

the implementation of the proposed project will have minimum impacts on existing forest, vegetation

resources and no impacts on settlements.



2018

Page|132


7.8 FISHERIES MITIGATION ALTERNATIVE

As a project component, a suitable fish pass structure is proposed on the left bank of the river along the

diversion weir body. Hence, no alternative is analyzed for this project.

7.9 OPERATION PROCEDURE

Operation of the project comprises semi-automatic control system. A team of experts will run the project

and no adverse impact is anticipated to the local population or environment during the operation phase. It

would rather benefit the local community through local employment opportunities, improved

infrastructures in the areas and long-term generation of royalty from the project.

7.10 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

7.10.1 Rainy Season

Construction of the project in rainy season will cause soil erosion and landslide problem, blockage of

drain and difficulty in river crossing and excavation of earth work. The construction in rainy season will

also delay the project progress due to other disturbances. The indoor works may be carried out in the

rainy season.

7.10.2 Dry Season

The construction activities will be planned in dry season to minimize the unnecessary damages and

disturbances. This will reduce the project impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic condition

of the area. The major construction activities of project and major inland transportation activities will be

conducted during dry season.

7.11 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

The locally available materials will be used during construction period. The spoil generated from the site

clearance and excavation will be used as a construction material if that has sufficient amount of sand and

gravel to minimize the quarrying of sand and gravel from river bed.

The proposed project touches some part of the ACA at the left bank. The required timber for the project

will be used from the legal source out of ACA region. Fuel wood will not be used for cooking purposes.

Alternatively, LPG and Kerosene will be used. The project will require substantial quantity of

construction materials like cement, fine and coarse aggregates, reinforcement bars, steel plates,

construction chemicals etc. The major industrial construction materials like cement and reinforcing bar

will be outsourced from Kathmandu and from other available locations.

As per the construction materials investigation in the vicinity of the project area as well as along the

Kaligandaki river, the requisite quantities of the construction materials like boulders, cobble, gravel and

sand are available in and around the project area.

Steel plates, construction chemicals, drill rods etc. will be imported. The construction aggregates will be

prepared from the muck or spoil with the establishment of project crushing plant at project site. Natural

boulder available along the Kaligandaki river will be used for boulder riprap. Petroleum products will be

purchased in direct contact with Nepal Oil Corporation (NOC) or its local dealer near the project area.

Sufficient stock of construction materials will be maintained to cover any short period unavailability.

7.12 ALTERNATIVE TO EXISTING SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY

At present, local people use the electricity supplied from the national grid through Dana sub-station of

NEA. Mirsti Khola Hydropower Plant is going to connect the national grid at Dana sub-station soon. The

alternative to existing supply of electricity for construction power is standby diesel generator (DG) sets,



2018

Page|133


if needed.

Figure 7. 1: Alternative locations of Headworks and Powerhouse.



2018

Page|134


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 8:ENHANCEMENT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES Implementation of development project in any area will certainly bring some kind of adverse as well as

beneficial impacts on existing natural settings and in the local community. In order to address the

impacts, this chapter summarizes the realistic environmental protection measures i.e. benefit

augmentation measures and impacts mitigation measures. While selecting mitigation measures,

preventive measures at design phase were given priority so as to minimize adverse impacts as far as

possible.

The project proponent will execute all the benefit enhancement measures mentioned in this chapter at its

own cost as a primary responsibility. Besides, any impacts that were not identified during the study, if

occur during construction and operation stage, will be mitigated by the proponent. In addition, the

proponent will also compensate the affected parties for losses of lives, if any, or properties that occurred

during execution of the project as per prevailing Acts and Rules/Regulations of Government of Nepal

(GoN).

Adverse and beneficial impact on Physical, Biological, and Socioeconomic and Cultural Environment

that are not anticipated and identified during Environment Impact Assessment study and not reported in

the EIA report, if found out during the later stages of the proposed project, the proponent shall mitigate

on his own expense.

8.1 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

The enhancement measures proposed during the construction and the operation phases of the proposed

project are presented below:


8.1.1.1 Physical Environment

8.1.1.1.1 Development of Infrastructures and Facilities

The project will build access and link roads for the project which will also be used by local people.

Similarly, support for other infrastructures/ facilities related to education, health, community etc. will be

provided by the project.

8.1.1.2 Biological Environment

8.1.1.2.1 ACA/DFO Biodiversity Support Program

The proposed project will provide financial support to the existing conservation efforts of ACA/DFO

that will support to enhance the biodiversity conservation of the area to some extent. Furthermore, the

availability of reliable electricity will open the door for cottage and rural industries in the area as well as

expansion of rural electrification program that will also help in forest conservation by reducing the

demand of firewood.



2018

Page|135


8.1.1.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

8.1.1.3.1 Priority to Local Employment

Creation of employment opportunity and priority to local people at the project area will be one of the

most important enhancement measures of the project during the construction phase of the project. Many

skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled workforces will be required for the implementation of the proposed

project. It is estimated that about 600 numbers of people per day will be required during the peak

construction phase of the project. The project will hire the local people to the extent possible if the

people of the project area is willing to work and are qualified in the project. These employment

opportunities will increase the income level of the local people contributing to their socio-economic

enhancement. This increase is likely to enhance development and promotion of other sectors particularly,

the social service sectors such as education, health, sanitation and use of amenities in the project area.

Employment opportunities may also check out migration of the people of the project area and may

promote reverse-migration.

8.1.1.3.2 Improvements of Public Infrastructure Facilities

The project will develop required infrastructures and facilities like access road, health facilities, water

supply and implement the CSP activities in the project area. These newly created and improved

infrastructures and facilities will be supportive for local public.

8.1.1.3.3 Increase in Skills

The project will carry out skill development training program i.e. electrical, mechanical, plumbing,

driving, cooking, hatchery, fishery, nursery etc. for the potential local people in order to equip them with

the job skill required for the project during the project construction work. These skill training and the

work experiences that will be earned during the construction period will enhance the local skill in the

area. With these skills, the local people may be able to get employment opportunity in similar types of

projects elsewhere in Nepal or abroad.

8.1.1.3.4 Augmentation of Local Economy

Work forces of different categories will reside at different locations of the project area during the

construction period. Employment opportunity, income from shops, house rental, rental/ lease of land and

houses, increase demand for fresh vegetables, meat and other commodities are the areas of income

generation from the project during construction period. The local contractors, if any, will also be used as

petty contractor for some construction work which is considered positive for the local economy. As a

result of increased business in the project area, considerable amount of cash money will be channeled

into the local rural economy. The increase in business will enhance the economic status of local people.

This short term economic boom effect will contribute to the enhancement of local rural economy.


8.1.2.1 Public Shares

The project will provide 10% of the public shares to the locals in the project area.

8.1.2.2 Local Employment

The project will create some permanent job during the operation and maintenance phase of the project.

In addition, some temporary jobs will also be created. These job opportunities are of long term nature,

hence, will create long term benefits to the local people of the project area.



2018

Page|136


8.1.2.3 Skills Enhancement

The employment of local people in the project works during operation and maintenance phase will create

the skill development opportunities. These skills with the work experiences will create a pool of human

capital that can contribute to the nation. These skilled local people may be able to get employment

opportunities in similar types of jobs elsewhere in Nepal or abroad.

8.1.2.4 Enhancement of Local, Regional and National Economy

Increased power supply and reliable energy source create new business opportunities in the area and

supply of reliable power to the national grid will support the regional as well as national economy.

Besides, the support from the project by providing royalties and taxes to the government bodies will aid

for the developmental activities in the local, regional and national economy.

8.1.2.5 Enhancement of INPS

The electricity generated from the proposed project will be connected to the Integrated Nepal Power

System (INPS) that will enhance the system and contribute to the demand and supply gap of electricity

to some extent.

8.1.2.6 Rural Electrification

The proposed Project may open the door for the expansion of distribution network for rural

electrification in the vicinity of the project areas where there is no access to electricity. However, the

proposed Project will not carry out the rural electrification program itself.

8.2 MITIGATION MEASURES


8.2.1.1 Construction phase

8.2.1.1.1 Change in Land Use

The impact of change in current land use set to occur due to placement of project structures and

construction facilities, such as workers/staff camps, storage yard, muck disposal sites, etc., is

unavoidable and immitigable. Hence, it is a compensatory measure. However, temporary land occupied

by project facilities will be brought to its initial state and handed over to land owner for its use.

8.2.1.1.2 Disturbance to Natural Drainage

All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize anticipated impacts on local

natural drainage arising out of stockpiling of construction materials as per the EMP (Muck/Spoil

Management Plan; Plan # 2). It is a preventive measure.

8.2.1.1.3 Fresh Landslides/ Soil Erosion

The anticipated adverse impacts related to fresh landslides/soil erosion due to surface excavation works

will be avoided/minimized through measures as per the EMP (Erosion Abatement and Watershed

Management Plan; Plan # 1). The landslide /soil erosion areas will be managed with required structures

as per site requirement. It is a corrective measure.

8.2.1.1.4 Contamination of Surface Water Bodies

All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize the anticipated impacts of

contamination of surface water bodies, mainly Kaligandaki river, that might arise out of leakage of fuels



2018

Page|137


and other chemicals as per the EMP (Water Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Toxic and Hazardous

Chemical Handling Management Plan; Plan # 1). It is a preventive/corrective measure.


All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize the anticipated impacts of foul

odor arising out of pollution of Kaligandaki river by wastewater discharge and littering/disposal of solid

waste as per the EMP (Water Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Air Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 4).

It is a corrective measure.


To address the anticipated adverse impacts of change in water table that might manifest out of

groundwater dynamics during tunnel construction works, inner walls of the tunnel will be lined with

shotcrete/ concrete to seal groundwater leakage through openings/cracks on the tunnel inner surface. It is

a corrective measure.

8.2.1.1.7 Contamination of Land/Top Soil

All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize contamination of land/top soil that

might arise out of leakage of fuel, mobil and other chemicals from vehicles and at storage/dispensing

depots as per the EMP (Toxic and Hazardous Chemical Handling Management Plan; Plan # 1). It is a

preventive/corrective measure.

8.2.1.1.8 Loss of Top Soil

Extracted/removed top soil from all construction and facility sites on agricultural land will be stored

safely on flat area with some cover before being transferred to and reused elsewhere later by the

respective owner. It is a corrective measure.

8.2.1.1.9 Alteration in the River Morphology:

Disposal of spoil/ muck directly into the river during dry season will be prohibited. Likewise, haphazard

dumping of spoil/ muck on the river banks will be restricted. Mitigation will follow the Muck/ Spoil

Management Plan. It is a preventive/corrective measure.

8.2.1.1.10 Deterioration in Air and Noise Quality

All required and adequate measures will be taken to prevent/minimize the anticipated impacts of air

pollution with generation of dust and emission of particulate matter and other gaseous pollutants as per

the EMP (Air Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1, 2 and 3). The noise emitted by blasting activity,

operation of equipment, vehicular operation and construction activities will be minimized. It is a

preventive/corrective measure.


8.2.1.2.1 Change in River Hydrology/Morphology in the De-Watered River Stretch

Though this impact is largely unavoidable, release of environmental flow, particularly in dry seasons, as

mitigation measure is expected to help minimize its severity to some extent. A minimum of 10% of

monthly flow would be released from the headworks. However, discharge from Mristi Khola will be

added at about 2.0 km downstream of the weir compensating in the resume of river morphology. It is a

corrective measure.

8.2.1.2.2 Contamination of Surface Water Body

All required and adequate measures, such as surface/ sub-surface drainage system, construction of

trenches, and well managed storage etc. will be taken to prevent/minimize the anticipated impacts of



2018

Page|138


contamination of surface water bodies, mainly Kaligandaki river, that might arise out of leakage of fuels

and other chemicals as per the EMP (Water Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Toxic and Hazardous

Chemical Handling Management Plan; Plan # 1). It is a preventive/corrective measure.


All required and adequate measures, such as providing well managed safety tanks, sanitation etc., will be

taken to prevent/minimize the anticipated impacts of foul odor arising out of pollution of Kaligandaki

river by wastewater discharge and littering/disposal of solid waste as per the EMP (Water Pollution

Control Plan; Plan # 1 and Air Pollution Control Plan; Plan # 4). It is a corrective measure.


Release of environmental flow of 10% of monthly flow will mitigate the changes in water table due to

dewatered area to some extent. Moreover, about two km downstream of the weir site, the discharge from

Mristi Khola will add reducing the dewatering effect further downstream.

8.2.1.2.5 Change in Land use at upstream of weir due to storage of water.

Generally, the inundation area at left bank of the river falls in bagar and rock outcrop category without

any settlements and cultivated land, whereas the right bank consists of bagar along with some

agricultural private lands. The cultivated private lands that lie in inundation area will be purchased by the

project.


8.2.2.1 Construction

• Vegetation/Forest Resources

It is a compensatory measure. Following measures will be carried out to minimize and/ or mitigate the

impacts on vegetation and forest resources:

▪ Prior approval will be obtained from the concerning government office and people to fell the trees

as a part of clearance activities and leave the remaining trees intact which are not necessary to cut

down to promote natural regeneration process in the project area.

▪ Representative of District Forest Office and CFUG will be invited to count the trees that need to

be felled and/ or removed.

▪ Proponent will remove the felled trees on its own cost and hand over to the concerned office and

person. The project will clear the 162 trees/poles that required to be felled and stockpile the

materials as per the guideline of Forest Products Collection, Sale and Distribution Guidelines in

the presence and coordination of officials of DFO and CFUG and will be handed over to the

respective CFUG/DFO.

• Compensatory Plantation

Compensatory plantation will be carried out as per revised "Working Procedures for the Use of National

Forest Land for National Priority Projects, 2074". The project will plant 25 saplings for the loss of each

tree. Since project construction will require felling of 162 trees, including 25% additional for mortality,

will be planted, as per recent policy of GoN. The plantation programs will emphasis on native and

indigenous species of the area during plantation. Plantation program will be conducted in close

cooperation with DFO, CFUGs and the local communities. DFO will be closely consulted on the types

and place of sapling to be planted. The plantation activities will compensate the loss of trees and

replenish the loss of habitat zone. The clearing of trees will be done manually without using herbicides.



2018

Page|139


• Collection of Firewood and Timber

To address the anticipated adverse impacts of increased collection of firewood and timber, mitigation

measures will be carried out as per EMP. It is a preventive measure.

• Forest and Wildlife Conservation

Project workers, staff and local people of the project area will be provided awareness programs about the

importance of forest management & conservation/ forest fire, plantation and economic importance of

forest, prevailing laws and its role in rural society. Organization of lectures, distribution of pamphlets,

audiovisuals, posters, follow standard project norms and mobilization of local organizations will be

utilized for awareness program. It is a preventive measure.

• Acquatic Life Conservation


importance of acquatic life, habitats and water pollution to maintain the river ecology. It is a preventive

measure.

• Forest Fire

Following measures will be adapted to mitigate the impacts of forest fire in the community forests.

• Bush burning especially during dry season shall be discourage.

• Warning signs shall be placed.

• Awareness program and training will be provided to the CF user groups in combating the

forest fires.


• Conservation of Forest and its products


prevailing laws to reduce the illegal activities, possible use of electricity instead of forest products to

reduce the adverse impacts on environment. It is a compensatory measure.

• Acquatic Life

Barrier Effect and water diversion

A fish passage/ fish ladder structure will be provided from the upstream of weir to the downstream of

weir as the mitigation measure of barrier effect. The details of the fish pass structure are shown in the

drawings in Annex II.

To reduce the adverse impact due to diversion of water from the river, as riparian flow, a minimum of

10% of monthly discharge will be released downstream to maintain river ecology in the dewatered

stretch of the river. Moreover, at about 2 km downstream of the weir, river discharge will be added to

dewatered stretch of Kaligandaki river from Mirsti khola.

Intermittent flushing from the desilting basin will also add some amount of water to the downstream of

the weir, which also helps in maintaining the river ecology in better condition. The water from desilting

basin will be discharged to the river only after removing silt contents by making a trench/ pond.

Fish trapping and hauling are an alternate for assisting natural fish mitigation. Trapping can be used for a

variety of fish species and sires. Migratory species can be captured and hauled.

Establishment of a fish hatchery is another measure for mitigating the impact of fam formation on the

native fish fauna. Hatcheries play an important role in fish conservation and management in developing

countries like Nepal.



2018

Page|140


Further awreness programs regarding aquatic life and river ecology will be conducted at the project area.



8.2.3.1.1 Lease/ purchase of Required Land

The lands required for the project structures and camp/office for long term use, will be purchased or

taken on long term lease by the project. A total of 12.90 ha. of land will be required for the project. To

avoid the involuntary resettlement, the land take will be carried out on lease or purchase in direct

negotiation with the concerned land owners (private & government).

Similarly, the land required for the temporary facilities will be taken on short term lease at the prevailing

market price based on the productivity of land. Standard rent agreement forms will be developed by the

project. After the completion of the project, the leased lands will be restored and returned to the

respective land owners.

8.2.3.1.2 Compensation for Loss of Crops

Construction work will be scheduled at best to avoid cropping season. People of the concerned land will

be informed in advance so that these disturbances can be minimized. However, one-time compensation

for loss of crops for the lands to be leased, will be paid to the land owners.

8.2.3.1.3 Health and Sanitation

The project proponent will make available the labors with potable drinking water, clean toilets with

adequate water and flushing facilities. Toilets will be made in temporary camps with the ratio of one

toilet for 10 people. First aid kits will be maintained at job sites for preliminary treatment in

emergencies. For serious injuries arrangement will be made to send the injured person to the nearest

hospitals. Health check-up of workers and documentation of health status will be made and maintained

periodically. Priority will be given to the local people in project works to minimize the impacts on health

and sanitation. Support will be provided to local health posts under CSP.

8.2.3.1.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures

The construction area will be cleared and fenced off and all the necessary safety precaution and warning

signpost will be placed at construction sites. This area will be restricted for the entry of unauthorized

people. The project proponent will provide Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as hard hat, eye

glass, safety boot, safety belt, gloves, fire fighting accessories, caution signals and other safety

equipment as required at particular sites and work areas and make mandatory use of PPE. Proper

ventilation with adequate air and drinking water supply will be maintained in underground works

including tunnel.

Project will support for strengthening the existing health post at the wards and having an emergency

response contingency plan and make sure that all the workers and staff are well aware of it.

Siren will be blared two times in three minutes interval prior to the blasting activities and red flag will be

placed around the risky area to be covered by the blasting. Low capacity blasting will be carried out to

avoid vibration impacts. Safety training will be implemented and any loss of life or injury will be

compensated or treated as per prevailing rules of GoN. The safety training for the project workers will be

conducted prior to the starts of the construction work. The training program will include practical class,

demonstration and use of safety equipments, first aid etc.



2018

Page|141


8.2.3.1.5 Insurance of the Project workers

The project will make provision for insurance of all the workers and will ensure the payment of insured

amount.

8.2.3.1.6 Priority to Local Employment

As far as possible, the local people will be hired for the project construction work with skill,

training for the jobs required for the project. Due priority will be given to the member of

vulnerable, disadvantaged group and women. At the time of Detailed Design, a list of

perspective employees would be prepared.

8.2.3.1.7 Gender, Indigenous and Vulnerable People

The project will ensure non-discrimination against the local people based on their gender, caste, color

and place of origin. Local women will be hired to the extent possible in the day jobs and will be

prohibited for night job and underground work including tunnel. Similarly, priority to job opportunity

will be provided to the indigenous, vulnerable and backward group or families in the project area in

order to raise their socio-economic status.

8.2.3.1.8 Social and Cultural Practices

To minimize the impact on social and cultural practices of local communities, a strong code of conduct

will be enforced to the outside construction workers. The workers will be instructed to act in responsible

manners during and after the working hours, respecting the rights, property and practices of the local

people. Alcohol and gambling will be prohibited in camp area. Priority will be given to the local people

in project works to minimize these kinds of impacts.

8.2.3.1.9 Law and Order

Coordination will be maintained with the local and district level administrative units of GoN. The

existing network of GoN will be used to maintain the law and order situation in the project area as

required. Regular meeting will be conducted with wards level authorities on the security situation of the

area. Local retired military and police will be employed for the security purpose. Any project workers or

staff found guilty on social evils will be dismissed from the project works. All the project workers and

staff will be provided project Identity Card (ID) for their identity. Unauthorized entry will be restricted at

the project construction areas. A code of conduct will be developed and strictly implemented.

Construction workers camps will be established at distance from the local village/ settlements and the

use of alcohol and gambling will be prohibited in camp area.

8.2.3.1.10 Archaeological, Historical and Cultural/ Religious Sites

Objects of archaeological values, if found, will be protected and handed over to the concerned authority

of GoN as per prevailing rules. The historical, cultural and religious sites will be prevented and

maintained during the construction works.

8.2.3.1.11 Social Awareness Program

Social Awareness Program will be implemented by the project proponent to aware the people on

appropriate use of cash money, nature of jobs in the project, project construction activities, safety issues

and the importance of the projects in the local, regional and national economy. In addition, the awareness

program will also incorporate the problem associated with social and cultural disintegration, disharmony

and awareness against girls trafficking and Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) including HIV/AIDS.



2018

Page|142


Organization of lectures, group discussion and experiences sharing among the participants, distribution

of pamphlets, audio/ visuals, posters and mobilization of local NGOs, Mother Groups and Clubs will be

the methods to be adopted for conducting such awareness program.


8.2.3.2.1 Occupation Health and Safety Measures

The Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and other safety equipment required for the operation and

maintenance of the headworks and powerhouse will be provided and make mandatory use of PPE during

the work. OHS Training program for the O & M staff will be given. Safety caution sign will be posted at

work places and emergency safety plan will be developed and implemented. First aid box will be placed

at the headworks and powerhouse area. Seriously injured staff will be evacuated to nearest hospital for

treatment.

8.2.3.2.2 Training for Improvement of economical condition after construction period

The members of project area families will be provided skill training on improved agricultural/livestocks/

forestry to enhance the reduced economic activities after completion of the construction works of the

project. The following areas are proposed for training:

▪ Integrated pest management;

▪ Use of fertilizers;

▪ Irrigation techniques;

▪ Appropriate cropping patterns;

▪ Methods of harvesting, processing and storage; and

▪ Marketing

▪ Nursery

▪ Fishery

The training program will consist of lectures from experts, demonstration of new techniques and

dissemination of information.

8.2.3.2.3 Siren Warning System

Siren warning system will be established covering the dewatered stretch from the headworks up to

powerhouse area to warn and inform the people regarding the emergency and/or sudden release of river

water downstream of dam and associated risks during plant operation. The siren will blare up two times

at an interval of three minutes before the emergency and/or sudden release of water from dam.

8.3 MITIGATION MEASURE AND ENAHANCEMENT MEASURE COSTS FOR

PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL, SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

8.3.1 Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment

A total of NRs. 3,20,72,000 is proposed to mitigate the adverse impacts on physical environment.

Physical mitigation cost includes slope stability works, erosion prevension works, quary site

management, muck disposal management, land use impacts etc. as per site conditions.

Table 8. 1: Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment

S. No. Mitigation Measures Estimated Mitigation Cost (NRs.)

1 Rock fall, Landslide/ slope protection, soil erosion & drainage 80,18,000

2 Alternate drinking water supply, if necessary 32,07,200

3 Muck disposal management 80,18,000



2018

Page|143


4 Land use impact/ lease of land 32,07,200

5 Quary site management cost 32,07,200

6 Air/noise/water pollution control 16,03,600

7 Contingencies/Miscallaneous works 48,10,800

Total 3,20,72,000

8.3.2 Mitigation Cost for Biological Environment

A total of NRs. 85,53,000 is proposed to mitigate the adverse impacts on biological environment.

Breakdown of the mitigation cost for biological environment is given in Table 8.2.

Table 8. 2: Mitigation Cost for Biological Environment

S. No. Mitigation Measures Estimated Mitigation

Cost (NRs.)

1. Plantation 21,38,250

2. Forest Management Program (fire, medicinal plants,

ethnobotanical, IGA program etc.) 21,38,250

3. Aquatic life mitigation 12,82,950

4. Awareness program (anti poaching, bio-diversity importance etc.) 8,55,300

5. Training (Forestry & Aquatic) 8,55,300

6. Contingencies/ Miscellaneous 12,82,950

Total 85,53,000

8.3.3 Mitigation Cost for Socio-economic & Cultural Environment

To mitigate the adverse impacts on Socio-economic & Cultural Environment, a total of NRs. 2,67,27,000

is proposed. Detail breakdown of the mitigation cost is given in Table 8.3.

Table 8. 3: Cost for Mitigation Measures of Socio-economic & Cultural Environment

8.3.4 Community Support Program

Past experiences of the hydropower development projects in Nepal have shown that the social factors,

among others, played important roles for smooth engineering advancement of the project. Hence, to

build rapport with the local communities, the project will implement Community Support Program

(CSP) as its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) to support the local development initiatives in the

project affected communities and the wards. The fund for CSP will be used and utilized in various

development activities upon mutual agreement and consensus with local communities and wards. An

amount of NRs. 10,69,07,000 is earmarked for the socio-economic and cultural mitigation measures

including community support program. Local communities will be consulted further during the

implementation of CSP. The project will provide following support under the social mitigation measures

and Community Support Program (CSP):

S. No. Mitigation Measures Estimated Mitigation Cost

(NRs.)

1 Land acquisition 1,73,72,550

2 Compensestion 26,72,700

3 Support for local health posts/OHS 13,36,350

4 Health & sanitation awareness program 13,36,350

5 Contingencies/Miscallaneous works 40,09,050

Total 2,67,27,000



2018

Page|144


Support to Local Schools/ Educational Support (Scholarships)

The project will support the local government schools and educational support of the project area wards.

The project will establish an Educational Support Fund for the local high schools of the project area

wards with the aim to support for educational enhancement in project area wards. The interest amount of

the fund will be utilized to provide educational motivation (scholarship) to the students for higher

education, one boy and one girl from each project area wards.

Support to Health Posts in the Gaunpalika

The project will provide support for the enhancement of existing health posts of the project area in order

to enhance the quality of service delivery from these health posts.

Support to Local Clubs/Social Organizations

The project will provide one-time lump sum amount of NRs. 40,09,000 to be distributed to the local

clubs, institutions, mother group, etc. for various activities related to development of sports and social

works in the project area wards.

Tourism and Cultural Resources Promotion

To promote the tourism in the project area, following programs will be implemented:

• Interested entrepreneurs and operating hotels will be provided training for "Home Stay" including

preparation of food, bed making, sanitation, serving etc.

• Placement of Notice and bill board highlighting the major tourist attraction of the area.

Likewise, to promote the local cultural resources, the project will encourage and help local communities

in organizing local cultural programs and local dance competition, etc.

An amount of NRs. 40,09,000 is proposed for this program.

Support to Local Hot Spring Pond/ Drinking water

The project will support to develop local hot spring spouts located in the proposed project area at the

banks of the Kaligandaki river. The drinking water supply with pipes from nearby sources like Bhurun

Khola, Ghatte Khola etc. will be provided if incase the existing sources will be disappeared due to tunnel

excavation. An amount of NRs. 1,20,27,000 is estimated for the program.

Training Program/ workshops/Tour

As goodwill gestures of the project and to enhance the agricultural products, training program on

vegetable farming is proposed mainly for local people of the core project areas. Assistance from the

District Agricultural Office will be requested as per requirement. The Environmental Management Unit

(EMU) of the project will provide support in coordinating these activities in collaboration with the local

line agencies of GoN.

Priority will be given to the women wherever possible and practicable. The training program will help in

diversification and increase the fresh vegetables with improved vegetables farming techniques. The

training program will be conducted at headworks and powerhouse areas in consultation with local

people. The training programs will consist of a weeklong lecture session and a week of training in the

field with lectures from the experts, demonstration of techniques and dissemination of information.

The training program for fresh vegetable farming will focus on following aspects;

• Use of improved seeds;

• Nursery management;

• Use of organic fertilizers;



2018

Page|145


• Irrigation techniques;

• Methods of harvesting, processing and storage; and

• Marketing.

• Training on technical skills such as repairing of electrical/electronics appliences, tailoring etc.

An amount of NRs. 40,09,000 is estimated for these programs.

Support for Infrastructure Development

The project will support for the development of infrasructures to facilitate the socio-cultural activities of

the local communities with the coordination/ help of local people.

An amount of NRs. 1,60,36,000 is proposed for this program.

Besides the above-mentioned costs, some mitigation costs are integrated in project design and cannot be

separated. The following mitigation programs will be included as a part of technical design of the

project;

▪ Camp facilities;

▪ Water quality protection measures;

▪ Safeguarding of the construction sites;

▪ Occupational health and safety;

▪ Noise pollution measures;

▪ Spraying of water;

▪ Siren warning system;

▪ Rehabilitation of disturbed sites; and

▪ Provision of riparian release.

The project proponent will make provision in the contract document at Detailed Engineering study to

ensure that all the mitigation provisions will be implemented timely and correctly. The project proponent

will make provision in the contract document during detailed design phase to ensure that all the

mitigation measures and avoidance options that can be or are part of contractual obligation for the

project construction will be clearly identified and will be provisioned in the contract document with

mandatory provision, while some will be incorporated in project design and construction methodologies

and rest are to be planned and implemented by the project proponent. The proponent will ensure that

these provisions are incorporated in detailed design, mandatory obligation to the project contractor

through contract document for effective implementation, supervision and monitoring by the project

proponent through EMU, and steps to make sure that corrective actions will be proposed in case of non-

compliance by the project contractor. Besides, ‘adoptive management’ will be the basic approach for the

project to minimize and/ or mitigate the impacts that were not foreseen and or predicted during the EIA

study.



2018

Page|146


Table 8. 4: Cost for Community Support Program

S. No. Mitigation Measures/ Support Programs Estimated Mitigation

Cost (NRs.)

1 Support for infrastructure development 1,60,36,000 2 Support for local schools/ Educational Support (Scholarship) 1,20,27,000 3 Support for local health posts 1,20,27,000 4 Suport to hot springs/ Drinking water 1,20,27,000

5 Support to local clubs/ social organizations 40,09,000

6 Tourism/ cultural promotional support 40,09,000

7 Training programs/workshops/tour 40,09,000

8 Health and sanitation awareness program 16,03,600

9 Archeological/historical/cultural sites protection 24,05,400

10 Contingencies/Miscallaneous works 1,20,27,000

Total 8,01,80,000



2018

Page|147


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 9:ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PLAN

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

Requirement of a baseline monitoring for the proposed project cannot be confirmed as of now. It's

because a baseline monitoring of a project will be required only when there is a time lapse of more than

five years between the approval of the EIA report and commencement of the construction phase of the

project as per A Guide to Environmental Management Plan of Hydropower Projects (2006) prepared and

endorsed by the then MoEST.

As regards compliance monitoring of EIA implementation in the course of project construction and

operation, compliance monitoring at the project level will be undertaken during both the construction

and operation phases of project implementation. For this purpose, the project level organization to be

formed as part of the EMP will be mobilized with all necessary support to carry out monitoring on daily,

weekly and monthly basis as per the monitoring plan given in the EIA Report.

As the ambient concentration level of a particular pollutant, whether in natural water bodies or in

atmospheric air, represents the resultant concentration of the pollutant released by multiple sources,

nearby or far away from the place of measurement, the project construction activities cannot be singled

out for the presence of any pollutant simply based on ambient measurement of pollutant levels in the

project area. Hence, environmental monitoring of the project construction/operation will be undertaken

based on end-of-pipe monitoring of releases of gaseous, particulate, liquid pollutants and noise rather

than ambient monitoring to ensure that the discharge/emission of such pollutants meet all applicable

emission or effluent standards before their final disposal into the natural environment. So, in the context

of the planned end-of-pipe monitoring of emission/discharge of pollutants from various project

construction/operation activities, the baseline data on ambient air quality and noise become irrelevant

and redundant with regard to the implementation of the proposed project.

A detailed plan of environmental monitoring of impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic and

cultural environment in terms of impacts vis-à-vis parameters/indicators, methods, frequency and

location is given in Table 9.1, Table 9.2 and Table 9.3 respectively. These plans have been prepared by

the need for monitoring of impacts as close to their sources as possible. The prime responsibility of such

monitoring shall be of the EMU to be overseen by the proponent and concerned central regulating

agencies.

For some activities in the environmental monitoring plan given, where monitoring and instant

measurement of pollutant emission/discharge is not possible, such as concentration of dust emitted from

earth excavation sites and/or crusher plant, indicators have been selected that would indicate the full

implementation of mitigation measure, such as frequency of water spraying, to prevent/ minimize the

associated impact.

Environmental Monitoring (EM) is undertaken to collect data/information on the conditions of the

environment to assess the compliance of the implementation of Environmental Protection Measures

(EPM) and other regulatory standards, and to know the effectiveness of EPM. It involves the measuring



2018

Page|148


of Physical, Biological and Socio-economic and cultural variables associated with the development

project at different development stages. Environmental monitoring helps to collect baseline conditions,

environmental impact and the effectiveness of mitigation measures implemented. It gives meaningful

information of the actual changes due to the project and improves the implementation of mitigation

measures

There are various types of environmental monitoring, namely baseline, compliance and impact

monitoring. The environmental monitoring will be done by the Environmental Management Unit

(EMU) of the project. However, the EMU will perform its activities in coordination with relevant

stakeholders as needed during the monitoring works.

Baseline Monitoring

Baseline monitoring should be conducted on basic environmental parameters in the area surrounding

the proposed project before construction begins, so that subsequent monitoring can assess changes in

those parameters over time against the baseline. If possible, reference sites, which are not likely to be

affected by the project, should also be used. The different parameters of baseline monitoring including

indicator, location and methods of measurement are described in Table 9.1. Further, the baseline

monitoring is scheduled before the construction begins.

Compliance Monitoring

It involves a periodic sampling method, or continuous recording of specific environmental quality

indicators or pollutants to ensure project compliance with recommended environmental protection

standards. This type of monitoring helps to assess the compliance of mitigation measures as proposed in

the EIA report by the proponent and shall be conducted during construction and operation phases. The

compliance monitoring plan including monitoring parameters, methods applied, schedules and indicators

used are given in Table 9.2 below.

Impact Monitoring

Environmental parameters of the project area are expected to change due to the project associated

activities. These parameters must be measured during the project construction and operation phases, in

order to detect impact. The different parameters of impact monitoring including indicator, location and

methods of measurement are described in Table 9.3 below.



2018

Page|149


Table 9. 1: Baseline Monitoring Plan of MKGHEP

Type Parameters Method Location Indicators Schedule Agency to be consulted Agencies

responsible

for

monitoring

Ba

seli

ne

mon

ito

rin

g

Physical Environment

River flow rate of

Kaligandaki River

Gauge station,

current meter

Upstream and

downstream: near to

powerhouse and weir

sites.

Data of river flow,

trend of river flow

available before

construction

Once before

construction Ministry of Energy, Water

Resources and Iirrigation,

Ministry of Forests and

Environment

Proponent

Water quality of

Kaligandaki

Laboratory analysis Downstream and

upstream of

intake, powerhouse and

tail race water of

Kaligandaki River

BOD, DO, Turbidity,

TSS, TDS

Once before

beginning of the

project

Ministry of Energy, Water

Resources and Irrigation/


Environment

Proponent

Land use pattern and

topography

Site observation Construction/maintenance

sites and its periphery

Landslide and slope

failure condition,

Land use type

Pre-construction Ward/Gaunpalika/Local

NGO Proponent

Air and noise quality Site observation Overall project area Air and noise borne

disease, dust present

in the leaf and roof

tops

Pre-construction

phase


Resources and Irrigation/


Environment

Forestry and Environment

Proponent

Biological environment

Forest resources status Site visit and

questionnaire

survey with local

people

Vegetation areas

surrounding the

project

Types of plant species Before

construction

period


Environment/DFO/CFUG

Proponent/

DFO

Wildlife and its habitat Site visit and

checklist survey

with local people

Project and its

surroundings

Wildlife types, habitat

condition

Prior to

Construction

Minists of Forests and

Environment/CFUG/DFO

Proponent/

DFO



2018

Page|150


Fuel wood use Interview with local

people

Project surrounding area Types of fuel wood

use for household,

consumption pattern

Before construction

phase


Environment/CFUG/DFO

Proponent/

DFO

Fish population and

migration

Fish sampling

and/or information

from local people

Downstream and

upstream of intake

Types of fishes

inhabited in

Kaligandaki Khola

Before

construction


Resources and Irrigation

Proponent

Socio-economic and cultural environment

Economic status of

project affected Wards

Questionnaire

survey of project

area

Project affected Wards Per capita income,

expenditure,

occupation, income

sources, living status

Once before

project starts

Ward/Gaunpalika/Local

NGO/CBS/DoED

Proponent

Local NGOs, CBOs,

CFs

Discussion with

local people and

organization staff

Project affected Wards Change in number of

organizations

Before

construction


NGO/CBS/DoED

Proponent

Disadvantaged

groups

Discussion with

targeted group,

local people and

key informants

Project affected Wards Employment,

economic status,

social status,

education

Before

construction


NGO/CBS/DoED

Proponent



2018

Page|151


Table 9. 2: Compliance monitoring plan of MKGHEP

Type Parameters Method Schedule Indicator Agencies to be

consulted

Agency

responsible for

monitoring

Pre-Construction phase

Co

mp

lia

nce

mo

nit

ori

ng

Inclusion of environmental

considerations of tender

documents in contractors

workplan

Review of detailed design

and tender documents

Before the approval

of tender document

Written statement in tender document Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Incorporation of the

environmental consideration from

the tender document into

contractors proposed work plan

Review on proposed work

plan and budget

During approval The presence in the contractors work

plan of each of the environmental

considerations from the tender

documents

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Land acquisition and compensation Discussion with the local

people and the project

management

During land

acquisition

Land/property acquisition plans

and procedures

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment,

DDC, LDO

Consultant

Construction phase

Maintenance of machinery

equipment

Site observation, vehicles

observation

Weekly Noise from the vehicles, Maintenance

record, comments from drivers,

Emission level

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Location of equipments and

vehicles

Site observation Weekly Location of equipment & vehicles in

defined areas

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant



2018

Page|152


Spraying of water in dusty roads Spraying from vehicles Two times in a day

(preferably during

morning and

evening)

Dust in roads, house shades and

leaves of trees nearbyroad

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Distribution of ear plugs Site observation, discussion

with workers

Monthly Complains from workers, diseases

related to ear

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Blasting time and location from

the project

Site observation, discussion

with local people

Before and after the

blasting time

No complains by local people and

outsiders using project area

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Disposal of construction waste Site observation, discussion

with local people

Monthly Construction waste are dumped in a

specified location, no complains from

local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Seepage and leakage from

construction materials

Site observation Monthly No seepage and leakage Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Disposal of muck Muck disposal site, Monthly Muck disposed in specified

locations, maintenance of disposal

area

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Proper management of

construction waste

Site observation Weekly Waste disposal site, complains from

local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Plantation activities Observation of plantation site Monthly Reforestation in specified locations Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/C

FUG/ DFO

Consultant

Slope stabilization Site observation Monthly

Landslide protection measures such as

gabion walls, retaining walls in

specified locations

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant



2018

Page|153


Management of hazardous

substances

Observation of disposal site

and discussion with local

people

Quarterly Properly disposed Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Disposal of solid waste Site observation and

discussion with local people

Weekly Proper management of waste disposal

site, no complains from local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment

Consultant

Nursery of seedlings Site observation and

discussions with localpeople

Quarterly Production of seedlings and

distribution to local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/C

FUG/ DFO

Consultant

Awareness raising programs on

health and sanitation,

environmental conservation and

safety related issue

Documents of programs,


Monthly Awareness level increased amongst

local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment//

Wards/Gaunpali

ka/DoED

Consultant

Any kind of hunting (Illegal and

non-illegal) and poaching of wild

animals by construction workers

Monitoring of construction

workers

Daily No hunting and poaching of wildlife

reported

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/C

FUG/ DFO

Consultant

Establishment of fish ladder Site observation, fish

sampling in upstream and

downstream

Once during

construction

Observation of fish movement

through the fish ladder, types of

fishes in upstream and downstream

of intake

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Do

ED

Consultant

Adequate compensation for loss

of land

Discussion with affected

family

During

compensation

process, Once

before and after

compensation

Compensation are provided in

consensus with local people and the

affected households, complain from

the local people

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Co

mpensation

Fixing

Committee/War

ds/Gaunpalika/D

oED

Consultant



2018

Page|154


Control of anti socio-cultural

activities

Observation and discussion

with local people

Daily Decrease/increase in social abuses Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/

Wards/Gaunpal

ika/DoED

Consultant

Health and sanitation

improvement activities

Discussion with local people Quarterly Availability and improvement in the

health and sanitation services in the

project area

Ministry

ofForestry and

Environment/

Wards/Gaunpal

ika/MoHP

Proponent

Improvement of existing

infrastructure and service centers;

health care service, water supply,

accessibility and education


with local people

Monthly Improved condition of infrastructure

and service centres in project area

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Do

ED

Consultant

Training of construction workers

for safety

Discussion with

construction

workers

Monthly Less accidents and more careful and

trained construction workers

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Do

ED

Consultant

Establishment of a siren system Site observation and


Monthly Number of accidents because of

blasting and sudden water release

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Do

ED

Consultant/pro

po nent

Proper implementation of

mitigation measures proposed in

the EIA document.

Site observation and

discussion with project

management and local people

using a checklist

Monthly Implementation of mitigation

measures during construction

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Do

ED

Proponent/cons

ultant

Empowerment of women and

disadvantaged groups

Site observation, social

auditing

Half yearly Changed in literacy rate, household

income, change in knowledge of

targeted groups about environmental

conservation, health and safety etc

Wards/Gaunpali

ka//Local

NGOs/DoED

Consultant



2018

Page|155


Clean-up and reinstatement of

the project area

Site observation At the end of

construction

period

Aesthetic appearance of project area Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Mo

En/DoE D

Proponent/Con

sultant

Operation phase

Minimum flow of 10% of

monthly discharge to

downstream


discussion with project

management team

During dry season

of every year

10% downstream release during dry

season

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Mo

En/DoE D

Proponent/Con

sultant

Operation of the fish ladder Site observation, fish

sampling in upstream and

downstream

Monthly Observation of fish movement

through the fish ladder, types of

fishes in upstream and downstream

of intake

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/Mi

nistry of Energy,

Water Resources

and

Irrigation/DoE D

Proponent/Con

sultant

Any kind of hunting and

poaching of wildlives

Monitoring of operation

workers, market inspection

Daily No hunting and poaching of wildlife

reported, wildlife meat not found in

market

Ministry of

Forests and

Environment/C

FUG/ DFO

Proponent

Control of anti socio-cultural

activities


with local people

Weekly Social abuses and or offences are

decreased

Wards/Gaunpali

ka/Local

NGOs/DoED

Proponent/Con

sultant

Health, sanitation and safety Site observation and

discussion with workers and

local people

Monthly Decreased in number of accidents,

improved sanitation condition

Wards/Gaunpali

ka/Local

NGOs/DoED

Proponent/Con

sultant



2017

Page|156


Table 9. 3: Strategy for impact monitoring of MKGHEP

Type

Parameters

Method

Schedule

Location

Indicator

Agencies to be

consulted

Agency

responsible

for

monitoring

Construction phase

Physical environment

Slope stability and soil

erosion

Site observation Thrice a year Weir,

powerhouse,

surge shaft, and

staff quarter site

Slope stabilization,

Mass wasting, erosion and

landslide

Ministry of Forests

and Environment,

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Consultant/

proponent

Disposal of muck Site observation Thrice a year Muck disposal site Disposal of muck in proper

location, reuse of muck

Ministry of Forests

and Environment,

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Consultant/

proponent

Imp

act

mon

itori

ng

Water quality of

Kaligandaki River

Site observation,

Laboratory analysis

Twice a year Immediate

upstream and

downstream of

the headworks,

tailrace outlet and

disposal site,

Tailrace water of

Kaligandaki

DO, BOD, TDS, TSS, Color,

Turbidity, Ph

Local NGOs,

Wards, Ministry of

Energy, Water

Resources and

Irrigation

Proponent

Air quality Observation, discussion

with local people and use

of high volume sampler

to detect the particulate

level

Quarterly Intake,

powerhouse,

access road

Total suspended particulate,

dust,

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Proponent



2018

Page|157


Noise quality Site observation, enquiry

with local people,

Thrice a year Project area Hearing problem

(workers/locals), crack in

surrounding infrastructure

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Proponent

Leakage of toxic

material

Observation and enquiry

with construction workers

Weekly Project area Smell of toxic material, scum

nearby water pondage,

contaminated land

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Proponent


Status of local forest

resource and wildlife


interaction with local

people

Monthly Nearby forest

areas and wildlife

habitat

Forest status, wildlife

abundance, quantity of fuel

wood use by construction

workers, number of fuel wood

depot established

DFO, CFUGs,

Ministry of Forests

and Environment,

Proponent/

DFO

Fish population and

migration

Fish sampling, interaction

with fisherman and local

people

Monthly Downstream and

upstream of weir

Fish migration through fish

ladders, status of fishes in up

and downstream area

Wards, Gaunpalika,

DoA

Proponent

Actual loss of number

of trees

Observation and enquiry During site

clearance

Project Number of trees felled, Forest

status

DFO, CFUGs,

Ministry of Forests

and Environment

Proponent

Status of

compensatory

plantation and survival

rate

Observation and enquiry Once a month Plantation areas Quantity of planted species,

regular spray of water

DFO, CFUGs,

Ministry of Forests

and Environment

Proponent

Wildlife killing,

harassing and poaching

activities

Observation and enquiry

with project staff, local

people, staff of CFUG‟s

During

constructi

on period

Project area Death record, availability of

meat and skin of wildlife at

local market, number of

people arrested

DFO, CFUGs,

ACAP, DNPWC

Proponent



2018

Page|158


Socio economic and cultural environment


condition of the local

people

Direct observation and

interaction with

localpeople

Quarterly In project affected

Wards


condition, types of diseases

observed, status of health

institution

Wards, Gaunpalika,

local NGOs/

DoED/MoHP

Proponent

Employment status Interaction with project

manager

At least once

in a year

Project area Migration rate, number of

skilled, semi-skilled and

unskilled workers

Wards, Gaunpalika,

local NGOs/DoED

Proponent

Economic status of

local people

Survey with local people Twice a year

during

construction

Project affected

Wards

Business establishment,

livelihood, lifestyle, Per

capita income, expenditure

Wards, Gaunpalika,

local NGOs/DoED

Proponent

Trade and commerce Site observation and

discussion with local

people

Twice a year Project affected

Wards

Establishment of shops,

restaurants, export of local

goods

Wards, Gaunpalika,

/DoED

Proponent

Social disharmony

activities

Site observation, enquiry

with construction

workers and local people

During

constructi

on period

Project

construction sites

and surrounding

locality

Complain from the local

people and the project workers

Wards,

Gaunpalika, local

NGO/DoED

Proponent

Crop scarcity Enquiry with the local

people

During

constructi

on period

Project area Shortage of food in the

project area, complain from

local people and construction

workers

Wards, Gaunpalika,

DoA

Proponent

Operation phase

Physical environment

Water quality Observation and

laboratory analysis

Quarterly Immediate

upstream and

downstream of

the headworks

and tailrace outlet

and other disposal

sites

DO, BOD, TDS, TSS, Color,

Turbidity, Ph

Local NGOs,

Wards, MoE

Consultant



2018

Page|159


Air quality Observation, discussion

with local people and

high-volume sampler

Quarterly Intake,

powerhouse,

access road

Total suspended particulate,

dust

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika,

MoE

Proponent

Slope stability and

erosion

Observation Once in a

month

Overall project

area

Slope failure, eroded and

unstable slopes

Ministry of Forests

and Environment,

Local NGOs,

Wards, Gaunpalika

Proponent


Fish status Fish sampling and/or

information from local

people

Monthly Downstream and

upstream of the

headworks site

Abundance of fish species Wards, Gaunpalika,

DoA

Consultant

Forest encroachment Observation Once in three

months

Project area Settlement in the forest area,

forest degradation

DFO, CFUGs,

Ministry of Forests

and Environment

Proponent

Socioeconomic and cultural environment

Social and economic

status of project

affected families

Discussion with project

affected families and

local people

After one

year of land

acquisition

Project area Per capita income, life style

and livelihood

Wards, Gaunpalika,

local NGOs/DoED

Proponent

Women status Enquiry with the women

of project area

After three

months of

operation

period

Project area Job availability for women,

economic status

Wards, Gaunpalika

local NGOs/DoED

Proponent



2018

Page|160


9.2 ENVIRONMENAL MONITORING COST

The estimated cost of environmental monitoring, which includes expenses for human resources,

sampling/lab analysis, report production, transportation and others during pre-construction, construction

and operation phases of the project are shown in Table 9.4 below. The environmental monitoring cost

during pre-construction phase is estimated to be NRs. 9,15,000. Similarly, the environmental monitoring

cost during project construction and operation phase is estimated to be NRs. 68,24,000 and NRs.

8,14,000 respectively. Hence, the total cost for environmental monitoring is estimated to be NRs.

85,53,000.

Table 9. 4: Cost for Environmental Monitoring Program

S. No. Item Man-month Rate/Month (NRs.) Amount (NRs.)

1 Pre-construction Phase

1.1 Human Resources

1.1.1 Environmental Expert/ Team Leader 1 95,000 95,000

1.1.2 Environmental Engineer 1 75,000 75,000

1.1.3 Forestry Expert/ Ecologist 1 75,000 75,000

1.1.4 Socio-economist 1 75,000 75,000

1.1.5 Support Staff 1 20,000 20,000

Sub total 3,40,000

1.2 Out of Pocket Expenses

1.2.1 Field Assistant LS 50,000

1.2.2 Transportation 1 month LS 3,50,000

1.2.3 Report Production LS 50,000

1.2.4 Sampling/ Laboratory Analysis LS 75,000

1.2.5 Miscellaneous LS 50,000

Sub total 5,75,000

Total (A) 9,15,000

2 Construction Phase

2.1 Human Resources

2.1.1 Senior Environmental Advisor 2 95,000 1,90,000

2.1.2 Unit Chief/ Environmental Expert 36 75,000 27,00,000

2.1.3 Environmental Engineer 2 75,000 1,50,000

2.1.4 Forestry Expert/ Ecologist 2 75,000 1,50,000

2.1.8 Monitors 36 24,000 8,64,000

2.1.9 Support Staff 36 17,000 7,20,000

Sub -total 47,74,000


2.2.1 Field and Office Equipment LS 2,50,000

2.2.2 Office Establishment LS 2,50,000

2.2.3 Office Supplies/ Report Preparation LS 2,50,000

2.2.4 Sampling/ Lab Analysis LS 2,50,000

2.2.5 Transportation (Vehicles/ fuels/ maintenance etc.) LS 8,00,000

2.2.6 Miscellaneous LS 2,50,000

Sub-total 20,50,000



2018

Page|161


Total (B) 67,06,000

3 Operation and Maintenance Phase (24 months)

3.1 Human Resources

3.1.1 Environmental Expert/ Team Leader 1 95,000 95,000

3.1.2 Forestry Expert/ Ecologist 1 75,000 75,000

3.1.4 Socio-economist 1 75,000 75,000

3.1.5 Support Staff 1 20,000 20,000

Sub-total 2,65,000


3.2.1 Field Assistant LS 1,00,000

3.2.2 Transportation LS 1,00,000

3.2.3 Field sampling/ lab analysis LS 2,00,000

3.2.4 Report Production LS 1,00,000

3.2.5 Miscellaneous LS 49,000

Sub-total 5,49,000

Total (C) 8,14,000

Grand Total A + B + C 85,53,000



2018

Page|162


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 10:ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT

10.1 INTRODUCTION

An environmental auditing will compare monitoring results with information generated during the pre-

project period. Comparisons can be made with similar projects or against standard norms. It helps to

evaluate the accuracy and adequacy of EIA predictions by relating actual impacts with predicted

impacts.

Impact monitoring provides raw data, which can be used to undertake an EIA audit. Such audit can be

effective tools by providing control authorities with an overall picture of the main impacts of the project

and identifying issues of concern, where actual impacts have exceeded norms. However, MoPE will

carry out post-construction environmental audit study after two years of commencement of project

operation as per provision of EPR, 2054. It helps to examine the actual environmental impacts, accuracy

of predictions, effectiveness of environmental impact mitigation and enhancement measures and

functioning of monitoring mechanisms.

The environmental audit for physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural environment is

described in sub sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 respectively. The environmental audit shall include, but not

be limited to, the following tasks.

10.2 PHYSCICAL ENVIRONMENT

Following aspects shall be covered under the physical environment:

▪ Changes in baseline condition in the physical environment of the project area after the

project construction such as topography, land use, landslide, hydrology;

▪ Accuracy of the predicted impacts;

▪ Magnitude of the predicted impacts;

▪ Effectiveness of the implemented mitigation measures;

▪ Compliance with the EIA report;

▪ Compliance with environmental clauses of tender document;

▪ Identification of numbers and area of non-compliances; and

▪ Effectiveness of compliance monitoring system.


Following aspects shall be covered under the biological environment:

▪ Changes in baseline condition in the biological environment of the project area after the

project construction;






▪ Identification of numbers and area of non-compliances; and

▪ Effectiveness of compliance monitoring system.



2018

Page|163



Following aspects shall be covered under the socio-economic and the cultural environment:

▪ Changes in baseline condition in the socio-economic and cultural environment of theproject

area after the project construction;




▪ Positive and negative impacts of the project on local community;



▪ Identification of number and area of non-compliances;

▪ Effectiveness of compliance monitoring system; and

▪ Impact of the project on the regional and national economy.

10.5 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY

Environmental audit will follow the same methodology and survey sites covered in Environmental

Impact Assessment Study and monitoring report. Review of monitoring report, field visit, data

collection, sampling, lab test and use of checklist, meeting and discussion with local community, VDC,

DCC and the line agencies shall be the main methodologies to be adopted for the environmental impact

audit.

10.6 SCHEDULE

Environmental audit of the proposed project shall be conducted after two years of the completion of the

project, as per EPR, 2054. The estimated time for the audit is proposed for 6 months from the date of

commencement.

10.7 REQUIRED SPECIALISTS

Environmental audit requires a team of multidisciplinary experts with relevant experiences in

hydropower project. Following team is proposed for environmental audit of the proposed Project.

▪ Team Leader/ Environmental Expert;

▪ Hydropower Engineer/ Civil Engineer;

▪ Environmental Engineer;

▪ Forestry Expert/ Ecologist;

▪ Socio-economist; and

▪ Support staff.

10.8 ESTIMATED COST

The estimated cost to carry out the environmental impact audit is 16,27,000 including the experts, data

collection, sampling, lab test, transportation and report production. The detail of the environmental audit

cost is presented in the Table-10.1 below;



2018

Page|164


Table 10. 1: Cost for Environmental Audit

S. No. Item Man-month Rate NRs./

Month

(NRs.)

Amount

(NRs.)

1. Experts

1.1 Team Leader 4 95,000 3,80,000

1.2 Environmental Engineer 3 75,000 2,25,000

1.3 Forestry Expert 3 75,000 2,25,000

1.4 Socio-economist 3 75,000 2,25,000

1.5 Support Staff 4 20,000 80,000

Sub-total 11,35,000

2. Out of Pocket Expenses

2.1 Transportation LS 1,20,000

2.2 Report Production LS 1,00,000

2.3 Data collection, sampling, lab test etc. LS 2,00,000

2.4 Miscellaneous LS 72,000

Sub-total 4,92,000

Grand Total 16,27,000

10.9 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY

MoPE is supposed to undertake the post-construction environmental audit work of the MKGHEP

Hydroelectric Project as per the provision made in Environment Protection Rules, 2054 (1997).



2018

Page|165


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 11:ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN Following Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are prepared covering physical, biological and

socio-economic and cultural environment related with the impacts occurring as a result of project

implementation.

11.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The required actions under the Physical Environment Management Plan are presented below.

11.1.1 Erosion Abatement and Watershed Management Plan

The project contractor will formulate the Erosion Abatement and Watershed Management Plan and

obtain prior approval for implementation. The contractor will include layout of the sites, work

procedures, design and methods for erosion control and minimization etc.

Plan # 1: Excavation and Cutting Activities

• The contractor will use manual methods for initial phase of cutting and excavation of project

internal road to minimize the side casting of materials down the slope and the potential

ground disturbances.

• Use of explosives will be minimized with low capacity detonator and in a controlled

manner.

• Side casting of excavated materials down the slope will be avoided.

• The excavated muck and spoil will be collected and transported/hauled to the designated

disposal sites.

• Angle of repose will be maintained during cutting and excavating the slopes.

• Water collected on the side drain will be discharged across the road down the slope, using

stable drainage line.

• Tunnel portal and the project internal road will be periodically maintained during pre-

monsoon, middle of monsoon and post monsoon period.

Plan # 2: Underground Excavation

• Exploration of the land stability position around the tunnel alignments will be carried out

prior to the excavation.

Plan # 3: Quarry Excavation

• Slope cutting will be maintained in every 4m with a bench of 3m wide.

• Drainage will be arranged for the run-off from the quarry sites.

Schedule

The plans will be implemented during the construction and Operation & Maintenance (O & M) phases of

the project.



2018

Page|166


Responsibility

The project contractor will primarily be responsible for the formulation and implementation of the plan

and will obtain prior approval from the Resident Engineer (RE).

11.1.2 Muck/ Spoil Management Plan

Plan # 1: Muck/Spoil Disposal Sites

• Drainage will be arranged around the heap of disposed spoil/muck to prevent run-off of

spoil during monsoon.

• Toe protection will be provided at/around spoil/muck disposal sites to control erosion and

slides.

• Filled spoil/muck will be compacted after every one meter depth of filling.

• Outward slopes will be maintained at 35 degrees, taking into account the angle of repose.

• Outward slope will be planted with grass cover to minimize gully erosion.

• Top of the filled spoil/muck surface will be treated to maintained surface level.

Plan # 2: Construction Materials Storage and Stockpiling Sites

• Contractors will plan for optimum use of designated construction yard for storing and

stockpiling construction materials, keeping in view the physical and chemical properties of

the materials to be stored.

• Good housekeeping practice will be established within the yard with records of materials in

storage and stockpiling areas.

• Explosives will be transported with Nepal army protection as per Explosive Act of Nepal.

• Required fuel and lubricants and dispensing units will be bounded in a concrete platform

with berm all around.

• Spent mobiles, oils, greases and other chemicals will be collected and stored in a separate

covered storage facilities before final safe disposal is carried out according to instructions of

RE as per prevailing rules of GoN.

Schedule

These plans will be implemented during the construction phase of the project till the end of all

construction works.

Responsibility

The project contractor will primarily be responsible for the formulation and implementation of such plan

and will obtain prior approval from the RE.

11.1.3 Pollution Abatement Plan

The project contractor shall prepare a Pollution Abatement Plan for Water, Air and Noise and obtain

prior approval from the RE before implementing the plan.

11.1.4 Water Pollution Control Plan

Plan # 1: Wastewater and Solid waste Management Plan

• The workers’ camps will have adequate numbers of toilets (1:10) and bathroom facilities

with sufficient water supply equipped with flushing arrangement.



2018

Page|167


• Sewage from residential and office buildings within the workers/staff camps will be treated

in septic tanks, which will be constructed within the premises of respective camps.

• Other wastewater/grey water generated from all camps will be recycled for flushing and

irrigation.

• A 3R (Reduce, Reuse and Recycle) approach as per the Solid Waste Management Rules,

2013, will be implemented to collect, segregate and dispose all solid wastes, including

hazardous wastes, to be generated from all construction sites, storage yards and

workers/staff camps.

• A segregation and temporary storage facilities at the project headworks and powerhouse

sites will be established for segregation of solid waste from the project camps, construction

sites and yards, batching and crushing plants, etc. for the periodic management of solid

waste as per the direction of the EMU.

• Littering and haphazard dumping of solid waste will be strictly prohibited.

• Workers will be strictly prohibited from open defecation.

• Wastewater generated from the run-off from batching plants, crusher plants, concrete mixture,

workshop and tunnels/adits will be first diverted to a settling pond before final discharge into the

river or natural water bodies. In the settling tank, the wastewater will be physically treated for

removal of suspended solids through gravitational settling while petro-chemical and other oily

substances will be removed with the skimmers from the surface.

• Unused cement slurry and concrete from the batching plants will be used for the road

maintenance and/or safely disposed of in the designated spoil disposal sites.

• Muck/spoil will be safely dumped at the designated sites.

• The floor of designated storage area will be lined to reduce the surface and underground pollution in

the event of a spill of fuel, oils, lubricants or other chemicals. Additionally, such area will be

enclosed by dikes/berms in order to prevent overflow.

• Inside all camps, every household will be provided with two separate dust bins (with two different

colors) for compulsory segregation of domestic waste into organic and non-organic fractions, which

will also be collected separately every alternate day followed by composting/burial of

organic/compostable fraction and sorting/recovery of reusable/recyclable materials from non-organic

fraction.

• Collection of used oils, burnt mobiles, grease and other toxic and hazardous waste/materials such as

unused chemicals, exhausted batteries etc. only at covered storage facility within construction yard

for final disposal later as per regulatory requirements or EMU instructions.

• Burial of septage from cleaning of septic tanks only at designated place far from the local water

bodies.

11.1.5 Air Pollution Control Plan

Plan # 1: Operation and Maintenance of Vehicles and Equipment

• All the project vehicles, equipment, compressor, diesel generators will be procured,

operated and maintained in compliance with National Vehicle Mass Emission Standard

(NVMES), 2069 B. S. and any applicable emission standards issued by the MoPE.

Plan # 2: Fugitive Dusts

• Sprinkling of water two times daily on project access tracks, quarry sites, in and around the

aggregate crushing plants during dry season to arrest the fugitive dusts particles. Personal



2018

Page|168


Protective Equipment (PPE) such as masks, goggles etc. will be provided to all the

construction crew members

Plan # 3: Combustion Emissions

• Restriction on biomass burning at workers camps for heating and cooking purpose.

• Maintenance of project access road, vehicles and equipment on regular basis.

• Provision for kerosene or LP Gas for heating and cooking purpose within all camps

Compulsory provision of controlled smoke and exhaust stacks in the concrete

batching/aggregate crushing plants and the diesel generators

• Open burning of any solid waste as an easy disposal method will be strictly prohibited

Plan # 4: Control of Foul Odor Emission

• Provision of adequate number of toilets, one toilet for 10 workers, with flushing

arrangement and septic tank at all construction sites and camp sites.

11.1.6 Noise Pollution Control Plan

Plan # 1: Noise from Vehicles and Equipment

• Regular maintenance of the project vehicles and equipment to minimize noise.

• Restriction on the use of pressure horns and honking near the settlements particularly at

night.

• Periodic maintenance of all machinery at aggregate crushing and concrete batching plants

Plan # 2: Procurement of Machines & Equipment

• Project management will emphasize the contractor to purchase/use state-of-the-art air

compressors, diesel generators and crushing machines fitted with noise arresters.

Plan # 3: Noise from Blasting

• Blasting activities will be performed in control manner with limited detonators and in

small lots.

• Standard safety gears will be provided to all the workers involved in blasting works

• Night time and early morning blasting activities will be prohibited except for underground

blasting.

• Flagging the construction area and blaring of siren as warning prior to blasting to notify the

local communities.

Schedule

These plans will be implemented during entire construction phase of the project.

Responsibility

The project contractors will primarily be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the plan




2018

Page|169


11.1.7 Toxic and Hazardous Chemical Handling Management Plan

The project contractor will prepare a Toxic and Hazardous Chemical Handling Management Plan in

order to protect and minimize the impacts associated with mishandling of such wastes and resulting in

human exposure to them.

The contractor will include the process and procedures for proper location and storage of toxic and

hazardous chemical and its handling procedures.

Plan # 1: Clearing Activities

• Toxic and hazardous materials and chemicals, such as used oils, lubricants, mobiles,

chemical admixture, used batteries along with their containers, will be collected and stored

in dedicated covered storage facilities separately within the premises of construction yard as

per instructions of Resident Engineer (RE) before their final safe disposal is carried out as

per the prevailing rule of GoN.

Schedule

The plan will be implemented during the construction phase of the project.

Responsibility



11.1.8 Construction Camp Management Plan

• The project contractor will prepare and submit the Construction Camp Management Plan to the

Project Managerthrough Resident Engineer for approval. The primary objective of this plan is to

make sure that the adverse impacts arising from workers camps during project construction is

minimized to the extent possible and the living condition inside the camps is made clean and

hygienic with adequate supply of potable water, adequate numbers of toilets (1:10) with flushing

facilities and septic tanks, and supply of kerosene or LPG for cooking and heating purposes.

• The final plan will be prepared by the project contractors upon completion of final design. However,

the plan will address the following aspects:

• The project contractors will prepare the detailed design of the proposed construction camps and

other auxiliary facilities for its staff and workers including features of camps structure, facilities and

services for the approval to Resident Engineer within two months prior to the start of construction

activities at the sites. The layout and design of facilities will be based on prevailing laws of land,

applicable standards and compliance with environmental provisions.

• The proposed camps will be equipped with adequate ventilation and proper facilities for sleeping,

resting, canteen, grocery shops, entertainment hall with TV, toilets and bathroom etc. with adequate

supply of drinking water and sanitation provision. The toilets will have flushing facilities with

connection to septic tanks.

• A code of conduct for the contractor staff and workers from outside will be prepared including

instruction to respect local norms, values, culture and traditions.

• Outside workers will not be allowed to bring their family and kids to the project sites.

• The camps and construction sites will not use the existing facilities particularly the drinking water

supply, communication and health services, as well as solid waste management facilities of the local

area.

• Local people from the project affected wards will be given priority to open and operate the canteen

and grocery shops etc. for the camps.



2018

Page|170


• Camps will have their own solid waste collection system, drinking water supply/treatment facilities

and drainage system.

• Camps will be established as far from the local settlements as possible.

• Camp area will be fenced off with round the clock security provision.

Schedule

The plans will be implemented prior to the construction of the project works and continue till the end of

the construction phase.

Responsibility

The project contractors will be responsible for the formulation and implementation of the plan and will

obtain approval from the RE.

11.1.9 Ocupational Health and Safety Plan (OHS Plan)

Plan # 1: Safety of Construction Workers

• The Occupational Health and Safety Plan will include occupational safety procedures, safety

training, provision and use of personal protective equipment (PPE), supervision and monitoring of

working conditions of job sites, regular periodic checks on OHS Plan, and sickbay facilities for

workers in times of injuries and fatal cases etc.

• All the workers will be insured against any injury or death caused in the course of project

construction works.

• Project workers will be provided with basic training on safety issue and safety measures to be taken

at job sites as per job nature at least once a week for the initial first year of project construction then

after every month.

• Project workers will be provided with PPE such as, safety helmets and boots with steel toe, hand

gloves, air masks, ear plugs, and goggles for welders and mandatory use of PPE at job sites during

the time of works. Workers found not using the PPE’s during working hours will be penalized.

• Project contractor will employ a Safety Officer on duty at sites to oversee and monitor the safety

aspects of the construction workers as well as to ensure that the workers are aware of safety issues

and measures and they are using the safety gears provided by the contactor.

• First aid box for minor cuts and injuries will be placed at each of the construction sites of the project.

Plan # 2: Safety of Work Place

• Various informative sign posts will be placed at risky area of construction sites.

• Construction sites will be fence off and unauthorized entry will be prohibited.

• Handy Fire Extinguisher will be placed at each of the appropriate construction sites of the project.

• Siren warning system will be placed at each of the construction locations and blared to inform the

project workers to evacuate the sites immediately in case of emergency and/or unpredictable

incidents.

• Unauthorized persons and project workers found not complying with prescribed safety measures will

not be allowed to enter the construction sites.

Plan # 3: Health Care Facilities

• A sickbay for healthcare facilities for the project workers and staff will be established centrally in

the project area with trained medical human resources, medicines and equipment.

• A medical ambulance will be put in service to evacuate the injured workers to the sickbay or nearby

hospital.



2018

Page|171


Schedule

These plans will be implemented during the construction phase of the project.

Responsibility

The project contractor will primarily be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the plan

and will obtained prior approval from the RE.

11.1.10 Emergency Preparedness and Management Plan

Plan # 1: Periodic Check of Construction Work Area

• Project construction sites will be checked routinely with regard to working area safety provisions

and preparedness for required response to any emergency situation.

• Emergency siren will be placed at each of the construction locations to warn the construction

workers for safe evacuation from the construction sites in case of emergency.

• Maps showing emergency escape routes will be posted at accessible locations inside each job site.

• Construction workers will be briefed about the emergency measures to tackle accidents involving

exposure to chemical and other health hazardous materials. Besides, user friendly instruction notice

will also be posted at various locations of construction sites to inform the workers.

• Ambulance will be arranged for construction site to evacuate the injured workers to the sickbay or to

nearby hospital in case of emergency.

• Sufficient stock of medicines for communicable diseases will be maintained in order to respond to

any outbreak of epidemics.

Schedule


Responsibility



11.1.11 Construction Traffic Management Plan

Plan # 1: Parking at Camp and Construction Sites

• Project vehicles and equipment will be parked only at the designated areas inside the camps and

construction sites.

• Speed of vehicles will be controlled with speed limit sign post near the settlements of the project

area.

• Honking of horn will also be prohibited with no HORN signpost near the settlements of the project

area.

Plan # 2: Traffic Signs and Control

• Important traffic signs will be placed at appropriate locations within the project area for

defensive driving and safety of the local people.

Schedule


Responsibility



2018

Page|172




11.2 OPERATION PHASE

11.2.1 Management Plan

Project Proponent

The project proponent itself will solely be responsible for the management during the operation and

maintenance (O & M) phase of the project. It will be responsible for the execution of works related to

bio-physical and socio-economic and cultural environment.

Construction Site and Temporary Facilities Rehabilitation Management Plan

• Safe removal of all construction machines and equipment

• Clean up of construction debris and construction raw materials

• Storage of machine/ equipment, debris and construction raw materials

• Machine and equipment are to be removed and disposed as per contractual agreement

• Recovery of the useful materials from the construction debris and the construction raw material

• Recovered materials will be removed and disposed off as per contractual agreement

Remaining solid waste materials will be removed and managed as per Water Pollution Control Plan, plan

#1 Wastewater and Solid Waste Management Plan

11.3 BIO-DIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

11.3.1 Forest Management Plan

Under the Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan, detail survey of plant species to be felled in the

presence of ACAP and concerned authority, proper felling of trees for site clearances, preparation for

replacement plantation to minimize and/or mitigate the impacts on terrestrial ecology of the area will be

prepared. Due consultation with the ACAP and DFO office and its local office as well as the local

community and the people will be closely carried out with regard to selection of plantation location,

selection of plant species, nursery development and plantation and conservation for five years.

Plan # 1: Coordination with DFO & CFUG

• Project will make close coordination with DFO and its local office as well CFUGs from the initial

stage to the end of the project in order to minimize the impacts on forest resources to the extent

possible, effective implementation of the mitigation measures and enhancement of the beneficial

impacts.

• Project will support the Forest Office and CFUG in its efforts to environmental conservation

activities.

Plan # 2: Control of Illegal Activities

• Project will prohibit its construction workforce for illegal extraction of forest resources, and will

take stern action if anyone found guilty in such activities by stipulating the provision in the workers

code of conduct.

• Make aware or inform to DFO in case of illegal activities.

• Effective consultation and coordination mechanism will be developed and maintained between the

project and DFO.



2018

Page|173


• Posters and sign post will be placed at appropriate locations of the project area to inform the people

and workers about the importance of conservation and protection of forest resources.

• Contractor will provide kerosene and/or LP gas as alternative means of energy for cooking purposes

to the project workers at the construction camps.

• Awareness program will be conducted twice a year with the coordination of local youth clubs and

women groups to the local communities and the outside workers to promote conservation awareness.

Schedule


Responsibility


and will obtain prior approval from the project management.

11.3.2 Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan

Under the Terrestrial Ecology Management Plan, detail survey of plant species to be felled in the

presence of ACAP and concerned authority, proper felling of trees for site clearances, preparation for

replacement plantation to minimize and/or mitigate the impacts on terrestrial ecology of the area will be

prepared. Due consultation with the ACAP and DFO office and its local office as well as the local

community and the people will be closely carried out with regard to selection of plantation location,

selection of plant species, nursery development and plantation and conservation for five years.

Plan # 1: Coordination with ACAP and DFO

• Project will make close coordination with ACAP and DFO and its local office from the initial stage

to the end of the project in order to minimize the impacts on forest resources to the extent possible,

effective implementation of the mitigation measures and enhancement of the beneficial impacts.

• Project will support the ACAP in its efforts to environmental conservation activities.

Plan # 2: Replacement Plantation as per GoN Policy

• Replacement plantation in the ratio of 1:25 will be carried out with due consultation with ACAP,

local community and people in the area and species of their choice.

• Plantation activities will also be carried out at the sites of spoil disposal and quarry area upon

completion of the project construction works and handed over to the concerned authority.

• Involvement of ACAP and local community in the plantationprogram and conservation for five

years.

Plan # 3: Control of Illegal Activities

• Project will prohibit its construction workforce for illegal extraction of forest resources, and will

take stern action if anyone found guilty in such activities by stipulating the provision in the workers

code of conduct.

• Make aware or inform to ACAP in case of illegal activities.


project and ACAP.


and workers about the importance of conservation and protection of forest resources.

• Project will provide kerosene and/or LP gas as alternative means of energy for cooking purposes to

the project workers at the construction camps.

• Awareness program will be conducted with the coordination of local youth clubs and women groups

to the local communities and the outside workers to promote conservation awareness.



2018

Page|174


Schedule


Responsibility



11.3.3 Wildlife Protection and Conservation Plan

Under the Wildlife Protection and Conservation Plan, various measures to protect the wildlife and its

habitat will be prepared in detail in order to conserve the wildlife status as well as to minimize and/or

mitigate the potential impacts associated with the implementation of the proposed project. Due

consultation with the ACAP office and its local office as well as the local community and the people will

be closely consulted with regard to protection and conservation of wildlife and its habitat.

Plan # 1: Coordination with ACAP

• Project will make close coordination with ACAP and its local office from the initial stage to the end

of the project in order to minimize the impacts on wildlife and its habitat to the extent possible,

effective implementation of the mitigation measures and enhancement of the beneficial impacts.


project and ACAP.

• Project will provide support to ACAP on its efforts to wildlife conservation activities.

Plan # 2: Information and Awareness

• Project will prohibit its construction workforce to illegal hunting, trapping and poaching activities in

the forest, and will take stern action if anyone found guilty in such activities by stipulating the

provision in the workers code of conduct.

• Make aware or inform to ACAP in the case of illegal activities.


and workers about the importance of conservation and protection of wildlife and its habitat.

• Awareness program will be conducted with the coordination of local youth clubs and women groups

to the local communities and the outside workers to promote wildlife protection and conservation

awareness.

Schedule


Responsibility



11.3.4 Aquatic Ecology Management Plan

Under the Aquatic Ecology Management Plan, various measures will be proposed to sustain aquatic

ecology and in the Kaligandaki river in order to minimize and/or mitigate the potential impacts

associated with the implementation of the proposed project on the aquatic ecology, particularly at the

dewatered stretch of the Kaligandaki river. Due consultation with the ACAP office and its local office as

well as the local community and the people will be closely consulted in this regard.



2018

Page|175


Plan # 1: Coordination with ACAP

• Project will make close coordination with ACAP and its local office from the initial stage to

the end of the project in order to minimize the impacts on aquatic ecology to the extent

possible, effective implementation of the mitigation measures and enhancement of the

beneficial impacts.

• Effective consultation and coordination mechanism will be developed and maintained

between the project and ACAP.

Plan # 2: Information and Awareness

• Make aware or inform to ACAP in the case of illegal activities.

• Posters and sign post will be placed at appropriate locations of the project area to inform the

people and workers about prohibition.

• Awareness program will be conducted twice a year with the coordination of local youth

clubs and women groups to the local communities and the outside workers to promote

wildlife protection and conservation awareness.

Plan # 3: Riparian Release

• As per policy, 10% of monthly flow as riparian release is proposed to minimize the likely impact on

aquatic ecology and river morphology.

Schedule

The plans will be implemented during the construction and operation phase of the project.

Responsibility

The project contractor will primarily be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the plan


11.3.5 Forest Fire Management Plan

Plan # 1: Forest Fire Control

• All the equipment and vehicles will be kept far from the forest area if possible.

• Repairman of the electrical and mechanical devices regularly.

• Placing of sign and symbols in the construction area warning the possibility of forest fire.

• Smoking will be prohibited in construction area near community forests.

• Storage of the fuels will be placed far from the forest areas.

11.4 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

11.4.1 Permits and Approval Plan

Permits and approvals required for the implementation of proposed hydropower project will be obtained

by the project proponent prior to start the construction works. Hydropower development project need to

obtain permits and approval from numbers of government line agencies, such as generation license form

DoED, approval of EIA from MoPE, government approval for forest clearance, approval from local level

GoN line agencies for use of local resources, permit from Home Ministry for use of explosive and

involvement of Nepal Army to transport the explosives and security, land acquisition through district

administration office negotiation for acquisition or lease of land etc. Hence, the project proponent will



2018

Page|176


acquire all the required permits and approval from concerned line agencies, persons and the community

before the start of the project.

Plan # 1: Preparation and Submission of Request Letters and Documents

• Project proponent will plan for obtaining required permit and approval for forest clearances,

lease of land and permits for explosives during pre-construction phase.

Schedule

This plan will be implemented during pre-construction phase of the project and all the permits and

approval will be acquired prior to the starts of the project construction works.

Responsibility

The project proponent will prepare and implement the plan prior to the starts of the construction works

of the project.

11.4.2 Public Grievance Redress Management Plan

A grievance redress mechanism will be established at the project site to allow community to appeal

against any disagreeable decisions, practices and activities; technical and general project-related

community issues and disputes. The community will be made fully aware of their rights and the

procedures for doing so verbally and in writing during community meetings and consultations.

Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be formed in advance in order to address the grievances of

local community member.

Plan # 1: Objectives

The primary objective of GRC is to settle as many disputes through consultation and to reduce the

number of court cases. EMU will help the community member in bringing out their issues for redressal

related with project before the GRC for redressal. If the community member is not satisfied with the

preliminary level of redressal outcome, the EMU shall forward the case to GRC for formal proceeding.

The GRC would hear complaints lodged by the community member and facilitate solutions. The GRC

may undertake field investigation with concerned community member, if required. The GRC will resolve

the grievances of the eligible persons within the stipulated time period of one month. The response time

prescribed for GRC is 15 days. The GRC may meet frequently depending upon the number of cases. The

decision of the GRC will be final, unless vacated by court of law. The decision of the GRC will not be

binding for the community member to take recourse to the civil court if he/she so desires. The EMU will

maintain the grievance record for each and every case.

Plan # 2: Formation of Grievance Redress Committee

Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be formed at project level comprising of following members:

▪ Project Director, MKGHEP

▪ Chief/Environmental Advisor, EMU

▪ Ward Chairman or Gaunpalika representative

▪ Representative of local community

▪ Representative of contractors.

The GRC will be headed (chairman) by a person of repute from the project area. Such person can be a

retired government officer or Headmaster of local school. It has to be ensured that the head of the GRC

is not a serving government officer. Chief of EMU will serve as member-secretary of the GRC.



2018

Page|177


Plan # 3: Mechanism

Proposed mechanism for grievance resolution will be as follows:

Complaints of the community member on any aspect of the project shall in first instance be settled in

written form in project office at field. The complaint can be discussed in an informal meeting with the

concerned community member, EMU and representative of the Project Manager to settle the issues at the

local level. The community consultation may also facilitate the process in this regard. All the grievances

will be reviewed, decision will be made and informed in writing to the complaining party within two

weeks of receipt of the complaint.

If the complaining party is not satisfied with the response from the EMU, the complaining party can go

to the GRC. While lodging the complaint, the complaining party must produce documents to support

his/her claim. All the grievances will be reviewed and a decision will be informed to the concerned party

within a month of the receipt of complaint. Any complaining party can exercise its constitutional right to

approach the court of law at any time if he/she chooses to do so.

Plan # 4: Establishment of Public Information Centre

A Project Information Center (PIC) will be established at the project area. A grievance and feedback

recording register will also be placed at PIC. Local people can lodge their complaints at this center. The

Chairman of GRC will review that register on monthly basis.

The PIC will maintain the related information of the project regarding the environmental and social

activities, planned and ongoing programs, likely impacts and proposed mitigation measures etc. The

executive summary of EIA report in Nepali language will be put in place at PIC to brief the local people

and the affected communities.

The PIC will also plan and implement the coordination among the various stakeholders of the project

including GoN line agencies at local level. Periodic meetings will be organized at PIC to present and

discuss project activities, progress and issues, if any, with the community members and stakeholders.

11.4.3 Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan

The project proponent will prepare an Institutional Capacity Strengthening Plan to enhance the skill and

capability of the staff responsible for implementing the EMP. Effective capacity building is necessary for

successful implementation of all the plans and program proposed in EMP.

Plan # 1: Training and Observation Visit

The project proponent will implement a short-term training and observation visit program of two weeks

for the staff responsible for the management, implementation and operation of EMP. Observation visit

will be made at one of the hydropower development site in Nepal where environmental due diligence

and EMP were implemented.

Plan # 2: Review and Records

The implemented training program will be reviewed to assess the short coming as well as identify the

future needs. The entire program implemented will be recorded and maintained at site for each staff of

EMU.

11.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN COST

The total Environmental Management Plan cost for the proposed Project is NRs. 15,77,12,000. The cost

is estimated for the implementation of mitigation and enhancement measures, environmental monitoring

during pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the project including the environmental



2018

Page|178


auditing and contingencies upon completion of the project. The cost breakdown for the environmental

management plan (EMP) is presented in Table 11.1 below:

Table 11. 1: Cost for Environmental Management Plan

11.6 INSTITUTIONAL SET-UP

The detail of organizational structure for the implementation of environmental monitoring and

Environmental Management Plan is given below in Fig. 11.1.

S. No. Programs Cost (NRs)

1. Environmental Mitigation Measures 6,73,52,000

2. CSP 8,01,80,000

2. Environmental Monitoring 85,53,000

3. Environmental Auditing 16,27,000

Total 15,77,12,000

Project Director MKGHEP Hydroelectric Project

MoPE MoEn DoED

Chief/Environmental Advisor

Environmental Team:

▪ Environmental Expert/Unit Chief ▪ Environmental Engineer ▪ Socio-economist ▪ Forestry Expert ▪ Socio-economist ▪ Community Liaison Officer ▪ Support Staff

Local Consultant

Concerned Wards NGOs Clubs

Figure 11. 1: Institutional Setup



2018

Page|179


CHAPTER

Chapter 12: PROJECT BENEFIT AND

COSTS Every developmental activity involves certain costs associated with the construction, operation and

maintenance of the works undertaken. However, such activities also accrue benefits to the local people,

society and the nations as a whole. All the project benefits and cost cannot be quantified and are

intangible in nature. Hence, the benefits and cost mentioned bellow include the cost and benefits of the

project in general. This project also includes certain costs and benefits during construction and operation

phases which are envisaged in the following sections.

12.1 BENEFIT OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT


▪ Project employment;

▪ Skill development

▪ Enhancement of local infrastructures;

▪ Increase in business activities;

▪ Local community development.


The benefits during operation phase are accounted in technical and socio-economic basis which are

mentioned below:

▪ The proposed project will contribute to the enhancement of INPS through power

evacuation in national grid.

▪ The proposed project will not only mitigate the current problem of load shedding to

some extent but also provide opportunity for future hydropower development in the

region where hydropower potential is high and numbers of hydropower projects are

planned and/or proposed.

▪ The proposed project will support for reliable supply of power to large number of

domestic as well as industrial consumers in the Western Development Region of

Nepal which will significantly uplift the socio-economic status of the people and the

nation as a whole.

▪ Generation of royalty as long term resources for local area development.



2018

Page|180


Middle Kaligandaki HEP Royalty & Tax calculation

Installed Capacity

53.539 MW Dry Energy @ NRs. 8.40/kwh 92.33 GWh 767,449,200

Wet Energy @ NRs 4.80/kwh 214.32 GWh 1,018,022,400 Total Energy

306.65 GWh 1,785,471,600

Price Escallation @ 3% for 8 times

Year Revenue

Energy Royalty Capacity Royalty Total Royalty

Tax Grand Total

Rate Amount NRs. Rate Amount NRs. Rate Amount NRs.

1 1,785,471,600.00 2% 35,709,432.00 100/yr/kw 5,353,900.00 41,063,332.00 0 0 41,063,332.00

2 1,839,035,748.00 2% 36,780,714.96 5,353,900.00 42,134,614.96 0 42,134,614.96

3 1,894,206,820.44 2% 37,884,136.41 5,353,900.00 43,238,036.41 0 43,238,036.41

4 1,951,033,025.05 2% 39,020,660.50 5,353,900.00 44,374,560.50 0 44,374,560.50

5 2,009,564,015.80 2% 40,191,280.32 5,353,900.00 45,545,180.32 0 45,545,180.32

6 2,069,850,936.28 2% 41,397,018.73 5,353,900.00 46,750,918.73 0 46,750,918.73

7 2,131,946,464.37 2% 42,638,929.29 5,353,900.00 47,992,829.29 0 47,992,829.29

8 2,195,904,858.30 2% 43,918,097.17 5,353,900.00 49,271,997.17 0 49,271,997.17

9 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 0 50,589,540.08

10 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 0 50,589,540.08

11 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 10% 226,178,200.40 276,767,740.49

12 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 10% 226,178,200.40 276,767,740.49

13 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 10% 226,178,200.40 276,767,740.49

14 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 10% 226,178,200.40 276,767,740.49

15 2,261,782,004.05 2% 45,235,640.08 5,353,900.00 50,589,540.08 10% 226,178,200.40 276,767,740.49

16 2,261,782,004.05 10% 226,178,200.40 1000/yr/kw 53,539,000.00 279,717,200.40 20% 452,356,400.81 732,073,601.21

30 2,261,782,004.05 10% 226,178,200.40 53,539,000.00 279,717,200.40 20% 452,356,400.81 732,073,601.21



2018

Page|181


12.2 COSTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

The summary of the total project cost and the breakdown of environmental cost have been depicted in

the following table 12.1.

Table 12. 1: Cost of the Project

Item No. Description Amount (NRs)

1 General 360,470,000

2 Preparatory Works 167,680,700

3 Civil Works 5,485,792,030

4 Hydro-Mechanical Works 247,906,202

5 Electro-Mechanical Works 1,449,575,820

6 Power Evacuation & Transmission Line 174,148,000

7 Environmental Works 157,712,000

8 Total Project Base Cost 8,043,284,752

9 Engineering, Administration & Management @ 5% on 8 402,164,238

10 Price Contingencies @ 10% on Base Cost 8 804,328,475

10 Interest during Construction (IDC), Bank Comm. etc 25% of (7-9) 1,440,852,036

11 Total Project Cost 10,690,629,501

Breakdown of Environmental Cost

Item No.

Description Amount (NRs)

1 Social mitigation 26,727,000

2 CSP 80,180,000

3 Physical mitigation 32,072,000

4 Biological mitigation 8,553,000

5 Monitoring 8,553,000

6 Auditing 1,627,000

7 Total (1.43% of Total Project Cost) 157,712,000

12.3 CONCLUSION

The cost benefit analysis of the project including the environmental cost and benefit indicates that the

proposed project is beneficial in the long run. The intangible cost and benefits which cannot be

quantified in the monetary form are excluded in the analysis.



2018

Page|182


CHAPTER

CHAPTER 13: SUMMARY AND

CONCLUSION

13.1 SUMMARY

This chapter sums up the findings and conclusions of Environmental Impact Assessment study of the

proposed Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project. The environmental issues identified during the

Environmental Impact Assessment study are unproblematic; impacts are moderate, within acceptable

limits and can generally be mitigated.

Efforts have been made by the project planning team to limit negative impacts on the environment by

selecting environmentally benign design alternatives and otherwise suggesting appropriate mitigation

measures. Apart from the considerable economic benefits that would arise from power generation by the

proposed project upon completion, it will also generate direct economic benefits to GoN and the District

from royalties and revenues. Other direct benefits of the project will be from employment opportunities

to local people and general improvement of infrastructures and services in the project area. The major

impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural environment are summarized below:


▪ The project will acquire a total area of 12.90 ha. of land.

▪ Spoils generated will be deposited within the designated place. A Management plan will

ensure that land take are minimized.


▪ Approximately 7.06 ha of forest land will be affected due to project implementation.

▪ All together 162 trees of various sizes and their standing wood volume will be lost. The

felling of trees will be carried out in close co-ordination with ACAP and District Forest

Office, Myagdi.

▪ Replacement plantation of 5063 saplings at the rate of 1:25 ratio (162 trees+ 25% additional

mortality).

▪ An environmental compensation release of 10% of monthly flow will be made at the weir

site to ensure the integrity of the aquatic ecosystem in the dewatered reach.

▪ A fish ladder is proposed at headworks for mid range migratory fishes.


▪ Since there is no major human settlement around the project area, no private structures and

residential house will be affected by the project. Hence no displacement by the project.

However, 0.55 ha. of private land will be purchased/leased for the project construction and

operation.



2018

Page|183


13.1.4 Environmental Management Plan

The Environmental Management Plan cost including environmental mitigation, community support

program, and enhancement measures, environmental monitoring, auditing and land acquisition is

estimated to be NRs. 15,77,12,000.

13.2 CONCLUSION

As the project lies in the interior part of the country with low population density, the impact on the

socio-economic and cultural environment is less compared with other project of same capacity.

Considering the issues identified during the EIA study, the proposed mitigation measures will be

implemented and the Environmental Management Plan will be carried out. The implementation of the

proposed project will provide several beneficial impacts in the project area and community. During the

construction phase, the project will provide employment opportunities for the locals, enhances the

economic condition with the expansion of local bisiness.

Considering the overall project aspect, the EIA study reveals that the implementation of the project will

pose moderate to minimal levels of adverse impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic

environment since most of the project components are underground. The loss of biological resources is

minimal. The dewatered stretch of the river will be limited to short stretch due to the addition of

discharge from Mristi Khola at about 2.0 km downstream of the headworks site reducing the adverse

impacts on river ecology. The EIA report has predicted that the project will comply with all

environmental standards and legislation during the proposed construction and operational stage

mitigation measures are implemented.

As the implementation of the project does not incur many significant and irreversible environment

impacts on any of the components of the environment, the project is considered to be feasible from

environment point of view. Hence, it is recommended to implement the project with due consideration

on proposed mitigation measures.

13.3 WAY FORWARD

▪ A detailed Environmental Management Action Plan will be elaborated during further project

development during detailed design stage.

▪ The mitigation measures will be incorporated in the Contract Documents for the civil works

thus providing the Environment and Social Mitigation/Enhancement requirements for the

Contractors/Project to consider in his bid and follow during construction.

▪ Detailed survey and documentation of the existing forest that will be affected will be carried

out in the presence of ACAP officials.



2018

Page|184


References

1. EPA, (1997); Environmental Protection Act, the Ministry of Forests and Environment.

2. EPR, (1997); Environmental Protection Rules, the Ministry of Forests and Environment.

3. Environmental Management and Sustainable Development at the crossroad. (Ananad Raj Joshi,

Surendra Lal Shrestha, Kujani Joshi 2003)

4. National Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines 1993 IUCN

5. Micro level Environmental Management observation on public and private responses in Kakani

panchayat 1989.

6. Air Pollution (MN Rao 1993)

7. Pollution Control in process Industries (SP Maharjan 1992)

8. Urban and Environmental Planning in Napal 1998

9. Environmental Pollution and Control (Narendra Bahadur Khadka 2006)

10. Environment and Sustainable Development (Madan K Dhakal 1998)

11. Nepal – Nature’s Paradise (T.C. Majupuria 1999)

12. Mjupuria T.C. 1996- Wildlife protected area in Nepal

13. Shrestha, J, 1995 – Enumeration of the fishes in Nepal

14. Shrestha T.K. 1994 – Wetland Fauna in Nepal

15. District Profile of Myagdi District (2060).

16. Environmental Management (Aradhana ps Rajat Publication 1998)

17. GoN, 1973 National parks and wildlife conservation Act, 1973 and Conservation Area

Management Rules, 1996

18. GoN, 1995 Forest Act, 1992 and Rules, 1995, MoFSC

19. Uprety B.K 2003, Environment Impact Assessment: Process and Practice

20. SchEMS and TMS, (2003/2004); EIA of Khimti II Hydropower Project.



2018

Page|185


PUBLIC HEARING PROGRAM



2018

Page|186


Proceedings on

Public Hearing Program of Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project

1. Introduction

The Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd. has organized an open public hearing program at project site at the premise

of Aama Samuha Building in Tatopani of Annapurna Village Municipality, Myagdi on April 9, 2018

(2074.12.26 BS) as per the public notice (Attachment - I) published in Karobar Daily on 2074/12/19.

This program was planned as per the provision of Environment Protection Rules 2054 in connection with

disclosure process of EIA study report of the Middle Kaligandaki Hydroelectric Project amongst local

and concerned affected people of the project area. The Program was chaired by the chairperson of ward

no. 2 of Annapurna Gaupalika Mr. Om Phagami. In this meeting about 110 invitee and stakeholders

mainly elected officials of the local government (representatives from the Village Municipality and

concerned Ward Chiefs), district government officials including CDO, representatives from the local

community organizations, chairperson of district commerce and industry committee, representatives

from political parties at local level, user's groups, social activists, common people of project affected

area and experts of the work group for the EIA were present and participated in the program. (List of

participants is enclosed as attachment - II)

2. Objectives

The main objectives of public hearing program are to:

• Increase public awareness and familiarity with the Project;

• Receive public opinions and suggestions on the project;

• Ensure that stakeholders concerns are incorporated in the Project design and implementation;

• Ensure transparency in the decision-making process;

• Enhance the potential benefits by directly involving relevant stakeholders.

3. Approach

Following approaches were adopted for organizing the public hearing program at the project site:

• Consultation and informal meeting with chairperson and ward chair of Annapurna Gaupalika

• Informal meeting was conducted with local community leaders and local political parties

• Date, venue and time of public hearing program was fixed with consent of local government

leaders and community leaders.

• Informal meeting with government officials of Myagdi District and ACAP

• Informal meeting with officials of concerned Ministries

• Publication of notice in Karobar Daily newspaper on 2074.12.19 (April 2, 2018)

• Distribution of official letters to concerned Ministries

• Distribution of official letters to Annapurna Gaupalika, ACAP, DCC, DAO, DPO, DFO, CIC, and

consumer committee etc. at local level.

• A copy of draft EIA study report was kept in the office of Annapurna Gaupalika to inform

interested stakeholders.

4. Methodology

Following methodologies were used to conduct the public hearing program:

• Information sheet about the proposed project and EIA findings was prepared and distributed to the

participant of the program. Information sheet consist of background of the project, salient feature,

brief environmental description including base line condition of the project area, potential impact,

proposed mitigation measures, environment management plan, environment monitoring and

auditing, benefit from the project and summary of EIA findings.

• A public notice regarding the public hearing program was published in the Karobar Daily

newspaper on 19 Chaitra 2074 requesting all stakeholders and local people to participate in the



2018

Page|187


program. The date venue and time of the program was also mentioned in the notice. Published

notice was also pasted in local ward office, school, health post and public places. Invitation letter

were sent to the concerned Ministries at central level and Annapurna Gaupalika, ACAP, DCC,

DAO, DPO, DFO, CIC, and consumer committee etc. at local level requesting to send their

representatives and attending the program.

• Prior to the program a team from the Hydro Support (P) Ltd. visited to reconfirm the information

discloser at project site and to make meeting arrangements. The team consulted with the leaders of

Gaupalika, concerned district office, officials and local community leaders prior to the meeting.

The team also make sure that the notice was pasted at local public places.

• The participants were requested to register their name, address and occupation in pre-formatted

attendance sheet at the registration desk. The information sheets were distributed to the

participants and asked them to take their seat.

• In a disclosure process the Hydro Support Pvt. Ltd has presented all about the project briefs and

findings of the EIA study including issues on environmental protection, biodiversity conservation,

forestry, water resources, land use and planning, financial mechanisms to support biodiversity

conservation, grievance redress mechanism, geological characteristics at the construction site,

benefits to be derived by local people from the project and ways to promote productive

relationships with local communities.

• After brief presentation about the project and opinion expressed by the guest speakers, a question

answer session was conducted in the program. Open slips were distributed to the participants to

ask and express their queries, concerns and suggestions in written (Attachment-III). Verbal queries

were also entertained.

• The feedback received (verbal or written) during public hearing were noted down as well as the

proponent and expert addressed the queries and concern of the participants furthermore subsequent

understanding was agreed to carry forward the project.

• A reference letter of accomplishment of public hearing was obtained from Gaupalika and ACAP

(Attachment -IV)

• The public hearing program was recorded in audio visual and photographs were also taken. Some

Photographs are placed in the report (Attachment -V)

5. Major Issues Discussed

The issues were discussed openly on the floor, some important issues that were raised by the participants

from potentially affected areas are:

• Leakage may occur in water sources while constructing tunnel of this project and seek assurance

of water sources not be shrink,

• Pledged for continuous hot spring ground water (TATO PANI) as of current condition,

• Pledged for the minimum guaranteed water to be released in downstream,

• Demand for continuous monitoring and supplementary study for sources of Tato Pani,

• Concern shown on the risk of being affected by noise and vibrations during construction,

• Concern shown on blasting vibration during tunnel excavation,

• Revelation that landslides and rock movements are possible during construction,

• People also demanded for construction of a new roads, expansion of existing roads, financial

support to local clubs, heath posts and schools,

• Put view that Project should run in transparent manner and fulfill the promise made before local

people,

• All participants expressed their affirmative view to carry on project with addressing their concern.

6. Address on Issues and Consensus

From the side of project proponent and experts responded on all grievances, issues and queries raised by

the participants as follows:

• Invited local people to be the owner of the project by taking part in promoter share holdings.



2018

Page|188


• Pledged project will run with the participation, support and coordination with local people in a

transparent manner.

• Guaranteed that project will establish an Environmental Management Unit (EMU) in Village to

oversee implementation and monitoring of Project environmental components.

• Assure that project will work in a way of less damaging the nature and environment and try to

safeguard all sources of hot water or drinking.

• Give surety that project will set aside funds for environmental measures as per norms and spend on

programs decided by local project support committee.

• Reassure that project will accept to fulfill justifiable demand directly associated with project work

but do not carry out demands that are within the responsibility of other agencies.

• Acknowledges much benefit derived by local people from the project and call for support to

realize this project.

• Thanked for gathering such a big mass, participating in public hearing on EIA draft report and put

their concern, suggestions.

The feedback received (verbal or written) during public hearing were noted down and incorporated to

update EIA report of the project.



2018

Page|189


ATTACHMENTS

• Public Notice

• List of participants

• Suggestions/Queries from Participants

• Letters from Gaunpalika and ACAP

• Consultation meeting minute

• Photographs



2018

Page|190


Public Hearing Notice published in Daily Karobar on 19/12/2074



2018

Page|191


List of Participants in the Public Hearing Program



2018

Page|192




2018

Page|193




2018

Page|194




2018

Page|195


Suggestions/Queries from Participants of public hearing program



2018

Page|196




2018

Page|197




2018

Page|198




2018

Page|199




2018

Page|200




2018

Page|201




2018

Page|202




2018

Page|203




2018

Page|204




2018

Page|205




2018

Page|206


Letters from Gaunpalika and ACAP



2018

Page|207




2018

Page|208


Public Consultation Meeting



2018

Page|209




2018

Page|210


Glimpses of Public Hearing Program



2018

Page|211


ANNEXES

Annex I: Survey License and Related

Document

Annex II: Project Layout Map and Engineering

Drawings

Annex III: Construction Schedule

Annex IV: Approved Terms of Reference

Annex V: Muchulkas

Annex VI: Recommendation Letters

Annex VII: List of Contacted Person



2018

Page|212


Annex I: Survey License and Related

Document



2018

Page|213




2018

Page|214




2018

Page|215




2018

Page|216




2018

Page|217


Annex II: Project Layout Map and Engineering

Drawings



2018

Page|218




2018

Page|219




2018

Page|220




2018

Page|221




2018

Page|222




2018

Page|223




2018

Page|224




2018

Page|225




2018

Page|226




2018



2018

Page|228




2018

Page|229




2018

Page|230




2018

Page|231


Annex III: Construction Schedule



2018

Page|232




2018



2018

Page|234


Annex IV: Approval of Scoping Document (SD)

and Terms of Reference (ToR)



2018

Page|235




2018

Page|236




2018

Page|237


Annex V: Opinion and Suggestions



2018

Page|238




2018



2018

Page|261




2018

Page|262




2018

Page|263




2018

Page|264




2018

Page|265




2018



2018

Page|267




2018

Page|268




2018

Page|269


Annex VI: Recommendation Letters



2018

Page|270




2018



2018

Page|272




2018

Page|273




2018

Page|274


Annex VII: List of Project Affected Families &

Contacted Persons



2018

Page|275


Myagdi District:

1. Capt. Dam Bahadur Garbuja Pun, Chairman Annapurna Gaunpalika

2. Mr. Om Prasad Fagami, Ward Chairman, Bhurun Tatopani-2

3. Mr. Narsingh Bahadur Purja, Ward Chairman, Dana-3

4. Mr. Chandra Prasad fagami, Ward Chairman, Narchyang-4

5. Ms. Pabitra Khadka Chhetri, Narchyang - 4

6. Mr. Mek Bahadur Garbuja Pun, Narchyang-4

7. Mr. Dinesh Kumar Pun, Ward Chairman, Shikha-5

8. Mr. Krishna Prasad baruwal, Ward Chairman, Ghar-6

9. Mr. Dhurbha Gauchan, Owner, Hotel Anapurna, Tatopani

10. Mr. Tej Gurung, Narchyang-4

11. Mr. Om Prasad Sherchan, Local people, Shikha

12. Mr. Tul Bahadur B.K, Shopkeeper

13. Mr. Ram Naresh Sah, Chief, Dana Sub Health Post, Dana

14. Mr. Laxmi B.K, Local people/ respondent, Shikha

15. Mr. Ghan Bhadhur Purjha, Migrant worker from Lamjung district

16. Mr. Subarna Pun, Local people, Burung Tatopani

17. Mr. Top Bahadur Pun, Former VDC Chairman, Narchyang

18. Mr. Prem Bahadur Tirlasi, Tea stall/ Shopkeeper

19. Mr. Dhurbha Nepali, Local people, Tatopani

20. Ms. Bina Kumari Juharchan, Resturant Owner, Tatopani-2

21. Ms. Kalpana Shrestha’Ghimire”, Acting Health Officer, Ilaka Health Post, Burung Tatopani

22. Ms. Shanti Gauchan Local people, Tatopani

23. Mr. Pradhumna Sah, Acting Health Officer

24. Mr. Dhirgha Prasad Sharma, Narchyang

25. Ms. Parbati Bik, Local People, Danda Gaun

26. Mr. Chandra Datta Sharma, Administrative Officcer, DCC office, Myagdi

27. Ms. Sanam Buduwa (Pun), Health Worker, Narchyang-4

28. Ms. Laxmi Bik, Peon, Dana

29. Mr. Binod Pun, Office Assistant, Ilaka Post Office, Dana

30. Mr. Sim Bdr. Pun, Principle, Shree Sarwodaya Higher Sec. School, Burung Tatopani

31. Mr. Toom Bahadur Chopangi, Contractor/ politician

32. Mr. Suman Chopangi, Student

33. Mr. Khim Bahadur Pun, Local people, Dharap, Narchyang

34. Mr. Khada Giri, Social Worker, Pokhare Bagar

35. Ms. Sunita Giri, Shopkepper, Pokhare Bagar



2018

Page|276


List of Project Affected Families (PAFs)

S.N. Name Ward No. Project Component

1 Jaya Prasad Thapaliya 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

2 Prem datta Acharya 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

3 Ram Bahadhur Purja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

4 Sakha Bahadhur Purja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

5 Radhika Thapa 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

6 Tulsi das Bairagi 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

7 Ratna kali Bairagi 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

8 Gauri shankhar Poudel 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

9 Prem Kumari Paija 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

11 Rabindra Tulachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

12 Anil Herachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

13 Shanbir Nepali 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

14 Min bahadhur Garbuja 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

15 Dum Prasad Sunar 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

16 Prem Tulachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

17 Harimaya Jharshan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

18 Kamal Sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

19 Kiran Sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

20 Santos Sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

21 Aatma tulachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

22 Anil Herachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

23 Dhurga Prasad Jaharchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

24 Shankhar man Gauchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

25 Sumitra Sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

26 Deol Kumari Karmacharya 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

27 Dhum Bahadhur Sunar 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

28 Thakur Prasad Tulachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

29 Bhawan Gauchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

30 Ramkrishna Gauchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

31 Bheg Bahadhur Tamang 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

32 Kumari Purja 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

33 Dhasarth Karmacharya 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

34 Bhim Bahadhur Damai 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

35 Ganga Prasad sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

36 Prem prasad Rantija 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

37 Rita Sherchan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

38 Arun Bhatachan 2 Audit-1 Nearby area

39 Karna Bahadhur Garbuja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

40 Nawal Prasad Sherchan 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

41 Bhim Prasad Sherchan 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

42 Dhak Prasad Sherchan 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

43 Gyan Bahadhur Garbuja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment



2018

44 Bal Bahadhur Purja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

45 Bhim Bahadhur Tilija 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

46 Bhisnu Bahadhur Purja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

47 Lal Devi Ramjali 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

48 Tik Prasad Purja 3 Inlet side tunnel alignment

49 Anumati Thapa 6 Powerhouse area

50 Dhamardhoj Baruwal 6 Powerhouse area

51 Gobinda Baruwal 6 Powerhouse area

52 Gyan Bahadhur Baruwal 6 Powerhouse area

53 Khadg Giri 6 Powerhouse area

54 Jayanti Bhandari 6 Powerhouse area

55 Ta maya Purja 6 Powerhouse area

List of Seriously Projected Affected Families (SPAF)

S.N. Name Ward No. Project Component

1 Om Sherchan 3 Weir, Camp

2 Dhurba Gauchan 2 Audit-1 Portal

3 Indra Prasad Gauchan 2 Adit 1 Camp area

4 Anita Baruwal 6 Powerhouse camp



2018

Page|278


Annex VIII: Declarations of Study Team



2018

Page|279




2018

Page|280




2018

Page|281




2018

Page|282




2018

Page|283




2018

Page|284




2018

Page|285




2018

Page|286




2018

Page|287


APPENDICES

Appendix I : List of Plant Species

Appendix II : List of Mammals

Appendix III : List of Aviafauna

Appendix IV : List of Aqua Fauna, Herpeto and Reptiles

Appendix V : List of Protected Flora and Fauna

Appendix VI : Table of Land Loss (Permanent and

Temporary)

Appendix VII : Table of Sample Plot Measurement of

Forest

Appendix VII : Table of Environmental Release and Power

Production

Appendix IX : Impact Assessment Matrix

Appendix X : Photographs

Appendix XI : Public Hearing



2018

APPENDIX 1|288


Appendix I: List of Plant Species



2018

APPENDIX 1|289


Appendix 1.1: Forest loss at different Project Components

Note: Other components can be added as appropriate/required as per the project layout.

S.N. PROJECT

COMPONENT*

TYPE

OF

FOREST (as per

forest Act)

FOREST

AREA

(ha.)

LOSS OF VEGETATION

CROWN

COVER

(%)

BASAL

AREA

(M2)

VEGETATION TYPE

(Sal, Pine, shrubs, barren etc.)

Seedling

per ha.

Saplings

per ha.

No. of trees

>10 cm DBH

1 Headworks

(Weir/Intake/Desilting

Basin/Inlet

portal/Link road

Gvt. managed 3.26 16.9 2.1 4 10-20 0.05 Dhurse, chaulani, khirro,

Community Leasehold Religious Private

2 Adit 1

Gvt. managed Community 0.04 250 25 16 20-40 0.90 Tooni

3 Adit Portal Area Gvt. managed Community 2.18 183.5 14.7 47 20-50 2.29 Amala, chaulani, dhurse,

Tiju, Simal, Khirro etc.

4 Power house (Camp

site and Access

road)

Gvt. managed Community 1.08 159.3 12 95 20-50 3.99 Khanyu, chaulani, bokeful,

pharse, pataka, etc.

Total 6.56 609.6 53.9 162 7.23



2018

APPENDIX 1|290


Appendix 1.2: Total loss in terms of plant species

BOTANICAL NAME LOCAL

NAME

AVG.

DBH/

RANGE*

(for

>= 10 cm

DBH)

LOSS OF VEGETATION**

STANDING WOOD

VOLUME

BIOMASS FOR

STANDING

TREE

(kg)

(Wet) (Dry)

BIOMASS

USAGES***

LOSS OF

REGENERATION

LOSS OF

TREE

(number)

Seedlings

per ha.

Saplings

per ha.

Pole

class

Tree

Class

Timber

(cft.) Fuel wood

(chatta)

Emblica officinalis Amala 12.9 2.3 1 0.004 144 43 Fr,md,

Osbeckia nepalensis Angeri 24.0 4 2 3.2 0.039 2520 756 Fr,md,tm

Rhus wallichii Bhalayo 13.7 2 0.011 571 171 Fr

Buddleja asiatica Bhimsenpati 0.9 0.000 bm

Pseudognaphalium

affine Bokeful 27.0

3 2

0.067

3592 1078 Fr

Ulmus chumlia Chaulani 17.6 44.4 1.9 11 3.2 0.046 2793 839 Fr,bm

Schima wallichi Chilaune 13.7 1 0.000 80 24 Fr,tm,bm

Woodfordia fruticosa Dhairo 4.6 0.000 Fr,bm

Colebrookia

oppositifolia Dhurse 17.8

456.8 1

0.004

191 57 Fr,bm

Bridelina retusa Gayo 19.2 4.6 0.9 5 0.021 1239 372 Fr

Boehmeria rugulosa Githedar 19.4 3.7 0.9 7 0.025 1145 343 Fr,tm

Myrica nagi Kaphal 40.4 0.5 1 5.7 0.011 1235 370 Fr,fd,

Ficus semicordata Khanyu 21.5 7.4 0.9 24 0.113 6167 1850 Fr,fd

Sapium insigni Khirro 17.3 2.8 5.1 17 0.056 3157 947 Fr

Bauhinia variegata Koiralo 25.1 1 0.007 289 87 Fr,fd

Litsea monopetala Kutmiro 15.1 8.3 0.9 7 0.021 957 287 Fr,fd

Gaultheria

fragrantissima Machhenu 17.0

1

0.004

173 52 Fr,bm

Engelhardia spicata Mahuwa 20.7 68.5 0.3 7 0.053 2843 853 Fr,bm



2018

APPENDIX 1|291


Macaranja postulata Mallato 30.7 0.5 1 1 23.3 0.025 3894 1168 Fr,fd,bm

Ficus auriculata Nimaro 24.3 1 0.007 352 106 Fr,fd,

Alangium salvifolium Pataka 20.2 1 0.004 132 40 Fr,fd,

Ficus hirta Pharse 21.5 3.7 2.8 11 2 0.095 5267 1580 Fr,fd,bm

Bombax ceiba Simal 22.1 0.9 9 3 37.5 0.102 4942 1483 Fr,tm

Mallotus

phillippensis Sindure 19.8

0.9 4

0.021

1082 325 Fr,bm

Albizzia spp. Sirish 12.9 1 0.007 262 79 Fr,fd,tm,bm

Diospyros

melanoxylon Tiju 27.0

0.8 6 4

56.0 0.074

9408 2822 Fr,bm

Toona ciliata Tooni 31.1 25.3 9 10 275.6 0.402 39388 11817 Fr,tm,bm

Debregeasia spp Tusare 3.7 2.2 Fr, bm

Alnus nepalensis Utis 11.3 6.9 2 0.004 161 48 Fr,tm,bm

Total 21.9 609.6 53.9 138 24 404.5 1.221 91985 27595 Note: * Avg. DBH and Range of DBH to be given for Pole and Tree Class

** Seedling_0-4 cm DBH; Sapling_4-10 cm DBH; Pole Class_10-30 cm DBH; Tree Class_>30 cm DBH

*** Possible usages are – Fr (firewood), fd(fodder), tm(timber), md(medicine), bm (bedding material).



2018

APPENDIX 1|292


Appendix 1.3: Total Forest Loss

TYPE OF

FOREST

AREA

(ha.)

LOSS OF VEGETATION

CROWN

COVER

(%)

STANDING WOOD

VOLUME

Timber Fuel wood

(cft.) (chatta)

BIOMASS FOR

STANDING TREE

AND GROUND

VEGETATION

(kg.)

(Wet) (Dry)

BIOMASS

USAGES*

LOSS OF

REGENERATION

LOSS OF TREE

(number)

Seedlings

per ha.

Saplings

per ha.

Pole

class

Tree

class

1. Govt.

2.Community

3. Religious

4. Leasehold

5. Private.

3.26

3.3

16.9

592.7

2.1

51.7

4

134

24

10-20

20-50

404.58

0.011

1.210

310 93

91675 27503

Timber,

Fuelwood,

Fodder,medicine

Bedding

materials

Total 6.56 609.6 53.9 138 24 404.58 1.221 91985 27595 Note:

- Seedling_0-4 cm DBH; Sapling_4-10 cm DBH; Pole Class_10-30 cm DBH; Tree Class_>30 cm DBH

-* Possible usages are – fire wood, fodder, etc.



2018

APPENDIX 1|293


Appendix 1.4: Loss of Non-Timber Forest Product (NTFP) (No significant, cultivable, viable and commercial NTFPs are found in the area)

COMMERCIALLY

IMPORTANT

SPECIES (NTFP)

Government

Managed

Seedlings Saplings

per ha. per ha.

(no./ha.) (no./ha.)

Community

Managed

Seedlings Saplings

per ha. per ha.

(no./ha.) (no./ha.)

Religious

Seedlings Saplings

per ha. per ha.

(no./ha.) (no./ha.)

Leasehold

Seedlings Saplings

per ha. per ha.

(no./ha.) (no./ha.)

1.

2.

...

Note: - Seedling_0-4 cm DBH; Sapling_4-10 cm DBH;

- Use Govt. approved methodologies, if available. If not, other methodologies can be used.

Appendix 1.5. Forest Land Requirement

LAND TYPE LAND REQUIREEMNT (ha.)

Temporary Permanent Total

PROJECT COMPONENT

1. Agricultural.

2. National forest

3. Community forest

4. Leasehold forest

5. Religious forest

6. Private forest

2.72

3.26

1.08

3.26

3.80

Headworks Area including intake, weir, desilting basin

Road to surge shaft, Powerhouse and tailrace, quary site.

Total 2.72 4.34 7.06 Note:

- Despite this table is developed for accounting loss of forest area, please do fill up the land requirement for "Agriculture Land" and "Private Forest"



2018

APPENDIX 1|294


Appendix 1.6: Types of Permanent/Temporary Land to be required for the Project

Note:

2) * - Other components can be added as appropriate/required based on the project layout. The table shall account all the land required by

the project.


*.

LAND TYPE

(In hectare)

Total

area

(In ha.)

Remarks


Flood Plain

Built up/

Residential



1 Headworks:




3.26

0.38

1.90

5.54

Permanent

2 Water Conveyance:

Tunnel Audit

Canal

Penstock

Fore-bay

Tailrace

0.04

0.04

0.08

Permanent

3 Power House

4 Access Road 3.26 3.26 P/T








2018

APPENDIX 1|295


Appendix 1.7. Valuation of Forest Product Loss

1.7.1. Valuation in terms of plant species

BOTANICAL

NAME

LOCAL

NAME

VLAUE OF TIMBER

LOSS

Pole Class Tree Class Nrs.

VLAUE

OF

FUEL

WOOD

LOSS

Nrs.

VLAUE

OF

FODDER

LOSS

Nrs

TOTAL

Emblica officinalis Amala 45.9 45.9

Osbeckia

nepalensis Angeri 1278 797.3

2075.3

Rhus wallichii Bhalayo 208.2 208.2

Pseudognaphalium

affine Bokeful 1315.9

1315.9

Ulmus chumlia Chaulani 1298 896.1 2194.1

Schima wallichi Chilaune 31.8 31.8

Colebrookia

oppositifolia Dhurse 70.6

70.6

Bridelina retusa Gayo 405.7 405.7

Boehmeria

rugulosa Githedar 476.3

476.3

Myrica nagi Kaphal 2264 225.8 52.2 2542

Ficus semicordata Khanyu 2261.4 260.9 2522.3

Sapium insigni Khirro 1157.2 1157.2

Bauhinia

variegata Koiralo 105.8

12.2

118

Litsea monopetala Kutmiro 426.9 40.5 467.4

Gaultheria

fragrantissima Machhenu 63.5

63.5

Engelhardia

spicata Mahuwa 1044.3

1044.3

Macaranja

postulata Mallato 9330 493.9

9823.9

Ficus auriculata Nimaro 130.5 14.9 145.4

Alangium

salvifolium Pataka 49.4

5.6

55

Ficus hirta Pharse 1929.8 222.8 2152.6

Bombax ceiba Simal 13177 1831 2074.5 17082.5

Mallotus

phillippensis Sindure 395.1

395.1

Albizzia spp. Sirish 112.9 112.9

Diospyros

melanoxylon Tiju 17903 4497 1513.5

23913.5

Toona ciliata Tooni 96100 14155 8061.5 118316.5

Alnus nepalensis Utis 98.8 98.8

Total 140052 21780 24396.1 609.2 186837.3 Note: Values shall be calculated at prevailing market rate.



2018

APPENDIX 1|296


1.7.2: Total annual income foregone from the loss of

Non -Timber Forest Product (NTFP)

COMMERCIALLY

IMPORTANT

SPECIES (other

than trees) NTFP

Government

Managed

(NRs.)

Community

Managed

(NRs.)

Religious

(NRs.)

Leasehold

(NRs.)

Total of

all types

of forests

(NRs.)

NPV* of

income

foregone

(NRs.)

1.

2.

...

Total Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum

* NPV should be based on 35 years of economic life at prevailing Nepal Rastra Bank's discount rate.

Analysis should be based on the existing annual income from the products. 1.7.3: Value of Total Forest Loss

TYPE OF

FOREST

NPV OF

INCOME

FOREGONE

FROM NTFP*

VLAUE OF TIMBER

LOSS**

VLAUE OF

FUEL

WOOD

LOSS**

Nrs.

VLAUE OF

FODDER

LOSS**

Nrs

Pole Class

Nrs.

Tree Class

Nrs

1. Govt.

2.Community

3. Religious

4. Leasehold

5. Private.

1780.3 140052.5 194.4

24202.8

609.2

Total 21780.3 140052.5 24397.2 609.2 Note:

*- Value form table-6.2

**- Value form table-6.1.



2018

APPENDIX 2|297


Appendix II: List of Mammals



2018

APPENDIX 2|298


SN Local Name Common Name Scientific Name Habitat

Use

GoN Status CITES

Status

IUCN

Status

Occurrence Remarks

1 Bandel Wild Boar Sus scrofa F, A, G CITES II Occasional

2 Ban Biralo Jungle Cat Felis chaus F, A, G CITES II LR/N

T

Common

3 Bwanso Wolf Canis lupus F Nepal Protected CITES I V

4 Chamero Bat Preropus spp. G, C Frequent

5 Chhuchundro Common Tree Shrew Tupaia glis F, A, G CITES II Common

6 Chituwa Common Leopard Panthera pardus F CITES I

LR/N

T Occasional

Occasional

Poaching

7 Dhendu Bandar Nepali Assamese Monkey Macaca assamensis F, C, A Nepal Protected CITES II V Common

8 Dumsi Porcupine Hystrix indica F, G Common

9 Hanuman Langur Common Langur Presbytis entellus F, G, C, A CITES I Common

10 Lokharke Squirrel Funambulus spp. F, A, G Common

11 Malsapro Yellow Throated Marten Martes flavigula F, A, G CITES III Common

12 Musa House Mat Mus musculus A Common

13 Musa House Rat Rattus rattus A Common

14 Nyauri Musa Mongoose Herpestis edwardsi F, A, G CITES III Common

15 Rato Bandar Rhesus Monkey Macaca mulata F, G, C, A Common

16 Ratuwa Barking Deer Muntiacus muntjak F Rare

Occasional

Poaching

17 Syal Jackal Canis aerus F, A CITES III Common

Legend:

F = Forest land, G = Grasses and Shrub land, A = Agriculture land, C = Rock area and cliffs

CITES = Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna

CITES I = It contains those species that the parties have deemed to be threatened with extinction and which are or may be affected by trade

CITES II = It contains those species that, although not necessarily threatened, could become so if their trade is not properly controlled

CITES III = It contains those species that are identified by any party as being subject to regulation in that country and which require international

coperation to control trade



2018

APPENDIX 3|299


Appendix III: List of Aviafauna



2018

APPENDIX 3|300


SN Local Name Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Occurrence GoN

Status

CITES

Status

IUCN

Status

1 Baj Hawk Buteo spp. O Seasonal

2 Besare Tiktike Citrine Wagtail Motacilla citreola F, O, R Resident

LC

3 Bhadrai Chara Shrike Lanius spp. O Resident

4 Bhangera House Sparrow Passer domesticus O Resident

LC

5 Bhyakur Quail Coturnix coturnix O Migratory

LC

6 Biu Kuhiyo Chara Common Hawk-Cuckoo Hierococcyx varius F Migratory

LC

7 Cheer kalij Cheer Pheasant Catreus wallichii O Resident I VU

8 Chibe Drongo Dicrurus spp. O, F Resident

LC

9 Chil Eagle Aquila spp. O Resident

10 Dangar Gidda White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis O Resident II CR

11 Dhobini Chara Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis F Resident

LC

12 Kurle Dhukur Spotted Dove Strigmatopelia chinensis O Resident

LC

13 Fisto Warbler Phylloscopus spp. F Resident

14 Gidda Vulture Gyps spp. O Resident

16 Himali Gidda Himalayan Griffion Gyps himalayensis O Resident II NT

17 Hapsilo Eurasian Eagle-Owl Bubo bubo O Resident

II LC

18 Jangali Kag Large-billed Crow Corvus macrorhynchos F Resident LC

19 Jureli Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer O Resident

LC

20 Kafal Pakyo Chara Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus F Seasonal

LC

21 Kag House Crow Corvus splendens O Resident

LC

22 Kalchaude Blue Whistling Thrush Myophonus caeruleus F, R Resident

LC

23 Kalij Kalij Pheasant Lophura leucomelanos F Resident

III LC

24 Kandevyakur Spiny Babbler Turdoides nipalensis F Resident

LC



2018

APPENDIX 3|301


25 Gardanthople lahache Greater Flameback Chrysocolaptes lucidus F Resident

LC

26 Kantate Toriganda Black faced laughing thrush Trochalopteron affine F Resident LC

27 Chibe Koili Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris O Resident

LC

28 Kokale Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda O, F Resident

LC

29 Kuthurke Barbet Megalaima spp. O, F Resident

LC

30 Lahanche Woodpecker Dinopium spp. O, F Resident

31 Hariyo Lampuchhre Common green Magpie Cissa chinensis F Resident

LC

32 Luinche Red Junglefowl Gallus gallus F Resident

LC

33 Ban rupi Jungle Myna Acridotheres fuscus F Resident

LC

34 Malak Haans Ferruginous Pochard Aythya nyroca R Winter Migratory birds NT

35 Malewa Rock Pigeon Columba livia O Seasonal

LC

36 Danphe Himalayan Monal Lophophorus impejanus O Resident I LC

37 Murari Putalichara Wallcreeper Tichodroma muraria O Resident LC

38 Nyauli Great Barbet Megalaima virens O Seasonal

LC

39 Pitnayan Fulbutta White-browed Fulvetta Fulvetta vinipectus F Resident LC

40 Lampuchhre Ranichari Long-tailed Minivet Pericrocotus ethologus O Resident LC

41 Dangre Rupi Common Myna Acridotheres tristis F Resident LC

42 Dangre Sarau Asian Pied Starling Sturnus contra O, F Resident

LC

43 Seto Gidda Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus C Resident II EN

44 Seto Tauke Jalkhanjari White-capped Water Redstart Chaimarrornis leucocephalus F Resident LC

45 Tuisi Suga Plum-headed Parakeet Psittacula cyanocephala F Resident

II LC

46 Syalpothari Lampuchaare Red-billed Blue Magpie Urocissa erythroryncha F Resident LC

47 Ullu Owl Glaucidium spp. F Resident

CITES II

Legend : Habitat Code: O = Open or mixed country, F = Forest, R = on or near River



2018

APPENDIX 4|302


Appendix IV: List of Aquafauna, Herpeto and

Reptiles



2018

APPENDIX 4|303


List of Aquafauna

Source: Field Survey, July 2017 and Reference Document by D.B. Swar “Cold water fish of Kali Gandaki (Status of cold water fish)

Abbreviation: C = Common, R = Restricted, ED= Endangered, TH =Threatened, * = Based on Secondary Information

S. No. Local Name Scientific Name Common Name Migratory Status Habitat in

Surrounding Areas

Remarks (Protected

Status)

1. Amblyceps mangois Indian Cat fish √

2. * Barilius barila √

3. Titer kane faketa * Barilius barna √

4. Fageta * Barilius bendelisis √

6. Fageta Barilius tileo √

7. Lam faketa Barilius vagra √

8. Patharchatti Chagunius chagunio Chaguni √

9. Garua Bachcha Clupisoma garua Jalkapur √

10. * Crossocheilus latius √

11. Dedhawa * Esomus danricus Flying barb √

13. Buduna Garra gotyla Sucker head Resident √ C

14. Garra lamta √

16. Goira Lepidocephalichthys guntea Guntea loach √

17. katle Neolissocheilus hexagonolepis Copper Mahseer Mid-range migrant √ R

23. Chandapothi * Puntius sophore Pool barb √

24. Tite Puntius ticto Ticto barb √

25. Tauke Asala Schirothorax richarsonii Snow trout Midrange migrant √ TH

23. Chirruh snowtrout Schirothorax esocinus Mountain trout √

24. Chuche Asala Schizothoras annandalei Dinnawah snowtrout Midrange migrant √ C

25. Sahar Tor putitora Golden Mahseer Long distance migrant √ ED

28. Bharpate Tor tor Mahseer Long distance migrant √ ED

29 Asala Schizothorax molesworthii Midrange migrant √

30 Kabre Glyptothorax telchitta √

31 Telkabre Glyptothorax trilineatus √

32 Nakatuwa Garra annandalei √



2018

APPENDIX 4|304


List of Herpeto Fauna (Amphibians) Species

S. No. Local Name Scientific Name Common Name Habitat in Surrounding Areas

1. Khashre bhyaguto Duttaphrynus stomaticus Assam Toad √

2. Khashre bhyaguto Duttaphrynus melanostictus Black Spined Toad √

3. Kithre bhyaguto Fejervarya nepalensis Cricket Frog √

4. Khashre bhyaguto Bufo silentvalleynsis Hilltoad √

5. Rani bhyaguto Tomopterna maskeyi Maskey burrowing frog √

6. Dyang paha bhyaguto Xenophrys parva Megophrys parva √

7. Sindure paha bhyaguto Paa rostandi Mustang Frog √

Source: Field Survey, July 2017 and APA

List of Reptile Species

S. No. Local Name Scientific Name Common Name Habit in Surrounding Areas

1. Bhanemungro Scincella lateralis Annapurna Ground Skink √

2. Sarpa Pseudoxenodon macrops Big eyed Bamboo snake √

3. Chankhey sarpa Amphiesma platyceps Himalayan Keel back √

4. Andho sarpa Gloydius himalaynus Himalayan pit viper √

5. Chudeu sarpa Boiga ochracea Tawny cat snale √

6. Sungohoro Varanus flavescens Yellow moniter √

7. Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake




2018

APPENDIX 5|305


Appendix V: List of Protected Flora and Fauna



2018

APPENDIX 5|306


List of Endangered, Rare, Threatened and Protected Flora, Fauna and Reptiles found in the project area and surrounding vicinity

S. No. Local Name Botanical Name Common Name IUCN

Red list

GoN Remarks

(CITES Code)

1. Okhar Juglans regia Walnut - Nepal protected (GoN) -

2. Simal Bombax ceiba Silk cotton tree - -

3. Sungava Orchidaceae EN 2

4. Kasturi Mirga Moschus chrysogaster Musk Deer EN

5. Ghoral Naemorhedus goral Himalayan Ghoral LR/nt 1

6. Chituwa Panthera pardus Common Leopard LR/lc 1

7. Bandar Rhesus monkey Macaca mulatta LR/nt 2

8. Shyal Canis aureus Golden Jackal - 3

9. Chituwa Panthera pardus Common Leopard LR/NT 1

10. Dhendu Bandar Macaca assamensis Nepali Assamese Monkey VU Nepal protected (GoN) 2

11. Hanuman Langur Presbytis entellus Common Langur - - 1

12. Yellow monitor lizard Varanus flavescens Sungohoro Nepal protected (GoN) 1


Note:

EN=Endangered

LR/lc=Lower Risk/least concern

LR/nt=Lower Risk/near threatened

VU=Vulnerable

Legend:

CITES (1) = Species threatened with extinction.

(2) = Species not necessarily threatened.

(3) = Species requires international cooperation to control trade.



2018

APPENDIX 6|307


Appendix VI: Table of Land Loss (Permanent and

Temporary)



2018

APPENDIX 6|308


Land Requirement for the Project (in ha).


Summary of the Land Type Required

S. No. Land Type Area (m2) Heacture (ha.)

1 Barren/Bush land 22,700 2.27

2 Cultivated land 5,500 0.55

3 Forest land (Government/CF) 70,600 7.06

5 Sand deposits/ bagar/water body 30,200 3.02

Total 1,29,000 12.90



*.

LAND TYPE

(In hectare)

Total

area

(In ha.)

Remarks


Flood Plain

Built up/

Residential



1 Headworks:




3.26

0.38

1.90

5.54

Permanent

2 Water Conveyance:

Tunnel Audit, Canal,

Penstock, Fore-bay, Tailrace

0.04

0.04

0.08

Permanent

3 Power House









2018

APPENDIX 7|309


APPENDIX-VII: Table of Sample Plot Measurement

of Forest.

Water Quality Test Report



2018

APPENDIX 7|310


Tailrace: Plot no. 1 District: Myagdi Forest condition: Medium Canopy Density: 25%

Gaun Palika: Annapurna -2 Forest type: natural Soil color: Black

Name of the forest: Chisapani Aspect: NW

Forest Illaka: Bhurung Slope: 25 ̊

S.No. Species Girth (cm) Height(m) Regeneration Remarks

1. Mauwa 196 15 4

2. Mauwa 205 12

3. Mauwa a) 51

b) 101

2

7

4. Mauwa 68 5.5

5. Mauwa a)35

b)22

c)45

2.5

1.9

4.7

6. Mauwa a)100

b)390

c)55

3

15

6.5

leaning

Shrubs and herbs: Nos.

Mallato 27

Fern 500

Ban karkalo 12

Kudo 30

Sadhan (grass) 56

Githa (climber) 11

Khirra 2



Name of the forest: Chisopani Aspect: SW


S.No. Species Girth(cm) Height(m) Regeneration Remarks

1. Mauwa 30 7.5 5

2. Chilaune 75 9 9

3. Chilaune 105 10.5

4. Dhusro 58.5 8.5

5. Mauwa 52 10 leaning

6. Mauwa 45 7.5

7. Mauwa 28 5.9

8. Newara 40 4



2018

APPENDIX 7|311


Others: Nos.

Fern about 100

Rakuli 4

Babiyo



Name of the forest: Chisopani Aspect: NE


S.No. Species Girth(cm) Height(m) Regeneration Remarks

1. Rajali 20 2.5 Top cut

2. Mauwa 150 8.6

3. Bhalayo 98 9

4. Mauwa a)135

b)70

c)79.4

11.6

10.1

7.7

2

5. Khadi 101.5 6

6. Mauwa 17.3 4

7. Mauwa 21.8 4.5

8. Rakuli 45 7.9

9. Simal 25 5.9 1

10. Bakaino 87 7.6

11. Uttis 106.3 11.9 1

Shrubs and herbs: Nos.

Pati 14

Tinankhle 25

Khar few

Adit plot District: Myagdi Forest condition: Small Canopy Density: 25%


Name of the forest: Tatopani Aspect: East

Forest Illaka: Vurung Slope: 45 ̊

S.N. Species Girth(cm) Height(m) Regeneration Remarks

1. Tuni 21 4.7 7

2. Tuni 18.1 5

3. Tuni 29 4.9

4. Tuni 35 5.5



2018

APPENDIX 7|312


5. Tuni 45

7.5

6. Tuni 61 9

7. Tuni 70.5 8.8

8. Tuni 85.8 10

9. Tuni 29.9 9

10. Tuni 22.5 8

Intake Plot: District: Myagdi Forest condition: Medium Canopy Density: 15%

Gaun Palika: Annapurna -3 (Dana-3) Forest type: natural Soil color: Black with boulder

Name of the forest: Suwa Aspect: NW

Forest Illaka: Pakha Slope: 25 ̊

S.N. Species Girth(cm) Height(m) Regeneration Remarks

1. Mauwa a)155

b)82

11

10.5

3

2. Dale ghans 20.5 4.5

3. Dhupi sallo 35.7 17

4. Aanp 59.8 8.9

5. Aru 35 6.5

6. Khirra 27 5.5

7. Chuletro 20 3

8. Suntala 26 4.5

9. Dhusro 35 5

Shrubs and herbs:

Babiyo, Tusare, Vang, Dhanpat, Uniu



2018

APPENDIX 8|313

Water Sampling Test Report



2018

APPENDIX 8|314

APPENDIX-VIII: Table of Environmental Release

and Power Production



2018

APPENDIX 8|315

Annual Energy Generation

Month Days Discharge in

River, (m3/s)

Riparian

Flow

(m3/s)

Available

flow Plant

Flow

(m3/s)

Rated

Head

(m)

Power,

(KW)

Gross

Energy,

(KWh)

Outage +

Losses,

(KWh)

Net Energy,

(KWh)

Net Dry

Energy,

(kWh)

Net Wet

Energy,

(kWh)

Total

(m3/s)

January 31 16.97 1.70 15.27 15.27 142.93 18,521 13,779,628 551,185 13,228,443 13,228,443 13,228,443

February 28 15.82 1.58 14.24 14.24 142.98 17,272 11,606,743 464,270 11,142,474 11,142,474 11,142,474

March 31 17.62 1.76 15.86 15.86 142.91 19,228 14,305,426 572,217 13,733,209 13,733,209 13,733,209

April 30 20.8 2.08 18.72 18.72 142.81 22,682 16,331,038 653,242 15,677,796 15,677,796 15,677,796

May 31 28.6 2.86 25.74 25.74 142.21 31,057 23,106,195 924,248 22,181,948 10,017,654 12,164,294 22,181,948

June 30 69.8 6.98 62.82 44.98 140.45 53,599 38,591,399 1,543,656 37,047,743 37,047,743 37,047,743

July 31 188 18.80 169.20 44.98 140.45 53,599 39,877,779 1,595,111 38,282,667 38,282,667 38,282,667

August 31 207.5 20.75 186.75 44.98 140.45 53,599 39,877,779 1,595,111 38,282,667 38,282,667 38,282,667

September 30 112.3 11.23 101.07 44.98 140.45 53,599 38,591,399 1,543,656 37,047,743 37,047,743 37,047,743

October 31 53.9 5.39 48.51 44.98 140.45 53,599 39,877,779 1,595,111 38,282,667 38,282,667 38,282,667

November 30 33.1 3.31 29.79 29.79 141.81 35,842 25,806,356 1,032,254 24,774,102 11,561,247 13,212,854 24,774,102

December 31 21.8 2.18 19.62 19.62 142.68 23,751 17,670,623 706,825 16,963,798 16,963,798 16,963,798

365 65.52 319,422,143 1,61,65,535 306,645,258 92,324,622 214,320,636 306,645,258

Dry Seasonal

Energy 92,324,622 KWh 30.11%

Wet Seasonal

Energy 214,320,636 KWh 69.89%

Total Annual

Energy 306,645,258 KWh 100.00%



2018

APPENDIX 8|316

Environmental Release and Water Balance

S. Month Avg. Monthly discharge Downstream Additional d/s Release (m3/s) Diversion Production

No. in the river Environmental Irrigation Water Others for power Power

at intake (m3/s) release (m3/s) Mills m3/s MW

1 January 16.97 1.70 0 0 0 15.27 18.52

2 February 15.82 1.58 0 0 0 14.24 17.27

3 March 17.62 1.76 0 0 0 15.86 19.23

4 April 20.80 2.08 0 0 0 18.72 22.68

5 May 28.60 2.86 0 0 0 25.74 31.06

6 June 69.80 6.98 0 0 0 44.98 53.60

7 July 188.00 18.80 0 0 0 44.98 53.60

8 August 207.50 20.75 0 0 0 44.98 53.60

9 September 112.30 11.23 0 0 0 44.98 53.60

10 October 53.90 5.39 0 0 0 44.98 53.60

11 November 33.10 3.31 0 0 0 29.79 35.84

12 December 21.80 2.18 0 0 0 19.62 23.75

13 Ann. Avg. 65.52



2018

APPENDIX 8|317

Power and Energy Production

S. Month Avg. Monthly Total d/s Release Diversion Production

No. discharge in the river including env. Flow for power Power Energy

at intake (m3/s) and others(m3/s) # (m3/s) MW GWh

1 January 16.97 1.70 15.27 18.52 13.78

2 February 15.82 1.58 14.24 17.27 11.61

3 March 17.62 1.76 15.86 19.23 14.31

4 April 20.80 2.08 18.72 22.68 16.33

5 May 28.60 2.86 25.74 31.06 23.11

6 June 69.80 6.98 44.98 53.60 38.59

7 July 188.00 18.80 44.98 53.60 39.88

8 August 207.50 20.75 44.98 53.60 39.88

9 September 112.30 11.23 44.98 53.60 38.59

10 October 53.90 5.39 44.98 53.60 39.88

11 November 33.10 3.31 29.79 35.84 25.81

12 December 21.80 2.18 19.62 23.75 17.67

13 Ann. Avg. 65.52 Total 319.42

Note: # - Total release includes - Environmental release and requirement for Irrigation, Water mills, and others.



2018

APPENDIX 9|318

APPENDIX-IX: Impact Assessment Matrix



2018

APPENDIX 9|319

Impact Matrix

Activities (Baseline

information)

Impacts Mitigation Measures Type of Mitigation Indicators Monitor (Means of

Verification)

Pre-construction phase.

Land acquisition

Decline crop production

• Compensation

• Introduce new

technology to enhance

production.

• Traning, Awarness

regarding advance

farming

Compensatory.

• Change in cropping

pattern.

• Increment in production

• Awarness on farmer.

• survey.

Camp site construction • Stress on local

resources;

• Spread of diseases

• Promotion tools for

conservation &

development of

indigenous resources;

• Proper management of

wastes

Corrective • Import of construction

materials (iron, timber,

stone etc.);

• Construction of toilets,

drainage & waste

disposal sites;

• There are no significant

changes in no. of sick

person.

• Contract agreements;

• Visible increase in the

no. of toilets & clean

environment around

the project area;

• Hospital records.

Construction phase

• Excavation (earth)

Works

• Disposal of excavated

soil (spoil)

• Fresh Land Slides and

Erosion

• Spread of foul odur


• Loss of top soil.

• Water pollution

• Increment of ENT

patient

▪ Balance cut and filling

▪ Manage safe soil

dumping

▪ Stabilization through

bio-engineering

▪ Introduction of water

harvesting system

along the road corridor

▪ Mobile health service

Preventive

Corrective

Corrective

Corrective

Preventive

• Water quality of

Kaligandaki river will be

measured.

• Stability of slope

• Improved health

condition

• Water Quality

analysis.

• Discharge

Measurement

• Health post record

• Observation



2018

APPENDIX 9|320

Activities (Baseline

information)

Impacts Mitigation Measures Type of Mitigation Indicators Monitor (Means of

Verification)

• Air pollution

Increment of ENT

patients along road

corridor

▪ Provisions of Mobile

Health Services;

▪ Spraying water to

suppresse dust.

▪ Instalation of sound

filter in machine.

• Corrective

• Preventive

• Improved health

condition

• Lab test

• Opinion survey.

• Project reports.

• Noise pollution

• Disturbance to

wildlife.

• Damages of

physical structure

▪ Controlled use of

explosives

▪ Proper use of massive

transportation vehicles

▪ Use of

environmentally

friendly equipment

and mechinaries

• Corrective

• Reduce noise pollution.

• Less complaints for

compensation from the

local people

• Project records and

report.

• Measured Sound level

• Sedimentation • Loss of productivity

in the downstream

• Degredation of

water quality

• Compensation

• Construction of

ecofriendly techniques

and project component

structure

• Corrective

• Improvement in loss of

crops productivity.

• Improved of water

quality.

• Sediment load test

.



2018

APPENDIX 9|321

Activities (Base line

information)

Impacts Mitigation Measures Type of mitigation Indicators Monitor (Means of

Verification)

Damage of other physical

infrastructure,

drinking water supply,

foot trail road. etc.)

• Inconvenience to

public.

▪ Re-built and re-locate

the damaged structure.

• Compensatory

▪ Improved public service.

▪ Less complain from the

people.

▪ Observation, field

verification and

project report.

Structure & project

components

• Land degradation

due to quarry

operation

• Aesthetic value

degradation

• Deforestation due to

land acquisition for

project components

• Destruction of

habitat of flora and

fauna

• Decline in fish

population

• Stabilization of slope

by bio-engineering

• Reinstate the sites

after operation to

stable slope

• Plantation along the

construction sites

• Cmpensation

plantation

• Establishmnet of

nursery

• Establishmenet of fish

ladder

• Preventive

• Compensatory

• Corrective

• Less problem of

landslide & erosions

• More eco and internal

tourists in the area due to

Hydro hub.

• Less disturbance to flora

and fauna.

• Avabilty of flora and

fauna.

• Avability of mid-

migratory fish species at

upstream.

• Project/progress report

• Financial records

• Observation /Site

verification.

Operation & construction

of plants

* Mixture

* Grinder

* Crusher

• Landslide/ soil loss/

productivity loss.

• Plants installed at

places away from the

human settlements &

farm land.

• Slope correction and

application of

bioengineering.

• Landscaping.

• Preventive.

• Corrective.

• Frequency of occurrence

of landslide around

quarry site reduced.

• Quarry site covered by

plants.

• Observation

Use of construction

materials for quarry

• Degradation of land ▪ Select appropriate

quarry site

• Preventive

• Rise in local economic

• People livestyle

changes.



2018

APPENDIX 9|322

Activities (Base line

information)

Impacts Mitigation Measures Type of mitigation Indicators Monitor (Means of

Verification)

Importing of foreign

materials.

• Trade deficit ▪ Alternative materials

use (Use local

materials as far as

possible)

▪ Preventive • Increased net foreign

asset.

• Custom records and

foreign trade records.

Operation Phase

Occupational Health &

Road safety

• Loss of life and

property.

• Maintenance of

vehicles.

• Awareness and traffic

symbols at required

points.

• Regular maintenance

of road.

• Follow safety

measures.

• Preventive.

• Decreased number of

accidents and casualties.

• Traffic police records.

Hospital records.

• Company records



2018

APPENDIX 11|323

APPENDIX-X:Photographs



2018

APPENDIX 11|324

Intake site

Powerhouse Site

Tunnel Alignment Route

Photo-1: Location of Headworks Structures

Photo-2: Headrace Tunnel Alignment.

Photo-3: Powerhouse location (Inside the hill).



2018

APPENDIX 11|325

Photo-4: Biological Environment study during field visit (Forest inventory and sample plot measument works)



2018

APPENDIX 11|326

Photo-5: Cultural and Religious sites at Project Area (Ram Mandir and Shiva Mandir)

Photo-6: Questionnaire Survey

Photo-7: Discussion with locals at Project Photo-8: Discussion with Entura hydro Tasmania at site